EN    EN 
 
 
 EUROPEAN  
COMMISSION   
Brussels, 27.1.2016  
COM(2016) 31 final  
ANNEXES 1 to 19  
  
ANNEXES  
to the proposal for a  
REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL  
on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of 
systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles  
{SWD(2016) 9 final}  
{SWD(2016) 10 final}    
EN 2   EN List of Annexes  
Annex  I Information document - Complete list of information for the purpose of EU type-approval 
of vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units  
Annex  II General definitions, criteria for vehicle categorisation, types of vehicle and types of 
bodywork  
Appendix  1: Procedure for checking whether a vehicle can be categorised as off -road vehicle  
Appendix  2: Digits used to supplement the codes to be used for various kinds of bodywork  
Annex  III Information document for the purpose of EU type -approval of vehicles  
Annex  IV Requirements for the purpose of EU approval of vehicles,  systems, components or separate 
technical units  
Part I Regulatory acts for EU type -approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series  
Appendix  1: Regulatory acts for EU type -approval of vehicles produced in small series pursuant to 
Article  39 
Appendix  2: Requirements for EU individual vehicle approval pursuant to Article  42  
Part II List of UNECE regulations recognised as an alternative to the Directives or Regulations 
referred to in Part  I 
Part III List of regulatory acts setting out the requirements for the purpose of EU type -approval of 
special purpose vehicles  
Appendix  1: Motor -caravans, ambulances and hearses  
Appendix  2: Armoured vehicles  
Appendix  3: Wheelchair accessible vehicles  
Appendix  4: Other special purpose vehicles (including special group, multi -equipment carrier and trailer 
caravans)  
Appendix  5: Mobile cranes  
Appendix  6: Exceptional load transport trailers  
Annex  V Procedures to be followed with respect to EU type -approval  
Appendix  1: Standards with which the entities referred to in Article  72 have to comply  
Appendix  2: Procedure for the assessment of the technical services  
Appendix  3: General requirements concerning the format of the test reports  
Annex  VI Models of the EU type -approval certificate  
Appendix:  List of regulatory acts with which the type of vehicle complies  
Annex  VII EU type -approval certificate numbering system  
Appendix:  EU type -approval mark of a component or a separate technical unit   
EN 3   EN Annex  VIII Test results  
Annex  IX Certificate o f conformity  
Annex  X Conformity of production procedures  
Annex  XI Template and numbering system for the certificate authorising the placing on the market of 
parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential 
systems  
Appendix:  Model of the EU authorisation certificate  
Annex  XII Small series limits  
Annex  XIII List of parts or equipment that can pose a significant risk to the correct functioning of 
systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or its environ mental performance, 
their performance requirements of such parts and equipment, the appropriate test 
procedures and marking and packaging provisions  
Annex  XIV List of EU type -approvals granted, refused or withdrawn in accordance with regulatory acts  
Annex  XV Regulatory acts for which a manufacturer may be designated as a technical service  
Appendix:  Designation of a manufacturer as technical service and subcontracting  
Annex  XVI Conditions for the use of virtual testing methods by a manufacturer or a technical service  
Appendix  1: General conditions for the use of virtual testing methods  
Appendix  2: Specific conditions for the use of virtual testing methods  
Appendix  3: Validation process  
Annex  XVII  Procedures to be followed during EU multi -stage type-approval  
Appendix:  Model of the manufacturer’s additional plate  
Annex  XVIII  Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information  
Appendix  1: Manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance 
information  
Appendix  2: Vehicle OBD information  
Annex  XIX Correlation table   
EN 4   EN ANNEX  I 
INFORMATION DOCUMENT - COMPLETE LIST OF INFORMATION FOR THE 
PURPOSE OF EU TYPE -APPROVAL OF VEHICLES, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS 
OR SEPARATE TECHNICA L UNITS  (a)  
PART  I 
The information documents for the purpose of EU type -approval of vehicles, systems, 
components or separate technical units as required for by this Regulation and the regulatory 
acts referred to in Annex  IV shall consist only of extracts from, and adhere to the  item 
numbering system of, this complete list.  
The following information shall be supplied in triplicate and include a list of contents. Any 
drawings shall be supplied in appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4 or on a 
folder of A4 format. Ph otographs, if any, shall show sufficient detail.  
If the systems, components or separate technical units referred to in this annex have electronic 
controls, information concerning their performance shall be supplied.  
1. GENERAL  
1.1. Make (trade name of man ufacturer): …  
1.2. Type: …  
1.2.0.1.  Chassis: …  
1.2.0.2.  Bodywork/complete vehicle: …  
1.2.1.  Commercial name(s) (if available): …  
1.2.2.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, type -approval information of the 
base/previous stage vehicle (list the informati on for each stage. This can be 
done with a matrix)  
Type: …………………………………………………………………………  
Variant(s): …………………………………………………………………..  
Version(s): …………………………………………………………………...  
Type -approval number, including extension number ……………………….  
1.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle / component / separate 
technical unit (1) (b): … 
1.3.0.1.  Chassis: …  
1.3.0.2.  Bodywork/complete vehicle: …  
1.3.1.  Location of that marking: …  
1.3.1.1.  Chassis: …  
1.3.1.2.  Bodywork/complete vehicle: …  
1.4. Category of vehicle (c): … 
1.4.1.  Classification(s) according to the dangerous goods which the vehicle is 
intended to transport: …   
EN 5   EN 1.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
1.5.1.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, company name and address of the 
manufactu rer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle………  
1.6. Location and method of attachment of statutory plates and location of vehicle 
identification number: …  
1.6.1.  On the chassis: …  
1.6.2.  On the bodywork: …  
1.7. (Not attributed)  
1.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …  
1.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …  
2. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS  
2.1. Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle / component / separate 
technical unit (1): … 
2.2. Dimension al drawing of the whole vehicle: …  
2.3. Number of axles and wheels: …  
2.3.1.  Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2.3.2.  Number and position of steered axles: …  
2.3.3.  Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …  
2.4. Chassis (if any) ( overall drawing): …  
2.5. Material used for the side -members (d): … 
2.6. Position and arrangement of the engine: …  
2.7. Driving cab (forward control or bonneted) (e): … 
2.8. Hand of drive: left/right (1). 
2.8.1.  Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/lef t (1) hand traffic.  
2.9. Specify if the towing vehicle is intended to tow semi -trailers or other trailers 
and, if the trailer is a semi -, drawbar -, centre -axle- or rigid drawbar trailer: …  
2.10.  Specify if the vehicle is specially designed for the controll ed-temperature 
carriage of goods: …  
3. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (f) (g) (6)  
 (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable)  
3.1. Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded) (g1):  
3.1.1.  Two-axle vehicles: …  
3.1.2.  Vehicles with three or more axles  
3.1.2.1.  Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the foremost to the 
rearmost axle: …  
3.1.2.2.  Total axle spacing: …   
EN 6   EN 3.2. Fifth wheel  
3.2.1.  In the case of semi -trailers  
3.2.1.1.  Distance between the axis of the fifth wh eel kingpin and the rearmost end of 
the semi -trailer: …  
3.2.1.2.  Maximum distance between the axis of the fifth wheel kingpin and any point 
on the front of the semi -trailer: …  
3.2.1.3.  Semi -trailer reference wheelbase (as required in point   3.2 of Part  D of Annex  I 
to Commission Regulation (EU) No  1230/20121: … 
3.2.2.  In the case of semi -trailer towing vehicles  
3.2.2.1.  Fifth wheel lead (maximum and minimum; indicate the permissible values in 
the case of an incomplete vehicle) (g2): … 
3.2.2.2.  Maximum heigh t of the fifth wheel (standardised) (g3): … 
3.3. Axle track(s) and width(s)  
3.3.1.  Track of each steered axle (g4): … 
3.3.2.  Track of all other axles (g4): … 
3.3.3.  Width of the widest rear axle: …  
3.3.4.  Width of the foremost axle (measured at the outerm ost part of the tyres 
excluding the bulging of the tyres close to the ground): …  
3.4. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)  
3.4.1.  For chassis without bodywork  
3.4.1.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.1.1.1.  Maximum permissible length: …  
3.4.1.1.2.  Minimum permissible  length: …  
3.4.1.1.3.  In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length (g6): … 
3.4.1.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.1.2.1.  Maximum permissible width: …  
3.4.1.2.2.  Minimum permissible width: …  
3.4.1.3.  Height (in running order) (g8) (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate 
normal running position): …  
3.4.1.4.  Front overhang (g9): … 
3.4.1.4.1.  Approach angle (g10): …… degrees.  
3.4.1.5.  Rear overhang (g11): … 
3.4.1.5.1.  Departure angle (g12): …… degrees.  
3.4.1.5.2.  Minimum and maximum permissibl e overhang of the coupling point (g13): … 
                                                 
1 Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 of 12 December 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 
661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to type -approval requirements for 
masses and dimensions of motor vehicles and their trailers and amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the 
European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 353, 21.12.2012, p.  31).  
EN 7   EN 3.4.1.6.  Ground clearance (as measured in accordance with point 3 of Appendix  1 to 
Annex  II)  
3.4.1.6.1.  Between the axles: …  
3.4.1.6.2.  Under the front axle(s): …  
3.4.1.6.3.  Under the rear axle(s): …  
3.4.1.7.  Ramp  angle (g14): …… degrees.  
3.4.1.8.  Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity of the body and/or 
interior fittings and/or equipment and/or payload: …  
3.4.2.  For chassis with bodywork  
3.4.2.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.2.1.1.  Length of the loading area : … 
3.4.2.1.2.  In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length (g6): … 
3.4.2.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.2.2.1.  Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled -
temperature carriage of goods): …  
3.4.2.3.  Height (in running order) (g8) (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate 
normal running position): …  
3.4.2.4.  Front overhang (g9): … 
3.4.2.4.1.  Approach angle (g10): …… degrees.  
3.4.2.5.  Rear overhang (g11): … 
3.4.2.5.1.  Departure angle (g12): …… degrees.  
3.4.2.5.2.  Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point (g13): … 
3.4.2.6.  Ground clearance (as measured in accordance with point  3 of Appendix  1 to 
Annex  II)  
3.4.2.6.1.  Between the axles: …  
3.4.2.6.2.  Under the front axle(s): …  
3.4.2.6.3.  Under the rear axle(s): …  
3.4.2.7.  Ramp angle (g14): …… degrees.  
3.4.2.8.  Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity of the payload (in the 
case of non -uniform load): …  
3.4.2.9.  Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle (M 2 and M 3) at its technically 
permissible maximum laden mass in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical 
directions: …  
3.4.3.  For bodywork approved without chassis (vehicles M 2 and M 3) 
3.4.3.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.3.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.3.3.  Nominal height (in running order) (g8) on in tended chassis type(s) (for 
suspensions adjustable for height, indicate normal running position): …   
EN 8   EN 3.5. Minimum mass on the steering axle(s) for incomplete vehicles:  … 
3.6. Mass in running order  (h)  
(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: …  
(b) mass of  each version (a matrix must be provided): …  
3.6.1.  Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi -trailer, a 
centre -axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer, the mass on the coupling point: …  
(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: … 
(b) mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …  
3.6.2.  Mass of the optional equipment (as provided for in points  (4) and (5) of 
Article  2 of Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012): …  
3.7. Minimum mass of the completed vehicle  as stated by the manufacturer , in the 
case of an incomplete vehicle: …  
3.7.1.  Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi -trailer or 
centre -axle trailer, load on the coupling point: …  
3.8. Technically permissible maximum laden mass  stated by the manufacturer (i) 
(3): … 
3.8.1.  Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi -trailer or 
centre -axle trailer, load on the coupling point (3): … 
3.9. Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle:  … 
3.10.  Technically permissible mass on each group of axles:  … 
3.11.  Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the towing vehicle   
in case of:  
3.11.1.  Drawbar trailer: …  
3.11.2.  Semi -trailer: …  
3.11.3.  Centre -axle trailer: …  
3.11.3.1.  Maximum ratio of the coupling overhang (j) to the wheel base : … 
3.11.3.2.  Maximum V -value: …… kN.  
3.11.4.  Rigid drawbar trailer: …  
3.11.5.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination (3): … 
3.11.6.  Maximum mass of unbraked trailer: …  
3.12.  Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point :  
3.12.1.  Of a towing vehicle: …  
3.12.2.  Of a semi -trailer, a centre -axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer: …  
3.12.3.  Maximum permissible mass of the coupling device (if not fitted by the 
manufacturer): …   
EN 9   EN 3.13.  Rear swing -out (Points  6 and 7 of Part  C of Annex  I to Regulation 
(EU)  No 1230/2012): …  
3.14.  Engine power/maximum mass ratio : …… kW/kg.  
3.14.1.  Engine power/technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination 
ratio (Point  5 of Part  C of Annex  I to Regulation (EU)  No 1230/2012): 
……kW/kg.  
3.15.  Hill-starting ability  (solo vehicle) (4): …… %.  
3.16.  Registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional)   
3.16.1.  Registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: …  
3.16.2.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the 
case of a semi -trailer or centre -axle trailer, intended load on the coupling point 
stated by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible maximum 
mass on the coupling point: …  
3.16.3.  Registration/in service maximum permissib le mass on each group of axles: …  
3.16.4.  Registration/in service maximum permissible towable mass: …  
3.16.5.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: …  
3.17.  Vehicle submitted to multi -stage type -approval (only in the case of i ncomplete 
or completed vehicles of category N 1 within the scope of Regulation 
(EC)  No 715/2007: yes/no (1) 
3.17.1.  Mass of the base vehicle in running order: …kg.  
3.17.2.  Default added mass, calculated in accordance with Point  5 of Annex  XII to 
Regulation (EC)  No 692/2008: …kg.  
4. POWER PLANT (k)  
4.1. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
4.1.1.  Manufacturer's engine code (as marked on the engine) or other means of 
identification: …  
4.1.2.  Approval number (if appropriate) including fuel identification marking: …  
(heavy -duty vehicles only)  
4.2. Internal combustion engine  
4.2.1.  Specific engine information   
4.2.1.1.  Working principle: positive ignition/compression ignition/dual -fuel (1) 
Cycle: four stroke/two stroke/rotary (1) 
4.2.1.1.1.  Type of dual -fuel engine: T ype 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) (x1) 
4.2.1.1.2.  Gas energy ratio over the hot part of the WHTC test -cycle: … %  
4.2.1.2.  Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
4.2.1.2.1.  Bore (l): …… mm  
4.2.1.2.2.  Stroke (l): …… mm  
4.2.1.2.3.  Firing order: …   
EN 10   EN 4.2.1.3.  Engine capacity (m): …… cm3  
4.2.1.4.  Volumetric compression ratio (2): … 
4.2.1.5.  Drawings of combustion chamber, piston crown and, in the case of positive 
ignition engines, piston rings: …  
4.2.1.6.  Normal engine idling speed (2): …… min-1  
4.2.1.6.1.  High engine idling speed (2): …… min-1 
4.2.1.6.2.  Idle on diesel: yes/no (1) (x1) 
4.2.1.7.  Carbon monoxide content by volume in the exhaust gas with the engine idling 
(2): …… % as stated by the manufacturer (positive ignition engines only)  
4.2.1 .8. Maximum net power (n): … kW at … min-1 (manufacturer's declared value)  
4.2.1.9.  Maximum permitted engine speed as prescribed by the manufacturer: … min-1  
4.2.1.10.  Maximum net torque (n): … Nm at … min-1 (manufacturer's declared value)  
4.2.1.11.  (Euro  VI only) Manufacturer references of the Documentation package 
required by Articles 5, 7 and 9 of Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 enabling the 
approval authority to evaluate the emission control strategies and the Systems 
on-board the engine to ensure the corr ect operation of NO x control measures  
4.2.2.  Fuel  
4.2.2.1.  Light -duty vehicles: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG or Biomethane/Ethanol (E 
85)/Biodiesel/Hydrogen/H 2NG (1) (6) 
4.2.2.2.  Heavy duty vehicles Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG -H/NG -L/NG -HL/Ethanol 
(ED95)/Ethanol (E85)/L NG/LNG 20/ (1)(6) 
4.2.2.2.1.  (Euro VI only) Fuels compatible with use by the engine declared by the 
manufacturer in accordance with point  1.1.2 of Annex  I to Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011 (as applicable)  
4.2.2.3.  Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label (1) 
4.2.2.4.  Vehicle fuel type: Mono fuel, Bi fuel, Flex fuel (1) 
4.2.2.5.  Maximum amount of biofuel acceptable in fuel (manufacturer's declared 
value): … % by volume  
4.2.3.  Fuel tank(s)   
4.2.3.1.  Service fuel tank(s)  
4.2.3.1.1.  Number and capacity of each ta nk: …  
4.2.3.1.1.1.  Material: …  
4.2.3.1.2.  Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with all connections and all 
lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …  
4.2.3.1.3.  Drawing clearly showing the position of the ta nk(s) in the vehicle: …  
4.2.3.2.  Reserve fuel tank(s)  
4.2.3.2.1.  Number and capacity of each tank: …  
4.2.3.2.1.1.  Material: …   
EN 11   EN 4.2.3.2.2.  Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with all connections and all 
lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …  
4.2.3.2.3.  Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: …  
4.2.4.  Fuel feed   
4.2.4.1.  By carburettor(s): yes/no (1) 
4.2.4.2.  By fuel injection (compression ignition or dual -fuel only): yes/no (1) 
4.2.4.2.1.  System description: …  
4.2.4.2.2.  Working principle: direct injection/pre -chamber/swirl chamber (1) 
4.2.4.2.3.  Injection pump  
4.2.4.2.3.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.4.2.3.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.4.2.3.3.  Maximum fuel delivery (1) (2): …… mm3 /stroke or  cycle at an engine speed 
of: … min-1 or, alternatively, a characteristic diagram: …  
 (When boost control is supplied, state the characteristic fuel delivery and boost 
pressure versus engine speed)  
4.2.4.2.3.4.  Static injection timing (2): … 
4.2.4.2.3.5.  Injection advance curve (2): … 
4.2.4.2.3.6.  Calibration procedure: test bench/engine (1) 
4.2.4.2.4.  Governor  
4.2.4.2.4.1.  Type: …  
4.2.4.2.4.2.  Cut-off point  
4.2.4.2.4.2.1.  Speed at which cut -off starts under load: …… min-1  
4.2.4.2.4.2.2.  Maximum no -load sp eed: …… min-1  
4.2.4.2.4.2.3.  Idling speed: ….. min-1  
4.2.4.2.5.  Injection piping (heavy -duty vehicles only)  
4.2.4.2.5.1.  Length: …… mm  
4.2.4.2.5.2.  Internal diameter: …… mm  
4.2.4.2.5.3.  Common rail, make and type: …  
4.2.4.2.6.  Injector(s)  
4.2.4.2.6.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.4.2.6.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.4.2.6.3.  Opening pressure (2): … kPa or characteristic diagram (é): … 
4.2.4.2.7.  Cold start system  
4.2.4.2.7.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.4.2.7.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.4.2.7.3.  Description: …   
EN 12   EN 4.2.4.2.8.  Auxiliary starting aid  
4.2.4.2. 8.1. Make(s): …  
4.2.4.2.8.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.4.2.8.3.  System description: …  
4.2.4.2.9.  Electronic controlled injection: yes/no (1) 
4.2.4.2.9.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.4.2.9.2.  Type(s):  
4.2.4.2.9.3.  Description of the system (in the case of systems other than contin uous 
injection give equivalent details): …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.1.  Make and type of the electronic control unit (ECU): …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.2.  Make and type of the fuel regulator: …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.3.  Make and type of the air -flow sensor: …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.4.  Make and type of fue l distributor: …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.5.  Make and type of the throttle housing: …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.6.  Make and type of water temperature sensor: …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.7.  Make and type of air temperature sensor: …  
4.2.4.2.9.3.8.  Make and type of air pressure sensor: …  
4.2.4.2.9. 3.9. Software calibration number(s): …  
4.2.4.3.  By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no (1) 
4.2.4.3.1.  Working principle: intake manifold (single -/multi -point/direct injection (1) 
/other (specify): …  
4.2.4.3.2.  Make(s): …  
4.2.4.3.3.  Type(s): …  
4.2.4.3.4.  System description (In the case of systems other than continuous injection give 
equivalent details): …  
4.2.4.3.4.1.  Make and type of the electronic control unit (ECU): …  
4.2.4.3.4.2.  Make and type of fuel regulator: …  
4.2.4.3.4.3.  Make and type of air -flow sensor: …  
4.2.4.3.4.4.  Make and type of fuel distributor: …  
4.2.4.3.4.5.  Make and type of pressure regulator: …  
4.2.4.3.4.6.  Make and type of micro switch: …  
4.2.4.3.4.7.  Make and type of idling adjustment screw: …  
4.2.4.3.4.8.  Make and type of  throttle housing: …  
4.2.4.3.4.9.  Make and type of water temperature sensor: …  
4.2.4.3.4.10.  Make and type of air temperature sensor: …  
4.2.4.3.4.11.  Make and type of air pressure sensor: …   
EN 13   EN 4.2.4.3.4.12.  Software calibration number(s): …  
4.2.4.3.5.  Injecto rs: opening pressure (2): …… kPa or characteristic diagram: …  
4.2.4.3.5.1.  Make: …  
4.2.4.3.5.2.  Type: …  
4.2.4.3.6.  Injection timing: …  
4.2.4.3.7.  Cold start system  
4.2.4.3.7.1.  Operating principle(s): …  
4.2.4.3.7.2.  Operating limits/settings (1) (2): … 
4.2.4.4. Feed pump  
4.2.4.4.1.  Pressure (2): … kPa or characteristic diagram (2): … 
4.2.5.  Electrical system   
4.2.5.1.  Rated voltage: …… V, positive/negative ground (1) 
4.2.5.2.  Generator  
4.2.5.2.1.  Type: …  
4.2.5.2.2.  Nominal output: …… VA  
4.2.6.  Ignition system (spark ignition engines only)   
4.2.6.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.6.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.6.3.  Working principle: …  
4.2.6.4.  Ignition advance curve or map (2): … 
4.2.6.5.  Static ignition timing (2): …… degrees before TDC  
4.2.6.6.  Spark plugs  
4.2.6.6.1.  Make: …  
4.2.6.6.2.  Type: …  
4.2.6.6.3.  Gap setting: ……mm  
4.2.6.7.  Ignition coil(s)  
4.2.6.7.1.  Make: …  
4.2.6.7.2.  Type: …  
4.2.7.  Cooling system: liquid/air  (1)  
4.2.7.1.  Nominal setting of the engine temperature control mechanism: …  
4.2.7.2.  Liquid  
4.2.7.2.1.  Nature  of liquid: …  
4.2.7.2.2.  Circulating pump(s): yes/no (1) 
4.2.7.2.3.  Characteristics: ……….or   
EN 14   EN 4.2.7.2.3.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.7.2.3.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.7.2.4.  Drive ratio(s): …  
4.2.7.2.5.  Description of the fan and its drive mechanism: …  
4.2.7.3.  Air 
4.2.7.3.1.  Fan: yes/no (1) 
4.2.7.3.2.  Characteristics: …….or  
4.2.7.3.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.7.3.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.7.3.3.  Drive ratio(s): …  
4.2.8.  Intake system   
4.2.8.1.  Pressure charger: yes/no (1) 
4.2.8.1.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.8.1.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.8.1.3.  Description of  the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure: …… kPa; wastegate 
where applicable): …  
4.2.8.2.  Intercooler: yes/no (1) 
4.2.8.2.1.  Type: air -air/air -water (1) 
4.2.8.3.  Intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load (compression 
ignition engines only)  
4.2.8.3.1.  Minimum allowable: ………. kPa  
4.2.8.3.2.  Maximum allowable: ……… kPa  
4.2.8.3.3.  (Euro VI only) Actual Intake system depression at rated engine speed and at 
100 % load on the vehicle: … kPa  
4.2.8.4.  Description and drawings of inlet pipes and their  accessories (plenum chamber, 
heating device, additional air intakes, etc.): …  
4.2.8.4.1.  Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos): …  
4.2.8.4.2.  Air filter, drawings: …or  
4.2.8.4.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.8.4.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.8.4.3.  Intake  silencer, drawings: …or  
4.2.8.4.3.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.8.4.3.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.9.  Exhaust system   
4.2.9.1.  Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold: …  
4.2.9.2.  Description and/or drawing of the exhaust system: …   
EN 15   EN 4.2.9.2.1.  (Euro VI only) Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust 
system that are part of the engine system  
4.2.9.3.  Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % 
load (compression ignition engines only): …… kPa  
4.2.9.3.1.  (Euro VI onl y) Actual exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 
% load on the vehicle (compression -ignition engines only): … kPa  
4.2.9.4.  Type, marking of exhaust silencer(s): …  
 Where relevant for exterior noise, reducing measures in the engine 
compartme nt and on the engine: …  
4.2.9.5.  Location of the exhaust outlet: …  
4.2.9.6.  Exhaust silencer containing fibrous materials: …  
4.2.9.7.  Complete exhaust system volume: …… dm3 
4.2.9.7.1.  (Euro VI only) Acceptable Exhaust system volume: … dm3  
4.2.9.7.2.  (EURO  VI only) Volume of the exhaust system that is part of the engine 
system: … dm3 
4.2.10.  Minimum cross -sectional areas of inlet and outlet ports:  … 
4.2.11.  Valve timing or equivalent data   
4.2.11.1.  Maximum lift of valves, angles of opening and closing, or timing details of 
alternative distribution systems, in relation to dead centres. For variable timing 
system, minimum and maximum timing: …  
4.2.11.2.  Reference and/or setting ranges (1): … 
4.2.12.  Measures taken against air pollution   
4.2.12.1.  Device for r ecycling crankcase gases (description and drawings): …  
4.2.12.1.1.  (Euro VI only) Device for recycling crankcase gases: yes/no (2) 
If yes, description and drawings:  
If no, compliance with Annex  V to Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 required  
4.2.12.2.  Additional  pollution control devices (if any, and if not covered by another 
heading)  
4.2.12.2.1.  Catalytic converter: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.1.1.  Number of catalytic converters and elements (provide the information for 
each separate unit in the following] points): …  
4.2.12.2.1.2.  Dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …  
4.2.12.2.1.3.  Type of catalytic action: …  
4.2.12.2.1.4.  Total charge of precious metals: …  
4.2.12.2.1.5.  Relative concentration: …  
4.2.12.2.1.6.  Substrate (structure and material): …  
4.2.12.2.1.7.  Cell density: …   
EN 16   EN 4.2.12.2.1.8.  Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): …  
4.2.12.2.1.9.  Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the 
exhaust line): …  
4.2.12.2.1.10.  Heat shield: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.1.11.  Regeneration systems/method of exhaust after -treatment systems, 
description: …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.1.  Number of Type I operating cycles (or equivalent engine bench cycles) 
between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions 
equivalent to Type I test (Distance ‘D’ in Figure 1 in Annex  13 to UNECE 
Regulation No  83): …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.2.  Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between 
two cycles where regenerative phases occur: …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.3.  Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration 
occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.4.  Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in 
paragraph  3.1 of Annex  13 to UNECE Regulation No  83): …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.5.  Normal operating temperature range: ……… K  
4.2.12.2.1.11.6.  Consumable reagents: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.1.11.7.  Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.8.  Normal operational temperature range of reagent: ……… K  
4.2.12.2.1 .11.9.  International standard: …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.10.  Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (1) 
4.2.12.2.1.12.  Make of catalytic converter: …  
4.2.12.2.1.13.  Identifying part number: …  
4.2.12.2.2.  Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.2.1.  Make: …  
4.2.12.2.2.2.  Location: …  
4.2.12.2.2.3.  Control range: …  
4.2.12.2.2.4.  Type: …  
4.2.12.2.2.5.  Identifying part number: …  
4.2.12.2.3.  Air injection: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.3.1.  Type (pulse air, air pump, etc.): …  
4.2.12.2.4.  Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR): yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.4.1.  Characteristics (make, type, flow, etc.): …  
4.2.12.2.4.2.  Water -cooled system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.5.  Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.5.1.  Detailed description of the devices and their state of tune: …  
4.2.12.2.5.2.  Drawing of the evaporative control system: …   
EN 17   EN 4.2.12.2.5.3.  Drawing of the carbon canister: …  
4.2.12.2.5.4.  Mass of dry charcoal: …… g  
4.2.12.2.5.5.  Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capac ity and material: 
… 
4.2.12.2.5.6.  Drawing of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: …  
4.2.12.2.6.  Particulate trap (PT): yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.6.1.  Dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate trap: …  
4.2.12.2.6.2.  Design of the particulate tr ap: …  
4.2.12.2.6.3.  Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): …  
4.2.12.2.6.4.  Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …  
4.2.12.2.6.4.1.  Number of Type I operating cycles (or equivalent engine bench cycles) 
between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions 
equivalent to Type I test (Distance ‘D’ in Figure 1 in Annex  13 to UNECE 
Regulation No  83): …  
4.2.12.2.6.4.2.  Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between 
two cycles where reg enerative phases occur: …  
4.2.12.2.6.4.3.  Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration 
occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): …  
4.2.12.2.6.4.4.  Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in 
paragraph  3.1 of Annex  13 to UNECE Regulation No  83): …  
4.2.12.2.6.5.  Make of particulate trap: …  
4.2.12.2.6.6.  Identifying part number: …  
4.2.12.2.6.7.  Normal operating temperature: … (K) and pressure range … (kPa)  
 (heavy -duty vehicles only)  
4.2.12.2.6.8.  In the case of periodic regeneration (heavy -duty vehicles only)  
4.2.12.2.6.8.1.  Number of ETC test cycles between 2 regenerations (n1): … (not applicable 
to Euro VI)  
4.2.12.2.6.8.1.1.  (Euro VI only) Number of WHTC test cycles without regeneration (n):  
4.2.12.2.6.8.2.  Number of ETC cycles during regeneration (n2): … (not applicable to Euro 
VI)  
4.2.12.2.6.8.2.1.  (Euro VI only) Number of WHTC test cycles with regeneration (n R): 
4.2.12.2.6.9.  Other systems: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.6.9.1.  Description and operation  
4.2.12.2.7.1.  On-board -diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no (1): … 
4.2.12.2.7.1.1.  (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family  
4.2.12.2.7.1.2.  List of the OBD engine families (where applicable)  
4.2.12.2.7.1.3.  Number of the OBD engine  family the parent engine / the engine member 
belongs to:   
EN 18   EN 4.2.12.2.7.1.4.  Manufacturer references of the OBD -Documentation required by 
Article  5(4)(c) and Article  9(4) of Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 and 
specified in Annex  X to that Regulation for the purpo se of approving the 
OBD system  
4.2.12.2.7.1.5.  When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the Documentation for 
installing in a vehicle an OBD equipped engine system  
4.2.12.2.7.1.6.  When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package 
related to the installation on the vehicle of the OBD system of an approved 
engine  
4.2.12.2.7.2.  Written description and/or drawing of the MI: …  
4.2.12.2.7.3.  List and purpose of all components monitored by the OBD system: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.  Written description (general working principles) for  
4.2.12.2.7.4.1.  Positive -ignition engines  
4.2.12.2.7.4.1.1.  Catalyst monitoring: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.1.2.  Misfire detection: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.1.3.  Oxygen sensor monitoring: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.1.4.  Other components monitored by the OBD  system: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.2.  Compression -ignition engines: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.2.1.  Catalyst monitoring: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.2.2.  Particulate trap monitoring: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.2.3.  Electronic fuelling system monitoring: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.2.4.  deNO x system monitoring: …  
4.2.12.2.7.4.2.5.  Other components monitored by the OBD system: …  
4.2.12.2.7.5.  Criteria for MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical 
method): …  
4.2.12.2.7.6.  List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): 
… 
4.2.12.2.7.7.  The following additional information shall be provided by the vehicle 
manufacturer for the purposes of enabling the manufacture of OBD -
compatible replacement or service parts and diagnostic tools and test 
equipment.  
4.2.12.2.7.7.1.  A descripti on of the type and number of the preconditioning cycles used for 
the original type approval of the vehicle.  
4.2.12.2.7.7.2.  A description of the type of the OBD demonstration cycle used for the 
original type -approval of the vehicle for the component monito red by the 
OBD system.  
4.2.12.2.7.7.3.  A comprehensive document describing all sensed components with the 
strategy for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving 
cycles or statistical method), including a list of relevant secondary sensed 
parameters for each component monitored by the OBD system. A list of all 
OBD output codes and format used (with an explanation of each) associated  
EN 19   EN with individual emission related power -train components and individual 
non-emission related components, where monitoring of the component is 
used to determine MI activation, including in particular a comprehensive 
explanation for the data given in service $05 Test ID $21 to FF and the data 
given in service $06.  
In the case of types of vehicle that use a communicat ion link in accordance 
with ISO  15765 -4 ‘Road vehicles, diagnostics on controller area network 
(CAN) — Part 4: requirements for emissions -related systems’, a 
comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $06 Test ID $00 to 
FF, for each OBD monito r ID supported, shall be provided.  
4.2.12.2.7.7.4.  The information required in point  4.2.12.2.7.7.3 may be provided by 
completing a table as described in points  4.2.12.2.7.7.4.1. and 
4.2.12.2.7.7.4.2.  
4.2.12.2.7.7.4.1.  Low-duty vehicles  
 
4.2.12.2.7.7.4.2.  Heavy -duty vehicles  
 
4.2.12.2.7.7.5.  (Euro VI only) OBD Communication protocol standard: (7) 
4.2.12.2.7.8.  (Euro VI only) Manufacturer reference of the OBD -related information 
required by Article  5(4)(d) and Article  9(4) of Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011 for the purpose of comply ing with the provisions on 
access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, or  
4.2.12.2.7.8.1.  As an alternative to a manufacturer reference provided in point  3.2.12.2.7.7 
reference of the attachment to the information document set out  in 
Appendix  4 of Annex  I to Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 that contains the 
following table, once completed according to the given example:  Component  Fault 
code Monitoring 
strategy  Fault 
detection 
criteria  MI 
activation 
criteria  Secondary 
parameters  Preconditioning  Demonstration 
test 
Catalyst  P0420  Oxygen 
sensor 1 
and sensor 
2 signals  Difference 
between 
sensor 1 
and sensor 
2 signals - 3rd 
cycle  Engine 
speed load, 
A/F mode, 
catalyst 
temperature  Two type I 
cycles  Type I  
Component  Fault 
code  Monitoring 
strategy  Fault 
detection 
criteria  MI 
activation 
criteria  Secondary 
parameters  preconditioning  Demonstration 
test 
SCR 
Catalyst  Pxxx  NO x 
sensor 1 
and 
sensor 2 
signals  Difference 
between 
sensor 1 
and sensor 
2 signals - 3rd 
cycle  Engine speed 
load, catalyst 
temperature, 
reagent 
activity  Three OBD 
test cycles (3 
short ESC 
cycles)  OBD test 
cycle (short 
ESC cycle)   
EN 20   EN Component — Fault code — Monitoring strategy — Fault detection criteria 
— MI activation criteria — Secondary paramete rs — Preconditioning — 
Demonstration test  
Catalyst – P0420 — Oxygen sensor 1 and 2 signals — Difference between 
sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals — 3rd cycle — Engine speed, engine load, 
A/F mode, catalyst temperature — Two Type 1 cycles — Type 1  
4.2.12.2.7.9.  (EURO VI only) OBD components on -board the vehicle  
4.2.12.2.7.9.1.  Alternative approval as provided for in point  2.4.1 of Annex  X to 
Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.7.9.2.  List of OBD components on -board the vehicle  
4.2.12.2.7.9.3.  Writte n description and/or drawing of the MI (9) 
4.2.12.2.7.9.4.  Written description and/or drawing of the OBD off -board communication 
interface (9) 
4.2.12.2.8.  Other system (description and operation): …  
4.2.12.2.8.1.  (Euro VI only) Systems to ensure the correc t operation of NO x control 
measures  
4.2.12.2.8.2.  Driver inducement system  
4.2.12.2.8.2.1  (Euro VI only) Engine with permanent deactivation of the driver 
inducement, for use by the rescue services or in vehicles specified in 
point  (b) of Article  2(3): yes/ no (1) 
4.2.12.2.8.2.2.  Activation of the creep mode  
“disable after restart”/“disable after fuelling”/“disable after parking” (1)(7) 
4.2.12.2.8.3.  (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family 
considered when ensuring the correct ope ration of NO x control measures  
4.2.12.2.8.3.1.  (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families within the engine family 
considered when ensuring the correct operation of NOx control measures 
(where applicable)  
4.2.12.2.8.3.2.  (Euro VI only) Number of the OB D engine family the parent engine/the 
engine member belongs to  
4.2.12.2.8.4.  (Euro VI only) Lowest concentration of the active ingredient present in the 
reagent that does not activate the warning system (CD min): (% vol.)  
4.2.12.2.8.5.  (Euro VI only) When a ppropriate, manufacturer reference of the 
Documentation for installing in a vehicle the systems to ensure the correct 
operation of NO x control measures  
4.2.12.2.8.6.  (EURO VI only) Components on -board the vehicle of the systems ensuring 
the correct operati on of NO x control measures  
4.2.12.2.8.6.1.  List of components on -board the vehicle of the systems ensuring the correct 
operation of NO x control measures  
4.2.12.2.8.6.2.  When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package 
related to the in stallation on the vehicle of the system ensuring the correct 
operation of NO x control measures of an approved engine   
EN 21   EN 4.2.12.2.8.6.3.  Written description and/or drawing of the warning signal (9) 
4.2.12.2.8.6.4.  Alternative approval provided for in point  2.1 of Annex  XIII to Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.8.6.5.  Heated/non -heated reagent tank and dosing system (see paragraph  2.4 of 
Annex  11 to UNECE Regulation No  49) 
4.2.12.2.9.  Torque limiter: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.9.1.  Description of the torque limiter activation (heavy -duty vehicles only): …  
4.2.12.2.9.2.  Description of the full load curve limitation (heavy -duty vehicles only): …  
4.2.13.  Smoke opacity   
4.2.13.1.  Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition engines 
only): …  
4.2.13.2.  Power at six points of measurement (see UNECE Regulation No  24)  
4.2.13.3.  Engine power measured on test bench/on the vehicle (1) 
4.2.13.3.1.  Declared speeds and powers  
Measurement points  Engine speed (min-1) Power (kW)  
1……    
2……    
3……    
4……    
5……    
6……    
 
4.2.14.  Details of any devices designed to influence fuel economy  (if not covered by 
other items): …  
4.2.15.  LPG fuelling system: yes/no  (1) 
4.2.15.1.  Type -approval number according to UNECE Regulation No  34: …  
4.2.15.2.  Electronic engine management control unit for LPG fuelling  
4.2.15.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.15.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.15.2.3.  Emission -related adjustment possibilities: …  
4.2.15.3.  Further documentation  
4.2.15.3.1.  Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at  switch -over from petrol to 
LPG or back: …   
EN 22   EN 4.2.15.3.2.  System lay -out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation 
hoses, etc.): …  
4.2.15.3.3.  Drawing of the symbol: …  
4.2.16.  NG fuelling system: yes/no  (1) 
4.2.16.1.  Type -approval number accord ing to UNECE Regulation No  34: …  
4.2.16.2.  Electronic engine management control unit for NG fuelling  
4.2.16.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.16.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.16.2.3.  Emission -related adjustment possibilities: …  
4.2.16.3.  Further documentation  
4.2.16.3.1.  Descript ion of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch -over from petrol to 
NG or back: …  
4.2.16.3.2.  System lay -out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation 
hoses, etc.): …  
4.2.16.3.3.  Drawing of the symbol: …  
4.2.17.  Specific information relate d to gas fuelled engines for heavy -duty vehicles 
(in the case of systems laid out in a different manner, supply equivalent 
information)  
4.2.17.1.  Fuel: LPG/NG -H/NG -L/NG -HL (1) 
4.2.17.2.  Pressure regulator(s) or vaporiser/pressure regulator(s) (1) 
4.2.17.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.2.3.  Number of pressure reduction stages: …  
4.2.17.2.4.  Pressure in final stage  
minimum: ….. kPa — maximum: …. kPa  
4.2.17.2.5.  Number of main adjustment points: …  
4.2.17.2.6.  Number of idle adjustment po ints: …  
4.2.17.2.7.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.3.  Fuelling system: mixing unit/gas injection/liquid injection/direct injection 
(1) 
4.2.17.3.1.  Mixture strength regulation: …  
4.2.17.3.2.  System description and/or diagram and drawings: …  
4.2.17.3.3.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.4.  Mixing unit  
4.2.17.4.1.  Number: …  
4.2.17.4.2.  Make(s): …   
EN 23   EN 4.2.17.4.3.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.4.4.  Location: …  
4.2.17.4.5.  Adjustment possibilities: …  
4.2.17.4.6.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.5.  Inlet manifold injection  
4.2.17.5.1.  Injection: single point/multipoint (1) 
4.2.17.5.2.  Injection: continuous/simultaneously timed/sequentially timed (1) 
4.2.17.5.3.  Injection equipment  
4.2.17.5.3.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.5.3.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.5.3.3.  Adjustment possibilities: …  
4.2.17.5.3.4.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.5.4.  Supply pump (where applicable)  
4.2.17.5.4.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.5.4.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.5.4.3.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.5.5.  Injector(s) …  
4.2.17.5.5.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.5.5.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.5.5.3.  Type -approv al number: …  
4.2.17.6.  Direct injection  
4.2.17.6.1.  Injection pump/pressure regulator (1) 
4.2.17.6.1.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.6.1.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.6.1.3.  Injection timing: …  
4.2.17.6.1.4.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.6.2.  Injector(s) …  
4.2.17.6.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.6.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.6.2.3.  Opening pressure or characteristic diagram (2): … 
4.2.17.6.2.4.  Type -approval number: …  
4.2.17.7.  Electronic control unit (ECU)  
4.2.17.7.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.7.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.7.3.  Adjustment possibili ties: …   
EN 24   EN 4.2.17.7.4.  Software calibration number(s): …  
4.2.17.8.  NG fuel -specific equipment  
4.2.17.8.1.  Variant 1 (only in the case of approvals of engines for several specific fuel 
compositions)  
4.2.17.8.1.0.1.  (Euro VI only) Self adaptive feature? Yes/No (1) 
4.2.17.8.1.0.2.  (Euro VI only) Calibration for a specific gas composition NG -H/NG -L/NG -
HL (1) 
Transformation for a specific gas composition NG -Ht/NG-Lt/NG-HL t (1) 
4.2.17.8.1.1.  Fuel composition:  
methane (CH 4): basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. % mole  
ethane (C 2H6): basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. % mole  
propane (C 3H8): basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. % mole  
butane (C 4H10): basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. % mole  
C5/C5+: basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. %  mole  
oxygen (O 2): basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. % mole  
inert (N 2, He, etc.):  basis: ……. % mole  min. …. % mole  max. ….. % mole  
 
4.2.17.8.1.2.  Injector(s)  
4.2.17.8.1.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.17.8.1.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.17.8.1.3.  Others (where applicable): …  
4.2.17.8.2.  Variant 2 (only in the case of approvals for several specific fuel 
compositions)  
4.2.17.9.  When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation for 
installing the dual -fuel engine in a vehicle (x1) 
4.2.18.  Hydrogen fuell ing system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.18.1.  EU type -approval number in accordance with Regulation (EC)  No 79/2009 
of the European Parliament and of the Council2: … 
4.2.18.2.  Electronic engine management control unit for hydrogen fuelling  
4.2.18.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.18 .2.2. Type(s): …  
4.2.18.2.3.  Emission -related adjustment possibilities: …  
                                                 
2 Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 Janua ry 2009 on type -
approval of hydrogen -powered motor vehicles, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ  L 35, 4.2.2009, 
p. 32).  
EN 25   EN 4.2.18.3.  Further documentation  
4.2.18.3.1.  Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch -over from petrol to 
hydrogen or back: …  
4.2.18.3.2.  System lay -out (electrical c onnections, vacuum connections compensation 
hoses, etc.): …  
4.2.18.3.3.  Drawing of the symbol: …  
4.2.19.  H2NG fuelling system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.19.1.  Percentage of hydrogen in the fuel (the maximum specified by the 
manufacturer): …  
4.2.19.2.  EU type -approval  number in accordance with UNECE Regulation No  110 
… 
4.2.19.3.  Electronic engine management control unit for H2NG fuelling  
4.2.19.3.1.  Make(s): …  
4.2.19.3.2.  Type(s): …  
4.2.19.3.3.  Emission -related adjustment possibilities: …  
4.2.19.4.  Further documentatio n 
4.2.19.4.1.  Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch -over from petrol to 
H2NG or back: …  
4.2.19.4.2.  System lay -out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation 
hoses, etc.): …  
4.2.19.4.3.  Drawing of the symbol: …  
4.3. Electric motor  
4.3.1.  Type  (winding, excitation): …  
4.3.1.1.  Maximum hourly output: …… kW  
4.3.1.1.1.  Maximum net power (n) … kW  
(manufacturer’s declared value)  
4.3.1.1.2.  Maximum 30 minutes power (n) … kW  
(manufacturer’s declared value)  
4.3.1.2.  Operating  voltage: …… V  
4.3.2.  Battery  
4.3.2.1.  Number of cells: …  
4.3.2.2.  Mass: …… kg  
4.3.2.3.  Capacity: …… Ah (Amp -hours)  
4.3.2.4.  Position: …  
4.4. Engine or motor combination  
3.4.1.  Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no  (1)  
EN 26   EN 4.4.2.  Category of hybrid electric vehicle : off-vehicle charging/not off -vehicle 
charging: (1) 
4.4.3.  Operating mode switch: with/without  (1) 
4.4.3.1.  Selectable modes  
4.4.3.1.1.  Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
4.4.3.1.2.  Pure fuel consuming: yes/no (1) 
4.4.3.1.3.  Hybrid modes: yes/no (1) 
(if yes, short  description): …  
4.4.4.  Description of the energy storage device: (battery, capacitor, 
flywheel/generator)   
4.4.4.1.  Make(s): …  
4.4.4.2.  Type(s): …  
4.4.4.3.  Identification number: …  
4.4.4.4.  Kind of electrochemical couple: …  
4.4.4.5.  Energy: … (for battery : voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J,…)  
4.4.4.6.  Charger: on board/external/without (1) 
4.4.5.  Electric motor (describe each type of electric motor separately)   
4.4.5.1.  Make: …  
4.4.5.2.  Type: …  
4.4.5.3.  Primary use: traction motor/generator (1) 
4.4.5.3.1.  When used as traction motor: single -/multimotors (number) (1): … 
4.4.5.4.  Maximum power: …… kW  
4.4.5.5.  Working principle  
4.4.5.5.5.1  Direct current/alternating current/number of phases: …  
4.4.5.5.2.  Separate excitation/series/compound (1) 
4.4.5.5.3.  Synchronous/asynchronous (1) 
4.4.6.  Control unit   
4.4.6.1.  Make(s): …  
4.4.6.2.  Type(s): …  
4.4.6.3.  Identification number: …  
4.4.7.  Power controller   
4.4.7.1.  Make: …  
4.4.7.2.  Type: …  
4.4.7.3.  Identification number: …   
EN 27   EN 4.4.8.  Vehicle electric range  … km (in accordance with Annex  9 to UNECE 
Regulation No  101) 
4.4.9.  Manufacturer's recommendation for preconditioning : … 
4.5. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption (o) (manufacturer's declared value)  
4.5.1.  CO 2 mass emissions   
4.5.1.1.  CO 2 mass emissions (urban  conditions): …… g/km  
4.5.1.2.  CO 2 mass emissions (extra -urban conditions): …… g/km  
4.5.1.3.  CO 2 mass emissions (combined): …… g/km  
4.5.2.  Fuel consumption (provide details for each reference fuel tested)   
4.5.2.1.  Fuel consumption (urban conditions) … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 
km (1) 
4.5.2.2.  Fuel consumption (extra -urban conditions) … l/100 km or m3/100 km or 
kg/100 km (1) 
4.5.2.3.  Fuel consumption (combined) … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) 
4.5.3.  Electric energy consumption for electric  vehicles  
4.5.3.1.  Electric energy consumption for pure electric vehicles … Wh/km  
4.5.3.2.  Electric energy consumption for externally chargeable hybrid electric 
vehicles  
4.5.3.2.1.  Electric energy consumption (Condition A, combined) …Wh/km  
4.5.3.2.2.  Elect ric energy consumption (Condition B, combined) … Wh/km  
4.5.3.2.3.  Electric energy consumption (weighted combined) … Wh/km  
4.5.4.  CO 2 emissions for heavy duty engines (Euro VI only)  
4.5.4.1.  CO 2 mass emissions WHSC test (x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.2.  CO 2 mass emissions WHSC test in diesel mode (x2): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.3.  CO2 mass emissions WHSC test in dual -fuel mode (x1): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.4.  CO2 mass emissions WHTC test (x3)(8): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.5.  CO2 mass emissions WHTC test in diesel mode (x2)(8): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.6.  CO2 mass emissions WHTC test in dual -fuel mode (x1)(8): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.  Fuel consumption for heavy duty engines (Euro VI only)  
4.5.5.1.  Fuel consumption WHSC test (x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.2.  Fuel consumption WHSC test in diesel mode (x2): … g/kWh  
4.5.5. 3. Fuel consumption WHSC test in in dual -fuel mode (x1): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.4.  Fuel consumption WHTC test (8)(x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.5.  Fuel consumption WHTC test in diesel mode (8)(x2): … g/kWh   
EN 28   EN 4.5.5.6.  Fuel consumption WHTC test in dual -fuel mode (8)(x1): … g/kWh  
4.5.6.  Vehicle fitted with an eco -innovation within the meaning of Article  12 of 
Regulation (EC) No  443/2009 of the European Parliament and of the 
Council3 for M 1 vehicles or Article  12 of Regulation (EU) No  510/2011 of 
the European Parliament and of the Council4 for N 1 vehicles: yes/no (1) 
4.5.6.1.  Type/Variant/Version of the baseline vehicle as referred to in Article  5 of 
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU)  No 725/20115 for M 1 vehicles 
or Article  5 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU)  No 427/20 146 
for N 1 vehicles (where applicable)[: …  
4.5.6.2.  Existence of interactions between different eco -innovations: yes/no (1) 
4.5.6.3.  Emissions data related to the use of eco -innovations (repeat the table for 
each reference fuel tested) (w1) 
Decision 
approving the 
eco-innovation 
(w2) Code of the 
eco-
innovation 
(w3) 1. CO 2 
emissions of 
the baseline 
vehicle  
(g/km)  2. CO 2 
emissions of 
the eco -
innovation 
vehicle  
(g/km)  3. CO 2 
emissions of 
the baseline 
vehicle under 
type 1 test -
cycle (w4) 4. CO 2 
emissions of 
the eco -
innovation 
vehicle under 
type 1 test -
cycle  
(= 3.5.1.3)  5. Usage factor 
(UF), i.e. 
temporal share 
of technology 
usage in 
normal 
operation 
conditions  CO 2 
emissions 
savings  
((1 – 2) 
 – (3 – 4)) * 
5 
xxxx/201x         
        
        
Total CO 2 emissions saving (g/km)  (w5)   
(w) Eco-innovations.  
(w2) Number of the Commission Decision approving the eco -innovation.  
(w3) Assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco -innovation.  
(w4) Under agreement of the approval authority, if a modelling methodology is applied instead of the type 1 test 
cycle, this value shall be the one provided by the modelling methodology.  
(w5) Sum of the CO 2 emissions savings of each individual eco -innovation . 
                                                 
3 Regulation (EC)  No 443/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 setting 
emission performance standards f or new passenger cars as part of the Community's integrated approach to 
reduce CO 2 emissions from light -duty vehicles (OJ  L 140, 5.6.2009, p.  1) 
4 Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2011 setting 
emission pe rformance standards for new light commercial vehicles as part of the Union's integrated 
approach to reduce CO 2 emissions from light -duty vehicles (OJ  L 145, 31.5.2011, p.  1) 
5 Commission Implementing Regulation (EU)  No 725/2011 of 25 July 2011 establishin g a procedure for 
the approval and certification of innovative technologies for reducing CO 2 emissions from passenger 
cars pursuant to Regulation (EC)  No 443/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ  L 194, 
26.7.2011, p.  19) 
6 Commission Impl ementing Regulation (EU)  No 427/2014 of 25 April 2014 establishing a procedure for 
the approval and certification of innovative technologies for reducing CO 2 emissions from light 
commercial vehicles pursuant to Regulation (EU)  No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the 
Council (OJ  L 125, 26.4.2014, p.  57)  
EN 29   EN 4.6. Temperatures permitted by the manufacturer  
4.6.1.  Cooling system   
4.6.1.1.  Liquid cooling  
Maximum temperature at outlet: …… K  
4.6.1.2.  Air cooling  
4.6.1.2.1.  Reference point: …  
4.6.1.2.2.  Maximum temperature at reference point: …… K  
4.6.2.  Maximum outlet temperature of the inlet intercooler: ……  K 
4.6.3.  Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent 
to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold or turbocharger:  …… K  
4.6.4.  Fuel temperature   
Minimum: …… K — maximum: …… K  
For diesel engines at injection pump inlet, for gas fuelled engines at pressure 
regulator final stage  
4.6.5.  Lubricant temperature   
Minimum: …. K — maximum: …… K  
4.6.6.  Fuel pressure   
Minimum: …… kPa — maximum: …… kPa  
At pressure regulator final stage, NG fuelled gas engines only.  
4.7. Power absorbed at  engine speeds specific for emissions test  
Equipment  Idle Low 
speed  High 
speed  Speed A 
(Preferred 
speed (2) Speed B 
(n95h)  
Pa 
Auxiliaries needed for 
operating the engine (to be 
subtracted from measured 
engine power) according to  
Annex  4, Appendix  6 of 
UNECE Regulation No  49      
Auxiliaries needed for 
operating the engine (to be 
subtracted from measured 
engine power).  
Pb 
Auxiliaries/equipment  
not required according to 
Annex  4, Appendix  6 of No  49      
  
EN 30   EN 4.8. Lubrication system  
4.8.1.  Description of the system   
4.8.1.1.  Position of lubricant reservoir: …  
4.8.1.2.  Feed system (by pump/injection into intake/mixing with fuel, etc.) (1) 
4.8.2.  Lubricating pump   
4.8.2.1.  Make(s): …  
4.8.2.2.  Type(s): …  
4.8.3.  Mixture with fuel   
4.8.3.1.  Percentage: …  
4.8.4.  Oil cooler: yes/no  (1) 
4.8.4.1.  Drawing(s): …… or  
4.8.4.1.1.  Make(s): …  
4.8.4.1.2.  Type(s): …  
5. TRANSMISSION (p) 
5.1. Drawing of the transmission:  … 
5.2. Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.):  … 
5.2.1.  A brief description of the electrical/e lectronic components (if any): …  
5.3. Moment of inertia of engine flywheel:  … 
5.3.1.  Additional moment of inertia with no gear engaged: …  
5.4. Clutch  
5.4.1.  Type: …  
5.4.2.  Maximum torque conversion: …  
5.5. Gearbox  
5.5.1.  Type (manual/automatic/CVT (continuously variable transmission)) (1) 
5.5.2.  Location relative to the engine: …  
5.5.3.  Method of control: …  
   
EN 31   EN 5.6. Gear ratios  
Gear  Internal gearbox ratios 
(ratios of engine to 
gearbox output shaft 
revolutions)  Final drive ratio(s) 
(ratio of gearbox 
output shaft to driven 
wheel revolutions)  Total gear ratios  
Maximum for CVT (*)    
1    
2    
3    
…    
Minimum for CVT (*)    
Reverse     
(*) Continuously variable transmission.  
5.7. Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h)  (q): … 
5.8. Speedometer  
5.8.1.  Method of operation and description of drive mechanism: …  
5.8.2.  Instrument constant: …  
5.8.3.  Tolerance of the measuring mechanism (pursuant to paragraph  2.5.1 of 
UNECE Regulation No  39): …  
5.8.4.  Overall transmission rati o (pursuant to paragraph  2.2.2 of UNECE 
Regulation No  39) or equivalent data: …  
5.8.5.  Diagram of the speedometer scale or other forms of display: …  
5.9. Tachograph: yes/no  (1) 
5.9.1  Approval mark: …  
5.10.  Differential lock: yes/no/optional  (1) 
5.11.  Gear shift indicator (GSI)  
5.11.1.  Acoustic indication available yes/no (1). If yes, description of sound and 
sound level at the driver’s ear in dB(A). (Acoustic indication always 
switchable on/off)  
5.11.2.  Information according to point  4.6 of Annex  I to Commission Regulation 
(EU) No  65/20127 (manufacturer’s declared value)  
5.11.3.  Photographs and/or drawings of the gear shift indicator instrument and brief 
description of the system components and operation:  
                                                 
7 Commission Regulation (EU) No 65/2012 of 24 January 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) No 
661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards gear shift indicators and amending 
Direc tive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 28, 31.1.2012, p. 24)   
EN 32   EN 6. AXLES  
6.1. Description of each axle: …  
6.2. Make: …  
6.3. Type: …  
6.4. Position of retractable axle(s): …  
6.5. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
7. SUSPENSION  
7.1. Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …  
7.2. Type and design of the suspension of each axle or group of axles or wheel: 
… 
7.2.1.  Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (1) 
7.2.2.  A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …  
7.2.3.  Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (1) 
7.2.3.1.  Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air -suspension: yes/no (1) 
7.2.3.2.  Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …  
7.2.4.  Air-suspension for non -driving axle(s): yes/no (1) 
7.2.4.1.  Suspension of non -driving axle(s) equivalent to air -suspension: yes/no (1) 
7.2.4.2.  Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: …  
7.3. Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension  (design, 
characteristics of the materials and dimensions): …  
7.4. Stabilisers:  yes/no/optional (1) 
7.5. Shock absorbers:  yes/no/optional (1) 
7.6. Tyres and wheels  
7.6.1.  Tyre/wheel combination(s)   
(a) for tyres indicate size designation, load -capacity index, speed category 
symbol, rolling resistance in accordance with ISO  28580 (where 
applicable) (r); 
(b) for wheels indicate rim size(s) and off -set(s)  
7.6.1.1.  Axles  
7.6.1.1.1.  Axle 1: …  
7.6.1.1.2.  Axle 2: …  
etc. 
7.6.1.2.  Spare wheel, if any: …  
7.6.2.  Upper and lower limits of rolling radii    
EN 33   EN 7.6.2.1.  Axle 1: …  
7.6.2.2.  Axle 2: …  
7.6.2.3.  Axle 3: …  
7.6.2.4.  Axle 4: …  
etc. 
7.6.3.  Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer:  …… kPa  
7.6.4.  Chain/tyre/wheel combination on the front and/or rear axle that is suitable 
for the type of vehicle, as recommended by the manufacturer:  … 
7.6.5.  Brief description of temporary use spare unit (if any):  … 
8. STEERING  
8.1. Schema tic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry:  … 
8.2. Transmission and control  
8.2.1.  Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, where applicable): 
… 
8.2.2.  Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front 
and rear, where applicable): …  
8.2.2.1.  A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …  
8.2.3.  Method of assistance (if any): …  
8.2.3.1.  Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s): …  
8.2.4.  Diagram of the steering eq uipment as a whole, showing the position on the 
vehicle of the various devices influencing its steering behaviour: …  
8.2.5.  Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s): …  
8.2.6.  Range and method of adjustment (if any), of the steering control: …  
8.3. Maximum steering angle of the wheels  
8.3.1.  To the right: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or 
equivalent data): …  
8.3.2.  To the left: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent 
data): …  
9. BRAKES  
(The following particulars, including means of identification, where 
applicable, are to be given)  
9.1. Type and characteristics of the brakes as defined in paragraph  2.6 of 
UNECE Regulation 13 -H including details and drawings of the drums, 
discs, hoses make and type of s hoe/pad assemblies and/or linings, effective 
braking areas, radius of drums, shoes or discs, mass of drums, adjustment 
devices, relevant parts of the axle(s) and suspension: …   
EN 34   EN 9.2. Operating diagram, description and/or drawing of the braking equipment 
described in paragraph  2.3 of UNECE Regulation 13 -H including details 
and drawings of the transmission and controls:  
9.2.1.  Service braking system: …  
9.2.2.  Secondary braking system: …  
9.2.3.  Parking braking system: …  
9.2.4.  Any additional braking system: …  
9.2.5. Break -away braking system: …  
9.3. Control and transmission of trailer braking systems in vehicles designed to 
tow a trailer: …  
9.4. Vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer with electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
service brakes: yes/no (1) 
9.5. Anti-lock br aking system: yes/no/optional (1) 
9.5.1.  For vehicles with anti -lock systems, description of system operation 
(including any electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or 
pneumatic circuit plan: …  
9.6. Calculation and curves according to Annex  5 to UNECE Regulation No  13-
H: …  
9.7. Description and/or drawing of the energy supply, also to be specified for 
power -assisted braking systems: …  
9.7.1.  In the case of compressed -air braking systems, working pressure p2 in the 
pressure reservoir(s): …  
9.7.2.  In the case of vacuum braking systems, the initial energy level in the 
reservoir(s): …  
9.8. Calculation of the braking system: Determination of the ratio between the 
total braking forces at the circumference of the wheels and the force applied 
to the brak ing control: …  
9.9. Brief description of the braking equipment according to paragraph  12 of 
Annex  2 to UNECE Regulation No  13: …  
9.10.  If claiming exemptions from the Type I and/or Type II or Type III tests, 
state the number of the report in accordance wit h Appendix  2 of Annex  11 
to UNECE Regulation No  13: …  
9.11.  Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s): …  
10. BODYWORK  
10.1.  Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part  C of Annex  II: …  
10.2.  Materials used and methods of construction:  … 
10.3.  Occupant doors, latches and hinges  
10.3.1.  Door configuration and number of doors: …  
10.3.1.1.  Dimensions, direction and maximum angle of opening: …   
EN 35   EN 10.3.2.  Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors: …  
10.3.3.  Technical des cription of latches and hinges: …  
10.3.4.  Details, including dimensions, of entrances, steps and necessary handles 
where applicable: …  
10.4.  Field of vision  
10.4.1.  Particulars of the primary reference marks in sufficient detail to enable them 
to be readi ly identified and the position of each in relation to the others and 
to the R -point to be verified: …  
10.4.2.  Drawing(s) or photograph(s) showing the location of component parts 
within the 180o forward field of vision: …  
10.5.  Windscreen and other windows  
10.5.1.  Windscreen  
10.5.1.1.  Materials used: …  
10.5.1.2.  Method of mounting: …  
10.5.1.3.  Angle of inclination: …  
10.5.1.4.  Type -approval number(s): …  
10.5.1.5.  Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted together 
with a brief descrip tion of any electrical/electronic components involved: …  
10.5.2.  Other windows   
10.5.2.1.  Materials used: …  
10.5.2.2.  Type -approval number(s): …  
10.5.2.3.  A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the 
window lifting mechanism:  … 
10.5.3.  Opening roof glazing   
10.5.3.1.  Materials used: …  
10.5.3.2.  Type -approval number(s): …  
10.5.4.  Other glass panes  
10.5.4.1.  Materials used: …  
10.5.4.2.  Type -approval number(s): …  
10.6.  Windscreen wiper(s)   
10.6.1.  Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …  
10.7.  Windscreen washer  
10.7.1.  Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings) or, if 
approved as separate technical unit, type -approval number: …  
10.8.  Defrosting and demisting  
10.8.1.  Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …   
EN 36   EN 10.8.2.  Maximum electrical consumption: … kW  
10.9.  Devices for indirect vision  
10.9.1.  Rear -view mirrors, stating for each mirror:  
10.9.1.1.  Make: …  
10.9.1.2.  Type -approval mark: …  
10.9.1.3.  Variant: …  
10.9.1.4.  Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the 
mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …  
10.9.1.5.  Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle 
structure to which it is attached: …  
10.9.1.6.  Optional equipment which may affect the rearward field of vision: …  
10.9.1.7.  A brief description of the electronic components (if any) of the adjustment 
system: …  
10.9.2.  Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors: …  
10.9.2.1.  Type and chara cteristics (such as a complete description of the device): …  
10.9.2.1.1.  In the case of a camera -monitor device, the detection distance (mm), 
contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and 
white/colour), image repetition freque ncy, luminance reach of the monitor: 
… 
10.9.2.1.2.  Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including 
installation instructions; the position for the EU type -approval mark has to 
be indicated on the drawings.  
10.10.  Interior arrangem ent  
10.10.1.  Interior protection for occupants   
10.10.1.1.  Layout drawing or photographs showing the position of the attached 
sections or views: …  
10.10.1.2.  Photograph or drawing showing the reference zone including the exempted 
area referred to in paragraph  2.3.1 of UNECE Regulation No  21 : …  
10.10.1.3.  Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior fittings, 
showing the parts in the passenger compartment and the materials used 
(with the exception of interior rear view mirrors), arran gement of controls, 
roof and opening roof, backrest, seats and the rear part of seats: …  
10.10.2.  Arrangement and identification of controls, tell -tales and indicators   
10.10.2.1.  Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols and controls, 
tell-tales and indicators: …  
10.10.2.2.  Photographs and/or drawings of the identification of controls, tell -tales and 
indicators and of the vehicle parts referred to in Table 1 of UNECE 
Regulation No  121 where relevant: …  
10.10.2.3.  Summary table   
EN 37   EN The vehicle is equipped with the following controls, indicators and tell -tales 
pursuant to Table 1of UNECE Regulation No  121 
Controls, tell -tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification 
is mandatory, and symbols to be used for that purpose  
Symbol 
No Devi ce Control/ 
indicator 
available (*) Identified 
by symbol 
(*) Where 
(**)  Tell-tale 
available 
(*)  Identified 
by symbol 
(*)  Where 
(**)  
1 Master light        
2 Dipped -
beam 
headlamps        
3 Main -beam 
headlamps        
4 Position 
(side) lamps        
5 Front fog 
lamps        
6 Rear fog 
lamp        
7 Headlamp 
levelling 
device        
8 Parking 
lamps        
9 Direction 
indicators        
10 Hazard 
warning        
11 Windscreen 
wiper        
12 Windscreen 
washer        
13 Windscreen 
wiper and 
washer        
14 Headlamp 
cleaning 
device        
15 Windscreen 
demisting 
and 
defrosting         
EN 38   EN 16 Rear 
window 
demisting 
and 
defrosting        
17 Ventilating 
fan       
18 Diesel pre -
heat       
19 Choke        
20 Brake 
failure        
21 Fuel level        
22 Battery 
charging 
condition        
23 Engine 
coolant 
temperature        
(*) x = yes  
 — = no or not separately available  
 o = optional.  
(**) d = directly on control, indicator or tell -tale 
 c = in close vicinity.  
Controls, tell -tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification 
is optional, and symbols which shall be used if they are to be identified  
Symbol 
No Device  Control/ 
indicator 
available (*) Identified 
by symbol 
(*) Where 
(**) Tell-tale 
available 
(*) Identified 
by symbol 
(*) Where (**) 
1 Parking 
brake        
2 Rear 
window 
wiper        
3 Rear 
window 
washer        
4 Rear 
window 
wiper and 
washer        
5 Intermittent 
windscreen 
wiper         
EN 39   EN 6 Audible 
warning 
device 
(horn)        
7 Front hood 
(bonnet)        
8 Rear hood 
(boot)        
9 Seat-belt       
10 Engine oil 
pressure        
11 Unleaded 
petrol        
…        
…        
…        
(*) x = yes  
 — = no or not separately available  
 o = optional.  
(**) d = directly on control, indicator or tell -tale 
 c = in close vicinity.  
10.10.3.  Seats  
10.10.3.1.  Number of seating positions (s): … 
10.10.3.1.1.  Location and arrangement: …  
10.10.3.2.  Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …  
10.10.3.3.  Mass: …  
10.10.3.4.  Characteristics: for seats not type -approved as components, description a nd 
drawings of  
10.10.3.4.1.  The seats and their anchorages: …  
10.10.3.4.2.  The adjustment system: …  
10.10.3.4.3.  The displacement and locking systems: …  
10.10.3.4.4.  The seat -belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure): …  
10.10.3.4.5.  The parts  of the vehicle used as anchorages: …  
10.10.3.5.  Coordinates or drawing of the R -point (t)  
10.10.3.5.1.  Driver's seat: …  
10.10.3.5.2.  All other seating positions: …  
10.10.3.6.  Design torso angle  
10.10.3.6.1.  Driver's seat: …   
EN 40   EN 10.10.3.6.2.  All other seating  positions: …  
10.10.3.7.  Range of seat adjustment  
10.10.3.7.1.  Driver's seat: …  
10.10.3.7.2.  All other seating positions: …  
10.10.4.  Head restraints   
10.10.4.1.  Type(s) of head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate (1)  
10.10.4.2.  Type -approval number (s), where available: …  
10.10.4.3.  For head restraints not yet approved  
10.10.4.3.1.  A detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the 
nature of the padding material or materials and, where applicable, the 
position and specificatio ns of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type 
of seat for which approval is sought: …  
10.10.4.3.2.  In the case of a ‘separate’ head restraint  
10.10.4.3.2.1.  A detailed description of the structural zone to which the head restraint is 
intended to be fi xed: …  
10.10.4.3.2.2.  Dimensional drawings of the characteristic parts of the structure and the 
head restraint: …  
10.10.5.  Heating systems for the passenger compartment   
10.10.5.1.  A brief description of the type of vehicle with regard to the heating syste m 
if the heating system uses the heat of the engine cooling fluid: …  
10.10.5.2.  A detailed description of the type of vehicle with regard to the heating if the 
cooling air or the exhaust gases of the engine are used as heat source, 
including:  
10.10.5.2.1.  Layout drawing of the heating system showing its position in the vehicle: …  
10.10.5.2.2.  Layout drawing of the heat exchanger for heating systems using the exhaust 
gases for heating, or of the parts where the heat exchange takes place (for 
heating systems using the engine cooling air for heating): …  
10.10.5.2.3.  Sectional drawing of the heat exchanger or the parts respectively where the 
heat exchange takes place indicating the thickness of the wall, used 
materials and characteristics of the surface: …  
10.10 .5.2.4.  Specifications shall be given for further important components of the 
heating system such as, for example, the heater fan, with regard to their 
method of construction and technical data: …  
10.10.5.3.  A brief description of the type of vehicle with regard to the combustion 
heating system and the automatic control: …  
10.10.5.3.1.  Layout drawing of the combustion heater, the air inlet system, the exhaust 
system, the fuel tank, the fuel supply system (including the valves) and the 
electrical connections  showing their positions in the vehicle.  
10.10.5.4.  Maximum electrical consumption: …… kW   
EN 41   EN 10.10.6.  Components influencing the behaviour of the steering mechanism in the 
event of an impact   
10.10.6.1.  A detailed description, including photograph(s) and/or d rawing(s), of the 
type of vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the lines and 
the constituent materials of that part of the vehicle forward of the steering 
control, including those components designed to contribute to the absorption 
of ene rgy in the event of an impact against the steering control: …  
10.10.6.2.  Photograph(s) and/or drawing(s) of vehicle components other than those 
described in point  10.10.6.1 as identified by the manufacturer in agreement 
with the technical service, as contr ibuting to the behaviour of the steering 
mechanism in case of impact: …  
10.10.7.  Burning behaviour of materials used in the interior construction of certain 
categories of motor vehicles   
10.10.7.1.  Material(s) used for the interior lining of the roof  
10.10.7.1.1.  Component type -approval number(s), if available: …  
10.10.7.1.2.  For materials not approved  
10.10.7.1.2.1.  Base material(s)/designation: ……/……  
10.10.7.1.2.2.  Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.1.2.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.1.2.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm  
10.10.7.2.  Material(s) used for the rear and side walls  
10.10.7.2.1.  Component type -approval number(s), if available: …  
10.10.7.2.2.  For materials not approved  
10.10.7.2.2.1.  Base material(s)/desig nation: ……/……  
10.10.7.2.2.2.  Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.2.2.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.2.2.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm  
10.10.7.3.  Material(s) used for the floor  
10.10.7.3.1.  Component type -approval num ber(s), if available: …  
10.10.7.3.2.  For materials not approved  
10.10.7.3.2.1.  Base material(s)/designation: ……/……  
10.10.7.3.2.2.  Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.3.2.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.3.2.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm  
10.10.7.4.  Material(s) used for the upholstery of the seats  
10.10.7.4.1.  Component type -approval number(s), if available: …  
10.10.7.4.2.  For materials not approved   
EN 42   EN 10.10.7.4.2.1.  Base material(s)/designation: ……/……  
10.10.7.4.2.2.  Compo site/single (1) material, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.4.2.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.4.2.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm  
10.10.7.5.  Material(s) used for the heating and ventilation pipes  
10.10.7.5.1.  Component type -approval number(s), if  available: …  
10.10.7.5.2.  For materials not approved  
10.10.7.5.2.1.  Base material(s)/designation: ……/.…..  
10.10.7.5.2.2.  Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.5.2.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.5.2.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness : ……/…….mm  
10.10.7.6.  Material(s) used for luggage racks  
10.10.7.6.1.  Component type -approval number(s), if available: …  
10.10.7.6.2.  For materials not approved  
10.10.7.6.2.1.  Base material(s)/designation: ……/……  
10.10.7.6.2.2.  Composite/single (1) materia l, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.6.2.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.6.2.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness: ……/…… mm  
10.10.7.7.  Material(s) used for other purposes  
10.10.7.7.1.  Intended purposes: …  
10.10.7.7.2.  Component type -approval number(s), if available: …  
10.10.7.7.3.  For materials not approved  
10.10.7.7.3.1.  Base material(s)/designation: ……/……  
10.10.7.7.3.2.  Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): … 
10.10.7.7.3.3.  Type of coating (1): … 
10.10.7.7.3.4.  Maximum/minimum thickness: …. /…. mm  
10.10.7.8.  Components approved as complete devices (seats, separation walls, luggage 
racks, etc.)  
10.10.7.8.1.  Component type -approval number(s): …  
10.10.7.8.2.  For the complete device: seat, separation wall, luggage racks, etc. (1) 
10.10.8.  Gas used as refrigerant in the air -conditioning system : …  
10.10.8.1.  The air -conditioning system is designed to contain fluorinated greenhouse 
gases with global warming potential higher than 150: yes/no (1) 
10.10.8.2.  If yes, fill in the following points   
EN 43   EN 10.10.8.2.1.  Drawing and brief description of the air -conditioning system, including the 
reference or part number and material of the leak components;  
10.10.8.2.2.  Leakage of the air -conditioning system  
10.10.8.2.4.  Reference or part number and material of the  components of the system and 
information about the test (e.g. test report number, approval number, etc.): 
… 
10.10.8.3.  Overall leakage in g/year of the entire system: …  
10.11.  External projections  
10.11.1.  General arrangement (drawing or photographs) ind icating the position of the 
attached sections and views:  
10.11.2.  Drawings and/or photographs, for example, and where relevant, of the door 
and window pillars, air -intake grilles, radiator grille, windscreen wipers, 
rain gutter channels, handles, slide rai ls, flaps, door hinges and locks, hooks, 
eyes, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other external 
projections and parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as 
critical (e.g. lighting equipment). If the parts listed in the previo us sentence 
are not critical, for documentation purposes they may be replaced by 
photographs, accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text:  
10.11.3.  Drawings of parts of the external surface in accordance paragraph  6.9.1 to 
UNECE Regulation No 17: …  
10.11.4.  Drawing of bumpers: …  
10.11.5.  Drawing of the floor line: …  
10.12.  Safety belts and/or other restraint systems  
10.12.1.  Number and position of safety belts and restraint systems and seats on 
which they can be used  
(L = left -hand side, R = right -hand side, C = centre)  
 Complete EU 
type-approval 
mark  Variant, 
where 
applicable  Belt adjustment device 
for height (indicate 
yes/no/optional)  
First row of seats  
 
 L    
C    
R    
Second row of seats(*) 
 
 L    
C    
R    
(*) The table  may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats 
or if there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.  
  
EN 44   EN 10.12.2.  Nature and position of supplementary restraint systems (indicate 
yes/no/optional)  
(L = left -hand si de, R = right -hand side, C = centre)  
 Front airbag  Side airbag  Belt pre -loading 
device  
First row of seats  
 
 L    
C    
R    
Second row of seats(*) 
 
 L    
C    
R    
(*) The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of 
seats or if there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.  
10.12.3.  Number and position of safety belt anchorages and proof of compliance 
with UNECE Regulation No  14, (i.e. type -approval number or test report): 
… 
10.12.4.  A brief  description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …  
10.13.  Safety belt anchorages  
10.13.1.  Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the position and 
dimensions of the actual and the effective anchorages including the R -
points: …  
10.13.2.  Drawings of the belt anchorages and parts of the vehicle structure where 
they are attached (with the material indication): …  
10.13.3.  Designation of the types (u) of safety belt authorised for fitting to the 
anchorages with which the vehicle is equip ped: 
  
 
  
EN 45   EN  
 Anchorage location  
Vehicle 
structure  Seat structure  
First row of seats    
Right -
hand seat  
 
 Lower 
anchorages  
 outboard  
inboard  
 
Upper 
anchorages   
Centre 
seat 
 
 Lower 
anchorages  
 right  
left 
   
Upper 
anchorages     
Left-
hand 
seat 
 
 Lower 
anchorages  
 outboard  
inboard   
   
Upper 
anchorages     
Second row of seats (*)   
Right -
hand seat  
 
 Lower 
anchorages  
 outboard  
inboard  
 
Upper 
anchorages   
Centre 
seat 
 
 Lower 
anchorages  
 right  
left 
   
Upper 
anchorages     
Left-
hand seat  
 
 Lower 
anchorages  
 outboard 
inboard  
   
Upper 
anchorages     
(*)  The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats 
or if there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.  
10.13.4.  Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located 
in the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: …  
10.14.  Space for mounting rear registration plates (give range where 
appropriate, drawings may be used where applicable)  
10.14.1.  Height above road surface, upper edge: …  
10.14.2.  Height above road surface, lower edge: …  
10.14.3.  Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the 
vehicle: …  
10.14.4.  Distance from the left vehicle edge: …  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
EN 46   EN 10.14 .5. Dimensions (length x width): …  
10.14.6.  Inclination of the plane to the vertical: …  
10.14.7.  Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane: …  
10.15.  Rear under -run protection  
10.15.0.  Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1) 
10.15.1.  Drawing of the vehicle parts  relevant to the rear under -run protection, i.e. 
drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the 
widest rear axle, drawing of the mounting and/or fitting of the rear under -
run protection. If the under -run protection is not a special  device, the 
drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …  
10.15.2.  In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear under -
run protection (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as separate 
technical  unit, type -approval number: …  
10.16.  Wheel guards  
10.16.1.  Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its wheel guards: …  
10.16.2.  Detailed drawings of the wheel guards and their position on the vehicle 
showing the dimensions specified in Figure 1 of Annex  II to Commission 
Regulation (EU) No 1009/20108 and taking account of the extremes of 
tyre/wheel combinations: …  
10.17.  Statutory plates  
10.17.1.  Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and 
inscriptions and of the vehi cle identification number: …  
10.17.2.  Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions 
(completed example with dimensions): …  
10.17.3.  Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number 
(completed example with dimensions): … 
10.17.4.  Manufacturer's declaration of compliance with the requirements set out in 
point  2 of Part  B of Annex  I to Commission Regulation (EU)  No 19/20119  
10.17.4.1.  The meaning of characters in the vehicle descriptor section of the VIN as 
referred to in  point  2.1.(b) of Part  B of Annex  I to Commission Regulation 
(EU)  No 19/2011 and, where applicable, in the vehicle indicator section of 
the VIN as referred to in point  2.1.(c) of Part  B of Annex  I to Commission 
                                                 
8 Commission Regulation (EU)  No 1009/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type -approval requirements 
for wheel guards of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulat ion (EC)  No 661/2009 of the 
European Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirements for the general safety of 
motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor 
(OJ L 292, 10.11.2010, p. 21). 
9 Commission Regulation  (EU) No  19/2011 of 11 January 2011 concerning type -approval requirements for 
the manufacturer’s statutory plate and for the vehicle identification number of motor vehicles and their 
trailers and implementing Regulation (EC)  No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
concerning type -approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, 
components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ  L 8, 12.1.2011, p.  1).  
EN 47   EN Regulation (EU)  No 19/2011 used to comply wit h the requirements of 
paragraph  5.3 of ISO Standard 3779 -2009 shall be explained: …  
10.17.4.2.  If characters in the vehicle descriptor section of the VIN are used to comply 
with the requirements of paragraph  5.4 of ISO Standard 3779 -2009 these 
characters s hall be indicated: …  
10.18.  Radio interference/electromagnetic compatibility  
10.18.1.  Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent 
materials of the part of the body forming the engine compartment and the 
part of the passenger compartment nearest to it: …  
10.18.2.  Drawings or photographs of the position of metal components housed in the 
engine compartment (e.g. heating appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering 
mechanism, etc.): …  
10.18.3.  Table and drawing of radio -interfere nce control equipment: …  
10.18.4.  Particulars of the nominal value of the direct current resistance, and, in the 
case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …  
10.19.  Lateral protection  
10.19.0.  Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1) 
10.19.1.  Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the lateral protection, i.e. drawing 
of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the axle(s), 
drawing of the mountings and/or the fittings of lateral protection device(s). 
If the lateral pr otection is achieved without lateral protection device(s) the 
drawing shall clearly show that the required dimensions are met: …  
10.19.2.  In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or drawing of 
such device(s) (including mountings an d fittings) or its/their component 
type-approval number(s): …  
10.20.  Spray -suppression system  
10.20.0.  Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1) 
10.20.1.  Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its spray -suppression system 
and the constituent components: …  
10.20.2.  Detailed drawings of the spray -suppression system and its position on the 
vehicle showing the dimensions specified in the figures in Annex  VI to 
Regulation (EU)  No 109/201110 and taking account of the extremes of 
tyre/wheel combinations: …  
10.20.3.  Type -approval number(s) of spray -suppression device(s), if available: …  
10.21.  Side-impact resistance  
10.21.1.  A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the 
vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the lines and the 
                                                 
10 Com mission Regulation (EU)  No 109/2011 of 27 January 2011 implementing Regulation 
(EC)  No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards type -approval requirements 
for certain categories of motor vehicles and their trailers as regards spray  suppression systems (OJ  L 34, 
9.2.2011, p.  2).  
EN 48   EN constituent materials of the side walls of the passenger compartment 
(exterior and interior), including specific details of the protection system, 
where applicable: …  
10.22.  Front under -run protection  
10.22.0.  Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1) 
10.22.1.  Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the front under -run protection, i.e. 
drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting and/or 
fitting of the front under -run protection. If the under -run protection is no 
special device, the drawing s hall clearly show that the required dimensions 
are met: …  
10.22.2.  In the case of special device, full description and/or drawing of the front 
under -run protection (including mountings and fittings), or, if approved as a 
separate technical unit, type -appro val number: …  
10.23.  Pedestrian protection  
10.23.1.  A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the 
vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the relevant reference 
lines and the constituent materials of the frontal part  of the vehicle (interior 
and exterior), including detail of any active protection system installed.  
10.24.  Frontal protection systems  
10.24.1.  General arrangement (drawings or photographs) indicating the position and 
attachment of the frontal protection systems:  
10.24.2.  Drawings and/or photographs, where relevant, of air intake grilles, radiator 
grille, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other external 
projections and parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as 
critical (e.g . lighting equipment). If the parts listed in the first sentence are 
not critical, for documentation purposes they may be replaced by 
photographs, accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text:  
10.24.3.  Complete details of fittings required a nd full instructions, including torque 
requirements, for fitting:  
10.24.4.  Drawing of bumpers:  
10.24.5.  Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle front end:  
11. LIGHTING AND LIGHT SIGNALLING DEVICES  
11.1.  Table of all devices: number, make, model, type -approval mark, maximum 
intensity of main -beam headlamps, colour, tell -tale: …  
11.2.  Drawing of the position of lighting and light signalling devices: …  
11.3.  For every lamp and reflector specified in UNECE Regulation No  48 supply 
the following information (in  writing and/or by diagram)  
11.3.1.  Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …  
11.3.2.  Method used for the definition of the apparent surface in accordance with 
paragraph  2.10 of UNECE Regulation No  48: …  
11.3.3.  Axis of reference and centre  of reference: …   
EN 49   EN 11.3.4.  Method of operation of concealable lamps: …  
11.3.5.  Any specific mounting and wiring provisions: …  
11.4.  Dipped beam lamps: normal orientation in accordance to paragraph  6.2.6.1 
of UNECE Regulation No  48: 
11.4.1.  Value of initial a djustment: …  
11.4.2.  Location of indication: …  
11.4.3.  Description/drawing (1) and type of headlamp 
levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise 
manually adjustable, continuously manually 
adjustable):  
 Applicable 
only for 
vehicles with 
headlamp 
levelling 
device  
 11.4.4.  Control device:  
11.4.5.  Reference marks:  
11.4.6.  Marks assigned for loading conditions:  
11.5.  A brief description of electrical/electronic components other than lamps (if 
any): …  
12. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS 
AND SEMI -TRAILERS  
12.1.  Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: …  
12.2.  Characteristics D, U, S and V of the coupling device(s) fitted or minimal 
characteristics D, U, S and V of th e coupling device(s) to be fitted: … daN  
12.3.  Instructions for attachment of the coupling type to the vehicle and 
photographs or drawings of the fixing points at the vehicle as stated by the 
manufacturer; additional information, if the use of the coupling  type is 
restricted to certain variants or versions of the type of vehicle: …  
12.4.  Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting plates: …  
12.5.  Type -approval number(s): …  
13. MISCELLANEOUS  
13.1.  Audible warning device(s)  
13.1.1.  Loca tion, method of affixing, placement and orientation of the device(s), 
with dimensions: …  
13.1.2.  Number of device(s): …  
13.1.3.  Type -approval number(s): …  
13.1.4.  Electrical/pneumatic (1) circuit diagram: …  
13.1.5.  Rated voltage or pressure: …  
13.1.6.  Draw ing of the mounting device: …  
13.2.  Devices to prevent unauthorised use of the vehicle  
  
EN 50   EN 13.2.1.  Protective device  
13.2.1.1.  A detailed description of the type of vehicle with regard to the arrangement 
and design of the control or of the unit on which the protective device acts: 
… 
13.2.1.2.  Drawings of the protective device and of its mounting on the vehicle: …  
13.2.1.3.  A technical description of the device: …  
13.2.1.4.  Details of the lock combinations used: …  
13.2.1.5.  Vehicle immobiliser  
13.2.1.5.1.  Type -approval number, if available: …  
13.2.1.5.2.  For immobilisers not yet approved  
13.2.1.5.2.1.  A detailed technical description of the vehicle immobiliser and of the 
measures taken against inadvertent activation: …  
13.2.1.5.2.2.  The system(s) on which t he vehicle immobiliser acts: …  
13.2.1.5.2.3.  Number of effective interchangeable codes, where applicable: …  
13.2.2.  Alarm system (if any)  
13.2.2.1.  Type -approval number, if available: …  
13.2.2.2.  For alarm systems not yet approved  
13.2.2.2.1.  A detailed de scription of the alarm system and of the vehicle parts related to 
the alarm system installed: …  
13.2.2.2.2.  A list of the main components comprising the alarm system: …  
13.2.3.  A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …  
13.3.  Towing device(s)  
13.3.1.  Front: Hook/eye/other (1) 
13.3.2.  Rear: Hook/eye/other/none (1) 
13.3.3.  Drawing or photograph of the chassis/area of the vehicle body showing the 
position, construction and mounting of the towing device(s): …  
13.4.  Details of any no n-engine related devices designed to influence fuel 
consumption (if not covered by other items): …  
13.5.  Details of any non -engine related devices designed to reduce noise (if not 
covered by other items): …  
13.6.  Speed limitation devices  
13.6.1.  Manufactur er(s): …  
13.6.2.  Type(s): …  
13.6.3.  Type -approval number(s), if available: …  
13.6.4.  Speed or range of speeds at which the speed limitation may be set: … km/h   
EN 51   EN 13.7.  Table of installation and use of RF transmitters in the vehicle(s), where 
applicable: …  
 
 
 
T
The applicant for type -approval shall also supply, where appropriate:  
Appendix  1  
A list containing make and type of all electrical and/or electronic 
components concerned by UNECE Regulation No  10. 
Appendix  2  
Schematics or drawing of the general arrangement of electrical and/or 
electronic components concerned by UNECE Regulation No  10 and the 
general wiring harness arrangem ent. 
Appendix  3  
Description of vehicle chosen to represent the type  
Body style:  
Left- or right -hand drive (1) 
Wheelbase:  
Appendix  4  
Relevant test report(s) supplied by the manufacturer or approved/recognised 
laboratories for the purpose of drawing up the  type-approval certificate  
13.7.1.  Vehicle equipped with a 24 GHz short -range radar equipment: yes/no (1) 
14. SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR BUSES AND COACHES  
14.1.  Class of vehicle: Class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B (1) 
14.1.1.  Type -approval number of b odywork approved as a separate technical unit: 
… 
14.1.2.  Chassis types where the type -approved bodywork can be installed 
(manufacturer(s), and types of incomplete vehicle): …  
14.2.  Area for passengers (m2)  
14.2.1.  Total (S 0): … 
14.2.2.  Upper deck (S 0a) (1): … 
14.2.3.  Lower deck (S 0b) (1): … 
14.2.4.  For standing passengers (S 1): … Frequency bands 
(Hz) Maximum output 
power (W)  Antenna position at vehicle, 
specific conditions for 
installation and/or use  
    
EN 52   EN 14.3.  Number of passengers (seated and standing)  
14.3.1.  Total (N): …  
14.3.2.  Upper deck (N a) (1): … 
14.3.3.  Lower deck (N b) (1): … 
14.4.  Number of passengers seated  
14.4.1.  Total (A): …  
14.4.2.  Upper deck (A a) (1): … 
14.4.3.  Lower deck (A b) (1): … 
14.4.4.  Number of wheelchair positions for category M 2 and M 3 vehicles: …  
14.5.  Number of service doors:  … 
14.6.  Number of emergency exits  (doors, windows, escape hatches, 
intercommunication staircase and half staircase): …  
14.6.1.  Total: …  
14.6.2.  Upper deck (1): … 
14.6.3.  Lower deck (1): … 
14.7.  Volume of luggage compartments (m3): … 
14.8.  Area of luggage transportation on the roof (m2): … 
14.9.  Technical devices facilitating the access to vehicles  (e.g. ramp, lifting 
platform, kneeling system), if fitted: …  
14.10.  Strength of superstructure  
14.10.1.  Type -approval number, if available: …  
14.10.2.  For superstructures not yet approved  
14.10. 2.1. Detailed description of the superstructure of the type of vehicle including its 
dimensions, configuration and constituent materials and its attachment to 
any chassis frame: …  
14.10.2.2.  Drawings of the vehicle and those parts of its interior arrangeme nt which 
have an influence on the strength of the superstructure or on the residual 
space: …  
14.10.2.3.  Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in running order in the 
longitudinal, transverse and vertical directions: …  
14.10.2.4.  Maximum distance bet ween the centre lines of the outboard passenger seats: 
… 
14.11.  Paragraphs of UNECE Regulations No  66 and No  107 to be 
accomplished and demonstrated for this technical unit:  …  
EN 53   EN 14.12.  Drawing with dimensions showing the interior arrangement as regards 
the s eating positions, area for standees, wheelchair user(s), luggage 
compartments including racks and ski -box, if any   
15. SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR VEHICLES INTENDED FOR THE 
TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS  
15.1.  Electrical equipment according to Directive 2008/68/EC of the 
European Parliament and of the Council11 
15.1.1.  Protection against overheating of conductors: …  
15.1.2.  Type of circuit breaker: …  
15.1.3.  Type and operation of battery master switch: …  
15.1.4.  Description and location of safety barrier for tachograph: …  
15.1.5.  Description of permanently energised installations. Indicate the EN standard 
applied: …  
15.1.6.  Construction and protection of electrical installation situated to the rear of 
the driver's compartment: …  
15.2.  Prevention of fire ri sks  
15.2.1.  Type of not readily flammable material in the driver's compartment: …  
15.2.2.  Type of heat shield behind the driver's compartment (where applicable): …  
15.2.3.  Position and heat protection of engine: …  
15.2.4.  Position and heat protection of t he exhaust system: …  
15.2.5.  Type and design of the endurance braking systems heat protection: …  
15.2.6.  Type, design and position of combustion heaters: …  
15.3.  Special requirements for bodywork, if any, according to Directive 
2008/68/EC of the European P arliament and of the Council  
15.3.1.  Description of measures to comply with the requirements for Type EX/II 
and Type EX/III vehicles: …  
15.3.2.  In the case of Type EX/III vehicles, resistance against heat from the outside: 
… 
16. REUSABILITY, RECYCLABILITY  AND RECOVERABILITY  
16.1.  Version to which the reference vehicle belongs: …  
16.2.  Mass of the reference vehicle with bodywork or mass of the chassis with 
cab, without bodywork and/or coupling device if the manufacturer does not 
fit the bodywork and/or cou pling device (including liquids, tools, spare 
wheel, if fitted) without driver: …  
                                                 
11 Directive 2008/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 September 2008 on the 
inland transport of dangerous goods (OJ L 260, 30.9.2008, p. 13)   
EN 54   EN 16.3.  Mass of materials of the reference vehicle: …  
16.3.1.  Mass of material taken into account at the pre -treatment step (V): … 
16.3.2.  Mass of the material taken into accou nt at the dismantling step (V): … 
16.3.3.  Mass of material taken into account at the non -metallic residue treatment 
step, considered as recyclable (V): … 
16.3.4.  Mass of material taken into account at the non -metallic residue treatment 
step, considered as energy recoverable (V): … 
16.3.5.  Materials breakdown (V): … 
16.3.6.  Total mass of materials, which are reusable and/or recyclable: …  
16.3.7.  Total mass of materials, which are reusable and/or recoverable: …  
16.4.  Rates  
16.4.1.  Recyclability rate ‘R cyc’ (%): …  
16.4.2.  Recoverability rate ‘R cov’ (%): …  
17. ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE 
INFORMATION  
17.1.  Address of principal website for access to v ehicle repair and maintenance 
information: …  
17.1.1.  Date from which it is available (no later than 6 months from the date of 
type-approval): …  
17.2.  Terms and conditions of access to website: …  
17.3.  Format of the vehicle repair and maintenance informatio n accessible 
through website: …  
Explanatory notes  
(1) Delete where not applicable (there are cases where nothing needs to be deleted when more than one entry 
is applicable).  
(2) Specify the tolerance.  
(3) Please fill in here the upper and lower values for each variant.  
(4) Only for the purpose of definition of off -road vehicles.  
(5) Vehicles can be fuelled with both petrol and a gaseous fuel but, where the petrol system is fitted for 
emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank cannot co ntain more than 15 litres of 
petrol, will be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a gaseous fuel.  
(6) Optional equipment that affects the dimensions of the vehicle shall be specified.  
(7) To be documented in case of a single OBD engine family and if not already included in the 
documentation package(s) referred to in point  3.2.12.2.7.0.4.  
(8) Value for the combined WHTC including cold and hot part in accordance with Annex  VIII to Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011  
(9) To be documented if not alr eady included in the documentation referred to in point  4.2.12.2.7.1.5.  
  
EN 55   EN (a) If a part has been type -approved, that part need not be described if reference is made to such approval. 
Similarly, a part need not be described if its construction is clearly apparent from the attached diagrams or 
drawings. For each item for which drawings or photographs shall be attached, give numbers of the 
corresponding attached documents.  
(b) If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describ e the vehicle, component 
or separate technical unit types covered by this information document, such characters shall be 
represented in the documentation by the symbol ‘?’ (e.g. ABC??123??).  
(c) Classified according to the definitions set out in Part  A of Annex  II. 
(d) Designation according to EN  10027 -1: 2005. If that is not possible, the following information shall be 
provided:  
— description of the material,  
— yield point,  
— ultimate tensile stress,  
— elongation (in %),  
— Brinell hardness.  
(f) Where there  is one version with a normal cab and another with a sleeper cab, both sets of masses and 
dimensions are to be stated.  
(g) Standard ISO  612: 1978 — Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — terms 
and definitions.  
(g1) Motor vehicle and drawbar trailer: term No  6.4.1.  
Semi -trailer and centre -axle trailer: term No  6.4.2.  
Note:  
In the case of a centre -axle trailer, the axis of the coupling shall be considered as the foremost axle.  
(g2) Term No  6.19.2.  
(g3) Term No  6.20.  
(g4)  Term No  6.5. 
(g5) Term No  6.1 and for vehicles other than those of category M1: Article  2(22) of Commission Regulation 
(EU)  No 1230/2012  
(g6) Term No 6.17.  
(g7) Term No  6.2 and for vehicles other than those of category M 1: Article  2(23) of Regulation 
(EU)  No 1230/2012.  
(g8) Term No  6.3 and for vehicles other than those of category M 1: Article  2(24) of Regulation 
(EU)  No 1230/2012.  
(g9) Term No  6.6. 
(g10) Term No  6.10.  
(g11) Term No  6.7. 
(g12) Term No  6.11.  
(g13) Term No  6.18.1.  
(g14) Term No  6.9. 
(h) The mass of the driver is assessed at 75 kg.  
The liquid containing systems (except those for used water that must remain empty) are filled to 100 % of 
the capacity specified by the manufacturer.  
The information referred to in points  3.6(b) and 3.6.1(b) do not need to be provided for vehicle categories 
N2, N 3, M 2, M 3, O 3, and O 4. 
(i) For trailers or semi -trailers, and for vehicles coupled with a trailer or a semi -trailer, which exert a 
significant vertical load on the coupling device or the fifth wheel, this load, divided by standard 
acceleration of gravity, is included in the maximum technically permissible mass.  
(j) ‘Coupling overhang’ is the horizontal di stance between the coupling for centre -axle trailers and the 
centreline of the rear axle(s).   
EN 56   EN (k) In the case of a vehicle that can run either on petrol, diesel, etc., or also in combination with another fuel, 
items shall be repeated.  
In the case of non -conventional engines and systems, particulars equivalent to those referred to here shall 
be supplied by the manufacturer.  
(l) This figure shall be rounded off to the nearest tenth of a millimetre.  
(m) This value shall be calculated (π = 3,1416) and rounded of f to the nearest cm3. 
(n) Determined in accordance with the requirements of Regulation (EC)  No 715/2007 or Regulation 
(EC)  No 595/2009 as applicable.  
(o) Determined in accordance with the requirements of Regulation (EC)  No 715/2007 of the European 
Parliame nt and of the Council12 . 
(p) The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants.  
(q) With respect to trailers, maximum speed permitted by the manufacturer.  
(r) For tyres of category Z intended to be fitted on vehicles whose maximum speed exceeds 300 km/h 
equivalent information shall be provided.  
(s) The number of seating positions to be mentioned shall be the one when the vehicle is in motion. A range 
can be specified in case of modular arrangement.  
(t)  ‘R-point’ or ‘seating reference poi nt’ means a design point defined by the vehicle manufacturer for each 
seating position and established with respect to the three -dimensional reference system as specified in 
Annex  III to UNECE Regulation No  125. 
(u) For symbols and marks to be used, see pa ragraph  5.3. of UNECE Regulation No  16. In the case of ‘S’ 
type belts, specify the nature of the type(s).  
(v) These terms are defined in the standard ISO  22628: 2002 — Road vehicles — recyclability and 
recoverability — calculation method.  
(x) Dual -fuel engines.  
(x1) In case of a dual -fuel engine or vehicle.  
(x2) In the case of Type 1B, Type 2B, and Type 3B of dual -fuel engines.  
(x3) Except for dual -fuel engines or vehicles.  
 
  
                                                 
12 Regulation (EC)  No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type 
approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles 
(Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (OJ  L 171, 29.6.2007, 
p. 1)  
EN 57   EN PART  II 
Matrix showing the combinations of the entries listed in Part  I withi n the versions and 
variants of the type of vehicle  
Item No  All Version 1  Version 2  Version 3  Version n  
Explanatory notes  
(a) A separate matrix shall be compiled for each variant within the type.  
(b) Entries for which there are no restrictions on their combination within a variant shall be 
listed in the column headed ‘all’.  
(c) The information specified in the matrix may be presented in an alternative layout or 
merged with the information provided in accordance with Part  I. 
(d) Each variant and eac h version shall be identified by an alphanumerical code consisting 
of a combination of letters and numbers, which shall also be indicated in the certificate 
of conformity (Annex  IX) of the vehicle concerned.  
(e) Variant(s) which fall(s) under Part  III of A nnex  IV shall be identified by a specific 
alphanumerical code.  
  
EN 58   EN ANNEX  II 
GENERAL DEFINITIONS, CRITERIA FOR VEHICLE CATEGORISATION, TYPE 
OF VEHICLE AND TYPES OF BODYWORK  
INTRODUCTORY PART  
Definitions and general provisions   
1. Definitions  
1.1. ‘Seating p osition ’ means any location capable of accommodating one person seated 
who is at least as large as:  
(a) the manikin of the 50th percentile adult male in the case of the driver;  
(b) the manikin of the 5th percentile adult female in all other cases.  
1.2. ‘Seat’ means a complete structure with trim, integral or not with the vehicle body 
structure, which is intended to seat one person.  
 It includes both an individual seat and a bench seat, as well as folding seats and 
removable seats.  
1.3. ‘Goods ’ means pri marily any movable things.  
It includes products in bulk, manufactured goods, liquids, living animals, crops, 
indivisible loads.  
1.4. ‘Maximum mass ’ means the ‘technically permissible maximum laden mass’ as specified 
in point  2.8 of Annex  I. 
2. General pr ovisions  
2.1. Number of seating positions  
2.1.1.  The requirements regarding the number of seating positions apply to seats that are 
designed for use when the vehicle is travelling on the road.  
2.1.2.  They do not apply to seats that are designed for use when the vehicle is stationary and 
which are clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an 
appropriate text.  
2.1.3.  The following requirements apply for the counting of the seating positions:  
(a) each individual seat shall b e counted as one seating position;  
(b) in the case of a bench seat, any space having a width of at least 400 mm measured 
at the seat cushion level shall be counted as one seating position.  
This condition shall not prevent the manufacturer from using the ge neral provisions 
referred to in point  1.1; 
(c) however, a space as referred to in point  (b) shall not be counted as one seating 
position where:  
(i) the bench seat includes features that prevent the bottom of the manikin from 
sitting in a natural way - for example: the presence of a fixed console box, an 
unpadded area or an interior trim interrupting the nominal seating surface;  
(ii) the design of the floor pan located immediately in front of a presumed 
seating position (for example the presence of a tunnel)  prevents the feet of 
the manikin from being positioned in a natural way.   
EN 59   EN 2.1.4.  With respect to vehicles covered by UNECE Regulations No  66 and No  107, the 
dimension referred to in point  2.1.3(b) shall be aligned with the minimum space required 
for one person in relation to the various classes of vehicles.  
2.1.5.  When seat anchors for a removable seat are present in a vehicle, the removable seat shall 
be counted in the determination of the number of the seating positions.  
2.1.6.  An area intended for an  occupied wheelchair shall be regarded as one seating position.  
2.1.6.1.  This provision shall be without prejudice to the requirements of paragraphs  3.6.1 and 3.7 
of Annex  8 to UNECE Regulation No  107. 
2.2. Maximum mass  
2.2.1.  In the case of a tractor unit for semi -trailer, the maximum mass to be considered for 
classifying the vehicle shall include the maximum mass of the semi -trailer borne by the 
fifth wheel coupling.  
2.2.2.  In the case of a motor vehicle that can tow a centre -axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer, 
the maximum mass to be considered for classifying the motor vehicle shall include the 
maximum mass transferred to the towing vehicle by the coupling.  
2.2.3.  In the case of a semi -trailer, a centre -axle trailer and a rigid drawbar trailer,  the maximum 
mass to be considered for classifying the vehicle shall correspond to the maximum mass 
transmitted to the ground by the wheels of an axle or group of axles when coupled to the 
towing vehicle.  
2.2.4.  In the case of a converter dolly, the maxim um mass to be considered for classifying the 
vehicle shall include the maximum mass of the semi -trailer borne by the fifth wheel 
coupling.  
2.3. Special equipment  
2.3.1.  Vehicles fitted primarily with fixed equipment such as machinery or apparatus shall b e 
regarded as N or O category.  
2.4. Units  
2.4.1.  Unless otherwise stated any unit of measurement and associated symbol shall conform to 
the provisions of Council Directive 80/181/EEC13. 
3. Categorisation into vehicle categories  
3.1. The manufacturer is responsible for the categorisation of a type of vehicle into a specific 
category.  
For such purposes, all the relevant criteria described in this Annex shall be met.  
3.2. The approval authority may request from the manufacturer appropriate additional 
information with the aim of demonstrating that a type of vehicle needs to be categorised as 
special purpose vehicle in the special group (‘SG Code’).  
  
                                                 
13 Council Directive 80/181/EEC of 20 December 1979 on the approximation of the laws of the Member 
States relating to units of measurement and on the repeal of Directive 71/354/EEC (OJ  L 39, 15.2.1980, 
p. 40).  
EN 60   EN PART  A 
Criteria for vehicle categorisation   
1. Vehicle categories  
For the purposes of EU and national type-approval, as well as for EU and national 
individual vehicle approval, vehicles shall be categorised according to the 
classification referred to in Article  4. 
Approval can only be granted for the categories referred to in Article  4(1).  
2. Vehicle subca tegories  
2.1. Off-road vehicles  
‘Off-road vehicle (ORV) ’ means a vehicle that belongs to category M or N, having 
specific technical features which permit its use off the normal roads.  
For those categories of vehicles, the letter ‘G’ shall be added as suff ix to the letter 
and numeral identifying the vehicle category.  
The criteria for the subcategorisation of vehicles as ‘ORV’ shall be specified in 
section  4 of Part  A. 
2.2. Special purpose vehicles (SPV)  
2.2.1.  For incomplete vehicles that are intended to fa ll into the SPV subcategory, the 
letter ‘S’ shall be added as suffix to the letter and numeral identifying the vehicle 
category.  
The various types of special purpose vehicles are defined and listed in section  5. 
2.3. Off road special purpose vehicle  
2.3.1. ‘Off road special purpose vehicle (ORV -SPV) ’ means a vehicle that belongs either 
to category M or N having the specific technical features referred to in points  2.1 
and 2.2.  
For those categories of vehicles, the letter ‘G’ shall be added as suffix to the letter 
and numeral identifying the vehicle category.  
Moreover, for incomplete vehicles that are intended to fall into the SPV 
subcategory, the letter ‘S’ shall be added as second suffix.  
3. Criteria for the categorisation of vehicles in category N  
3.1. The categorisation of a type of vehicle in category N shall be based on the 
technical features of the vehicle as referred to in points  3.2 to 3.6.  
3.2. As a matter of principle, the compartment(s) where all the seating positions are 
located, shall be c ompletely separated from the loading area.  
3.3. By way of derogation from the requirements of point  3.2, persons and goods may 
be transported in the same compartment under the condition that the loading area 
is provided with securing devices designed to p rotect persons transported against 
the displacement of the load during driving, including severe braking and 
cornering.   
EN 61   EN 3.4. Securing devices - lashing devices - intended for securing the load as required in 
point  3.3 as well as partitioning systems, intended for vehicles up to 7,5 tonnes 
shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of sections  3 and 4 of 
Standard ISO  27956:2009 ‘Road vehicles – Securing of cargo in delivery vans – 
Requirements and test methods’.  
3.4.1.  The requirements referre d to in point  3.4 may be verified by a statement of 
compliance provided by the manufacturer.  
3.4.2.  As an alternative to the requirements of point  3.4, the manufacturer may 
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the approval authority that the securing device s 
fitted show an equivalent level of protection as provided in the referred standard.  
3.5. The number of seating positions excluding the driver’s seating position shall not 
exceed:  
(a) 6 in the case of N 1 vehicles;  
(b) 8 in the case of N 2 or N 3 vehicles.  
3.6. Vehicles shall show a goods -carrying capacity equal or higher than the person -
carrying capacity expressed in kg.   
 
3.6.1.  For such purposes, the following equations shall be satisfied in all configurations, 
in particular when all seating positions are occupied:  
(a) when N  = 0: 
P – M ≥ 100 kg 
(b) when 0  < N ≤ 2: 
P – (M + N × 68) ≥ 150 kg; 
(c) when N  > 2: 
P – (M + N × 68) ≥ N × 68; 
where the letters have the following meaning:  
‘P’ is the technically permissible maximum laden mass;  
‘M’ is the mass in running order;  
‘N’ is the number of seating positions excluding the driver’s seating position.  
3.6.2.  The mass of equipment that is fitted to the vehicle in order to accommodate goods 
(e.g. tank, bodywork, etc.), to handle goods (e.g. crane, lift, etc.) a nd to secure 
goods (e.g. cargo securing devices) shall be included in M.  
3.6.3.  The mass of equipment that is not used for the purposes referred to in point  3.6.2 
(such as a compressor, a winch, an electric power generator, broadcasting 
equipment, etc.) s hall not be included in M for the purposes of the application of 
the formulae referred to  in point  3.6.1.  
3.7. The requirements referred to in points  3.2 to 3.6 shall be met for all variants and 
versions within the type of vehicle.  
3.8. Criteria for the  categorisation of vehicles as N 1.  
EN 62   EN 3.8.1.  A vehicle shall be categorised as N 1 when all the applicable criteria are met.  
When one or more of the criteria are not met, the vehicle shall be categorised as 
M1. 
3.8.2.  In addition to the general criteria refe rred to in points  3.2 to 3.6, the criteria 
specified in points  3.8.2.1 to 3.8.2.3.5 shall be met for the categorisation of 
vehicles for which the compartment where the driver is located and the load are 
within a single unit (i.e. bodywork ‘BB’).  
3.8.2.1.  The fact that a wall or a partition, complete or partial, is fitted between a seat row 
and the cargo area shall not rule out the obligation to meet the required criteria.  
3.8.2.2.  The criteria shall be as follows:  
(a) the loading of the goods shall be pos sible by a rear door, a tailgate or a side -
door designed and constructed for that purposes;  
(b) in the case of a rear door or a tailgate, the loading aperture shall meet the 
following requirements:  
(i) in the case the vehicle is fitted with only one row of  seats or with only 
the driver seat, the minimum height of the loading aperture shall be at 
least 600  mm; 
(ii) in the case the vehicle is fitted with two or more rows of seats, the 
minimum height of the loading aperture shall be at least 800  mm and 
the ape rture shall show a surface of at least 12  800 cm2;  
(c) The cargo area shall meet the following requirements:  
‘cargo area ’ means the part of the vehicle located behind the row(s) of seats 
or behind the driver seat when the vehicle is fitted with only one dr iver seat;  
(i) the loading surface of the cargo area shall be generally flat;  
(ii) where the vehicle is fitted with only one row of seats or with one seat, 
the minimum length of the cargo area shall be at least 40  % of the 
wheelbase;  
(iii) where the vehicle is fitted with two or more rows of seats, the minimum 
length of the cargo area shall be at least 30  % of the wheelbase.  
Where the seats of the last row of seats can be easily removed from the 
vehicle without the use of special tools, the requiremen ts regarding the 
length of the cargo area shall be met with all the seats installed in the 
vehicle;  
(iv) the requirements regarding the length of the cargo area shall be met 
when the seats of the first row or of the last row, as the case may be, are 
uprigh t in their normal position for use by the vehicle occupants.  
3.8.2.3.  Specific conditions for measurement  
3.8.2.3.1.  Definitions  
 (a) ‘Height of the loading aperture ’, means the vertical distance between two 
horizontal planes tangent respectively to the  highest point of the lower part of 
the doorway and the lowest point of the upper part of the doorway;  
(b) ‘Surface of the loading aperture ’ means the greatest surface of the orthogonal 
projection on a vertical plane, perpendicular to the centreline of the  vehicle,  
EN 63   EN of the maximum aperture permitted when the rear door(s) or tailgate is (are) 
wide open;  
(c) ‘Wheelbase ’, for the purposes of application of the formulae in points  3.8.2.2 
and 3.8.3.1, means the distance between:  
(i) the centreline of the front axle and the centreline of the second axle in the 
case of a two axle vehicle; or  
(ii) the centreline of the front axle and the centreline of a virtual axle equally 
distant from the second and third axle in the case of a three axle vehicle.  
3.8.2.3.2.  Seat adjustments  
(a) The seats shall be adjusted at their rear outermost positions;  
(b) The seat back, if adjustable, shall be adjusted as to accommodate the three -
dimensional H -point machine at a torso angle of 25  degrees;  
(c) The seat back, if not adjustabl e, shall be in the position designed by the 
vehicle manufacturer;  
(d) When the seat is adjustable in height, it shall be adjusted to its lowest 
position.  
3.8.2.3.3.  Vehicle conditions  
(a) The vehicle shall be in loaded conditions corresponding to its maximum 
mass;  
(b) The vehicle shall be with its wheels straight ahead.  
3.8.2.3.4.  The requirements of point  3.8.2.3.2 shall not apply when the vehicle is fitted with 
a wall or a partition.  
3.8.2.3.5.  Measurement of the length of the cargo area  
(a) When t he vehicle is not fitted with a partition or a wall, the length shall be 
measured from a vertical plane tangent to the rear outermost point of the top 
of the seat back to the rear internal pane or door or tailgate, in closed 
position;  
(b) When the vehicle is fitted with a partition or a wall, the length shall be 
measured from a vertical plane tangent to the rear outermost point of the 
partition or the wall to the rear internal pane or door or tailgate, as the case 
may be, in closed position;  
(c) The requirements concerning the length shall be fulfilled at least along a 
horizontal line situated in the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the 
centreline of the vehicle, at the level of the load floor.  
3.8.3.  In addition to the general criteria re ferred to in points  3.2 to 3.6, the criteria 
specified in points  3.8.3.1 to 3.8.3.4 shall be met for the categorisation of vehicles 
for which the compartment where the driver is located and the load are not within 
a single unit (i.e. bodywork ‘BE’).  
3.8.3 .1. Where the vehicle is fitted with an enclosure type body, the following shall apply:  
(a) the loading of the goods shall be possible by a rear door, a tailgate or a 
panel or other means;  
(b) the minimum height of the loading aperture shall be at least 80 0 mm and the 
aperture shall show a surface of at least 12  800 cm2; 
(c) The minimum length of the cargo area shall be at least 40  % of the 
wheelbase.   
EN 64   EN 3.8.3.2.  Where the vehicle is fitted with an open type cargo area, only the provisions 
referred to in points  3.8.3.1(a) and (c) shall apply.  
3.8.3.3.  For the application of the provisions referred to in point  3.8.3, the definitions in 
point  3.8.2.3.1 shall apply .  
3.8.3.4.  However, the requirements concerning the length of the cargo area shall be 
fulfill ed along a horizontal line situated in the longitudinal plane passing through 
the centreline of the vehicle at the level of the load floor.  
4. Criteria for the sub -categorisation of vehicles as off -road vehicles  
4.1. M1 or N 1 vehicles shall be subcategor ised as off -road vehicles if they satisfy at the 
same time the following conditions:  
(a) at least one front and at least one rear axle designed to be driven 
simultaneously irrespective of whether one powered axle can be disengaged;  
(b) at least one differe ntial locking mechanism or a mechanism having similar 
effect is fitted;  
(c) they are able to climb at least a 25  % gradient as solo vehicle;  
(d) they satisfy five out of the following six requirements:  
(i) the approach angle shall be at least 25  degrees;  
(ii) the departure angle shall be at least 20  degrees;  
(iii) the ramp angle shall be at least 20  degrees;  
(iv) the ground clearance under the front axle shall be at least 180  mm; 
(v) the ground clearance under the rear axle shall be at least 180  mm; 
(vi) the ground clearance between the axles shall be at least 200  mm. 
4.2. M2, N 2 or M 3 vehicles the maximum mass of which does not exceed 12  tonnes 
shall be subcategorised as off -road vehicles if they satisfy the condition set out in 
point  (a) or both conditions set out in points  (b) and (c):  
(a) all their axles are driven simultaneously, i rrespective of whether one or 
more powered axles can be disengaged;  
(b) (i) at least one front and at least one rear axle are designed to be driven 
simultaneously irrespective of whether one powered axle can be 
disengaged;  
 (ii) at least one differential locking mechanism or a mechanism having the 
same effect is fitted;  
 (iii) they are able to climb a 25  % gradient as a solo vehicle;  
(c) they satisfy at least five out of the following six requirements if their 
maximum mass does not exceed 7,5  tonnes and at  least four if their 
maximum mass exceeds 7,5  tonnes:  
(i) the approach angle shall be at least 25  degrees;  
(ii) the departure angle shall be at least 25  degrees;  
(iii) the ramp angle shall be at least 25  degrees;  
(iv) the ground clearance under the front a xle shall be at least 250  mm;  
EN 65   EN (v) the ground clearance between axles shall be at least 300  mm; 
(vi) the ground clearance under the rear axle shall be at least 250  mm. 
4.3. M3 or N 3 vehicles whose maximum mass exceeds 12  tonnes shall be 
subcategorised as o ff-road vehicles if they satisfy the condition set out in point  (a) 
or both conditions set out in points  (b) and (c):  
(a) all their axles are driven simultaneously, irrespective of whether one or 
more powered axles can be disengaged;  
(b) (i) at least half of the axles (or two axles out of the three in the case of a 
three axle vehicle and three axles  in the case of a five axle vehicle) is 
designed to be driven simultaneously, irrespective of whether one 
powered axle can be disengaged;  
(ii) there is at least one differential locking mechanism or a mechanism 
having similar effect;  
(iii) they are able to climb a 25  % gradient as solo vehicle;  
(c) they satisfy at least four out of the following six requirements:  
(i) the approach angle shall be at le ast 25  degrees;  
(ii) the departure angle shall be at least 25  degrees;  
(iii) the ramp angle shall be at least 25  degrees;  
(iv) the ground clearance under the front axle shall be at least 250  mm; 
(v) the ground clearance between axles shall be at least 300  mm; 
(vi) the ground clearance under the rear axle shall be at least 250  mm. 
4.4. The procedure for checking compliance with the geometrical provisions referred 
to in this section shall be set out in Appendix  1. 
   
EN 66   EN 5. Special purpose vehicles  
 Name  Code  Definition  
5.1. Motor 
caravan  SA A vehicle of category M with living accommodation space 
which contains the following equipment as a minimum:  
(a) seats and table;  
(b) sleeping accommodation which may be converted from 
the seats;  
(c) cooking facilities;  
(d) storage facilities.  
This equipment shall be rigidly fixed to the living 
compartment.  
However, the table may be designed to be easily removable.  
5.2. Armoured 
vehicle  SB A vehicle intended for the protection of conveyed persons or 
goods with anti-bullet armour plating.  
5.3. Ambulance  SC A vehicle of category M intended for the transport of sick or 
injured persons and having special equipment for such 
purpose.  
5.4. Hearse  SD A vehicle of category M intended for the transport of deceased 
persons and having special equipment for such purpose.  
5.5. Wheelchair 
accessible 
vehicle  SH A vehicle of category M 1 constructed or converted specifically 
so that they accommodate one or more persons seated in their 
wheelchairs when travelling on the roa d. 
5.6. Trailer 
caravan  SE A vehicle of category O as defined in term  3.2.1.3 of Standard 
ISO 3833:1977.  
5.7. Mobile 
crane  SF A vehicle of category N 3, not fitted for the carriage of goods, 
provided with a crane whose lifting moment is equal to or 
higher  than 400  kNm.  
5.8. Special 
group  SG A special purpose vehicle that does not enter in any of the 
definitions mentioned in this section.  
5.9. Converter 
dolly  SJ A vehicle of category O equipped with a fifth -wheel coupling 
to support a semi -trailer with a view to converting the latter 
into a trailer.   
EN 67   EN 5.10.  Exceptional 
load 
transport 
trailer  SK A vehicle of category O 4 intended for the transport of 
indivisible loads that is subject to speed and traffic restrictions 
because of its dimensions.  
Under this term  are also included hydraulic modular trailers 
irrespective of the number of modules.  
5.11.  Exceptional 
load 
transport 
motor 
vehicle  SL A road tractor or tractor unit for semi -trailer of category N 3 
meeting all the following conditions:  
(a) having more than two axles and at least half of the axles 
(two axles out of three in the case of a three axle vehicle 
and three axles out of five  in the case of a five axle vehicle) 
designed to be driven simultaneously, irrespective of 
whether one powered axle can be disengaged,  
(b) that is designed for towing and pushing exceptional load 
transport trailer of category O 4, 
(c) that has a minimum engine power of 350  kW, and  
(d) that can be equipped with an additional front coupling 
device for heavy towable  masses  
 
5.12.  Multi -
equipment 
carrier  SM An off -road vehicle of category N (as defined in point  2.3) 
designed and constructed for pulling, pushing, carrying and 
actuating certain inter -changeable equipment,  
(a) with not less than two mounting areas for this equipment,  
(b) with standardised, mechanical, hydraulic and/or electrical 
interfaces (e.g. Power take off) for powering and actuating 
the inter -changeable equipment and  
(c) that fulfils the definition of ISO  3833 -1977, 
paragraph  3.1.4 (special vehicle).  
If the vehicle is equipped with an auxiliary load platform, its 
maximum length shall not exceed:  
(a) 1,4 times of the front or rear track width of the vehicle, 
whichever is the larger in the case of two axle vehicles, or  
(b) 2,0 times of the fr ont or rear track width of the vehicle, 
whichever is the larger in the case of vehicles having more 
than two axles  
 
6. Remarks  
6.1. Type -approval shall not be granted:  
(a) to converter dolly as defined in section  5 of Part  A; 
(b) to rigid drawbar trailers as defined in section  4 of Part  C; 
(c) to trailers in which persons may be carried when travelling on the road.  
6.2. Point  6.1 is without prejudice to the provisions of Article  40 on national small 
series type -approval.   
EN 68   EN PART  B 
Criteria for types of vehicle, variants and versions   
1. Category M 1  
1.1. Type of vehicle  
1.1.1.  A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in 
common:  
(a) the manufacturer’s company name.  
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require 
that a new approval has to be granted;  
(b) the design and assembly of the essential parts of the body structure in the 
case of a self -supporting body.  
The same shall apply to vehicles the bodywork of which is bolted on or 
welde d to a separate frame;  
1.1.2.  By way of derogation from the requirements of point  1.1.1(b), when the 
manufacturer uses the floor portion of the body structure as well as the essential 
constituent elements forming the front part of the body structure locat ed directly 
in front of the windscreen bay, in the construction of different kinds of bodywork 
(for example a saloon and a coupe), those vehicles may be considered as 
belonging to the same type. Evidence thereof shall be provided by the 
manufacturer.  
1.1.3. A type shall consist of at least one variant and one version.  
1.2. Variant  
1.2.1.  A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the 
following construction features in common:  
(a) the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as defined in section  2 
of Part  C when the manufacturer uses the criterion of point  1.1.2;  
(b) the power plant with regard to the following construction features:  
(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor 
or other);  
(ii) the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or 
other);  
(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal 
combustion engine (L4, V6 or other);  
(c) the number of axles;  
(d) the number, and interconnection of powered axles;  
(e) the number of steered axles;  
(f) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete).  
(g) in the case of multi -stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the 
previous stage vehicle.   
EN 69   EN 1.3. Version  
1.3.1.  A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following 
features in common:  
(a) the technically permissible maximum laden mass;  
(b) the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine;  
(c) the maximum engine power output or the maximum continuou s rated power 
(electric motor);  
(d) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi -fuel or other);  
(e) the maximum number of seating positions;  
(f) drive -by sound level;  
(g) exhaust emission level (for example Euro 5, Euro 6 or other);  
(h) combined or we ighted, combined CO 2 emissions;  
(i) electric energy consumption (weighted, combined);  
(j) combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption;  
(k) the existence of a unique set of innovative technologies, as specified in 
Article  12 of Regulation (EC)  No 443/20 09. 
2. Categories M 2 and M 3  
2.1. Type of vehicle  
2.1.1.  A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in 
common:  
(a) the manufacturer’s company name.  
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require 
that a new approval has to be granted;  
(b) the category;  
(c) the following aspects of construction and design:  
(i) the design and construction of the essential constituent elements 
forming the chassis;  
(ii) the design and construction of the essent ial constituent elements 
forming the body structure in the case of a self -supporting body;  
(d) the number of decks (single or double);  
(e) the number of sections (rigid/articulated);  
(f) the number of axles;  
(g) the mode of energy supply (on -board or off-board);  
2.1.2.  A type shall consist of at least one variant and one version.  
   
EN 70   EN 2.2. Variant  
2.2.1.  A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have all of the 
following construction features in common:  
(a) the type of bodywork  as defined in section  3 of Part  C; 
(b) the class or combination of classes of vehicles as defined in 
paragraph  2.1.1 of UNECE Regulation No  107 (only in the case of 
complete and completed vehicles);  
(c) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/co mpleted);  
(d) the power plant with regard to the following construction features:  
(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor 
or other);  
(ii) the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or 
other);  
(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal 
combustion engine (L6, V8 or other).  
(e) in the case of multi -stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of 
the previous stage vehicle.  
2.3. Version  
2.3.1.  A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have all the following 
features in common:  
(a) the technically permissible maximum laden mass;  
(b) the ability of the vehicle to tow a trailer or not;  
(c) the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine;  
(d) the maximum engine power output or the maximum continuous rated power 
(electric motor);  
(e) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi -fuel or other);  
(f) drive -by sound level;  
(g) exhaust emission level (for example Euro IV, Euro V or other).  
3. Category N 1  
3.1. Type of vehicle  
3.1.1.  A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in 
common:  
(a) the manufacturer’s company name.  
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require 
that a new approval has to be granted;  
(b) the design and assembly of the essential parts of the body structure in the 
case of a self -supporting body;  
(c) the design and the construction of the essential constituent elements forming 
the chassis in the case of a non -self-supporting body;   
EN 71   EN 3.1.2.  By way of derogation from the requirements of point  3.1.1(b), when the 
manufacturer uses the floor portion of the body structure as well the essential 
constituent elements forming the front part of the body structure located di rectly 
in front of the windscreen bay, in the construction of different kinds of bodywork 
(for example a van and a chassis -cab, different wheelbases and different roof 
heights), those vehicles may be considered as belonging to the same type. 
Evidence there of shall be provided by the manufacturer.  
3.1.3.  A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.  
3.2. Variant  
3.2.1.  A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the 
following construction features in common:  
(a) the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as defined in section  4 
of Part  C (for complete and completed vehicles) when the manufacturer uses 
the criterion of point  3.1.2;  
(b) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed ); 
(c) the power plant with regard to the following construction features:  
(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor 
or other);  
(ii) the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or 
other);  
(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal 
combustion engine (L6, V8 or other);  
(d) the number of axles;  
(e) the number and interconnection of powered axles;  
(f) the number of steered axles.  
(g) in the case of multi -stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the 
previous stage vehicle.  
3.3. Version  
3.3.1.  A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following 
features in common:  
(a) the technically permissible maximum laden mass;  
(b) the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine;  
(c) the maximum engine power output or maximum continuous rated power 
(electric motor);  
(d) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi -fuel or other);  
(e) the maximum number of seating positions;  
(f) drive -by sound level;  
(g) exhaust emission level (for example Euro 5, Euro 6 or other);   
EN 72   EN (h) combined or weighted, combined CO 2 emissions;  
(i) electric energy consumption (weighted, combined);  
(j) combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption.  
4. Categories N 2 and N 3 
4.1. Type of vehicle  
4.1.1.  A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in 
common:  
(a) the manufacturer’s company name.  
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require 
that a new approval has to be granted;  
(b) the category;  
(c) the design and construction of the chassis that are common to a single line 
of product;  
(d) the number of axles;  
4.1.2.  A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.  
4.2. Variant  
4.2.1.  A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the 
following construction features in common:  
(a) the body structural concept or type of bodywork as defined in section  4 of 
Part C and in Appendix  2 (only for complete and completed  vehicles);  
(b) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);  
(c) the power plant with regard to the following construction features:  
(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, electric motor 
or other);  
(ii) the working principle (positive ignition, compression ignition or 
other);  
(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of internal 
combustion engine (L6, V8 or other);  
(d) the number and interconnection of powered axles;  
(e) the number of steered axles;  
(f) in the case of multi -stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the 
previous stage vehicle.  
4.3. Version  
4.3.1.  A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following 
features in common:  
(a) the technically permissib le maximum laden mass;  
(b) the ability or not to tow a trailer as follows:   
EN 73   EN (i) an unbraked trailer;  
(ii) a trailer with an inertia (or overrun) braking system as defined in 
paragraph  2.12 of UNECE Regulation No  13; 
(iii) a trailer with a continuous or semi -continuous braking system as 
defined in paragraphs 2.9 and 2.10 of UNECE Regulation No  13; 
(iv) a trailer of category O 4 that results in a maximum mass of the 
combination not exceeding 44  tonnes;  
(v) a trailer of category O 4 that results in a maximum mass of the 
combination exceeding 44  tonnes;  
(c) the engine capacity;  
(d) the maximum engine power output;  
(e) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi -fuel or other);  
(f) drive -by sound level;  
(g) exhaust emission level (for example Euro IV, Euro V or other).  
5. Categories O 1 and O 2  
5.1. Type of vehicle  
5.1.1.  A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in 
common:  
(a) the manufacturer’s company name.  
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require 
that a new approval has to be granted;  
(b) the category;  
(c) the concept as defined in section  5 of Part  C; 
(d) the following aspects of construction and design:  
(i) the design and construction of the essential con stituent elements 
forming the chassis;  
(ii) the design and construction of the essential constituent elements 
forming the body structure in the case of a self -supporting body;  
(e) the number of axles.  
5.1.2.  A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one  variant and one version.  
5.2. Variant  
5.2.1.  A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the 
following construction features in common:  
(a) the kind of bodywork as referred to in Appendix  2 (for complete and 
completed vehicles);  
(b) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);  
(c) the type of braking system (e.g. unbraked/inertia/power).   
EN 74   EN (d) in the case of multi -stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the 
previous stage vehicle.  
5.3. Version  
5.3.1.  A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following 
features in common:  
(a) the technically permissible maximum laden mass;  
(b) the concept of the suspension (air, steel or rubber suspension, torsion bar 
or other);  
(c) the concept of the drawbar (triangle, tube or other).  
6. Categories O 3 and O 4  
6.1. Type of vehicle  
6.1.1.  A ‘type of vehicle’ shall consist of vehicles that have the following features in 
common:  
(a) the manufacturer’s company name.  
A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not require 
that a new approval has to be granted;  
(b) the category;  
(c) the concept of the trailer with relation to the definitions in section  5 of 
Part C; 
(d) the following aspects of construction and design:  
(i) the design and construction of the essential constituent elements 
forming the chassis;  
(ii) the design and construction of the essential constituent elements 
forming the body structure in the case of trailers with a self -supporting 
body;  
(e) the number of axles.  
6.1.2.  A type of vehicle shall consist of at least one variant and one version.  
6.2. Variants  
6.2.1.  A ‘variant’ within a type of vehicle shall group the vehicles that have the 
following construction and design features in common:  
(a) the kind  of bodywork as referred to in Appendix  2 (for complete and 
completed vehicles);  
(b) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete/completed);  
(c) the concept of the suspensions (steel, air or hydraulic suspension);  
(d) the following technical features : 
(i) the capability or not for the chassis to be extendible;  
(ii) the deck height (normal, low loader, semi -low loader etc.);   
EN 75   EN (e) in the case of multi -stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the type of the 
previous stage vehicle.  
6.3. Versions  
6.3.1.  A ‘version’ within a variant shall group the vehicles that have the following 
features in common:  
(a) the technically permissible maximum laden mass;  
(b) the subdivisions or combination of subdivisions referred to in points  3.2 
and 3.3 of Annex  I to Council Directive 96/53/EC14 into which the axle 
spacing between two consecutive axles forming a group belongs;  
(c) the definition of the axles in the following respects:  
(i) lift axles (number and position);  
(ii) loadable axles (number and position);  
(iii) steered axle (number and position).  
7. Common requirements for all vehicle categories  
7.1. When a vehicle falls into several categories because of its maximum mass or the 
number of seating positions or both, the manufacturer may select to use the 
criteria of one or the other vehicle category for the definition of the variants and 
the versions.  
7.1.1.  Examples:  
(a) a vehicle ‘A’ may be type -approved as N 1 (3,5 tonnes) and N2 (4,2  tonnes) 
in relation to its maximum mass. In such a case, the parameters mentioned 
in category N 1 may be used also for the vehicle that falls into category N 2 
(or vice -versa);  
(b) a vehicle ‘B’ may be type -approved as M 1 and M 2 in relation to the number 
of seating positions (7  + 1 or 10  + 1), the parameters mentioned in category 
M1 may be used also for the vehicle that falls into category M 2 (or vice -
versa).  
7.2. A vehicle of category N may be type -approved against the provisions required for 
category M 1 or M 2, as the case may be, when it is intended to be converted into a 
vehicle of that category during the next step of a multi -stage type -approval 
procedure.  
7.2.1.  This option shall only be permitted for incomplete vehicles.  
Such  vehicles shall be identified by a specific variant code given by the 
manufacturer of the base vehicle.  
7.3. Type -, variant - and version designations  
7.3.1.  The manufacturer shall allocate an alphanumeric code to each type of vehicle, 
variant and version, made up of Roman letters and/or Arabic numerals.  
                                                 
14 Council Directive 96/53/EC of 25 July 199 6 laying down for certain road vehicles circulating within the 
Community the maximum authorized dimensions in national and international traffic and the maximum 
authorized weights in international traffic (OJ  L 235, 17.9.1996, p.  59).  
EN 76   EN The use of brackets and hyphens is permitted provided they do not replace a letter 
or a numeral.  
7.3.2.  The whole code shall be designated: Type -Variant -Version or ‘TVV’.  
7.3.3.  The TVV shall clea rly and unequivocally identify a unique combination of 
technical features in relation to the criteria defined in Part  B of this Annex.  
7.3.4.  The same manufacturer may use the same code in order to define a type of vehicle 
when the latter falls in two or more categories.  
7.3.5.  The same manufacturer shall not use the same code in order to define a type of 
vehicle for more than one type -approval within the same vehicle category.  
7.4. Number of characters for the TVV  
7.4.1.  The number of characters shall not exceed:  
(a) 15 for the code of the type of vehicle;  
(b) 25 for the code of one variant;  
(c) 35 for the code of one version.  
7.4.2.  The complete alphanumeric ‘TVV’ shall not contain more than 75 characters.  
7.4.3.  When the TVV is used as a whole, a space shall be left between the type, the 
variant and the version.  
Example of such TVV: 159AF[… space ]0054[… space ]977K(BE).  
  
EN 77   EN PART  C 
Definitions of types of bodywork  
1. General  
1.1. The type of bodywork referred to in section  9 of Annex  I and Part  1 of Annex  III as 
well as the code for bodywork referred to in item 38 of Annex  IX shall be indicated 
by means of codes.  
The list of codes shall apply primarily to complete and completed vehicles.  
1.2. As regards vehicles of categories M, the type of bodywork shall consist of two letters 
as specified in sections 2 and 3.  
1.3. As regards vehicles of categories N and O, the type of bodywork shall consist of two 
letters as referred to in sections 4 and 5.  
1.4. Where necessary (especially for the types of bodywor k referred to respectively in 
points  4.1 and 4.6 and in points  5.1 to 5.4), they shall be supplemented by two digits.  
1.4.1.  The list of digits shall be laid down in Appendix  2 to this Annex.  
1.5. For special purpose vehicles, the type of bodywork to be used shall be linked to the 
category of the vehicle.  
2. Vehicles belonging to category M 1  
Ref. Code  Name  Definition  
2.1. AA Saloon  A vehicle defined in term  3.1.1.1 of Standard 
ISO 3833:1977, fitted with at least four side windows.  
2.2. AB Hatchback  A saloon as defined in 2.1 with a hatch at the rear end of 
the vehicle.  
2.3. AC Station 
wagon  A vehicle defined in term  3.1.1.4 of Standard 
ISO 3833:1977.  
2.4. AD Coupé  A vehicle defined in term  3.1.1.5 of Standard 
ISO 3833:1977.  
2.5. AE Convertible  A vehicle defined in terms No  3.1.1.6 of Standard 
ISO 3833:1977.  
However, a convertible may have no door.  
2.6. AF Multi -
purpose 
vehicle  A vehicle other than AG and those mentioned in AA to 
AE intended for carrying persons and their luggage or 
occasionall y goods, in a single compartment.  
2.7. AG Truck 
station 
wagon  A vehicle defined in term No  3.1.1.4.1 of Standard 
ISO 3833:1977.  
However, the luggage compartment must be completely 
separated from the passenger compartment.  
In addition, the reference point of the driver’s seating 
position needs not to be at least at  
750 mm above the surface supporting the vehicle.   
EN 78   EN 3. Vehicles belonging to category M 2 or M 3  
Ref. Code  Name  Definition  
3.1. CA Single -deck 
vehicle  A vehicle where the spaces provided for persons are 
arranged in a single level or in a way that they do not 
constitute two superimposed levels;  
3.2. CB Double -deck 
vehicle  A vehicle defined in paragraph  2.1.6 of UNECE 
Regulation No  107; 
3.3. CC Single -deck 
articul ated 
vehicle  A vehicle defined in paragraph  2.1.3 of UNECE 
Regulation No  107 with a single deck;  
3.4. CD Double -deck 
articulated 
vehicle  A vehicle defined in paragraph  2.1.3.1 of UNECE 
Regulation No  107; 
3.5. CE Low-floor 
single -deck 
vehicle  A vehicle defined in paragraph  2.1.4 of UNECE 
Regulation No  107 with a single deck;  
3.6. CF Low-floor 
double -deck 
vehicle  A vehicle defined in paragraph  2.1.4 of UNECE 
Regulation No  107 with a double deck;  
3.7. CG Articulated 
low-floor 
single -deck 
vehicle  A vehicle that combines the technical features of 
points  3.3 and 3.5 of this table;  
3.8. CH Articulated 
low-floor 
double -deck 
vehicle  A vehicle that combines the technical features of 
points  3.4 and 3.6 of this table;  
3.9. CI Open top 
single deck 
vehicle  A vehicle with partial roof or without roof;  
3.10.  CJ Open top 
double deck 
vehicle  A vehicle without roof over all or part of its upper 
deck;  
3.11.  CX Bus chassis  An incomplete vehicle with just chassis rails or tube 
assembly, power train, axles, that is intended to be 
completed with bodywork, customised to the needs of 
the transport operator.  
   
EN 79   EN 4. Motor vehicles of category N 1, N2 or N 3  
Ref. Code  Name  Definition  
4.1. BA Lorry  A vehicle that is designed and constructed exclusively 
or principally for conveying goods.  
It may also tow a trailer.  
4.2. BB Van A lorry with the compartment where the driver is 
located and cargo area within a single unit;  
4.3. BC Tractor unit 
for semi -
trailer  A towing vehicle that is designed and constructed 
exclusively or principally to tow semi -trailers;  
4.4. BD Road tractor  A towing vehicle that is designed and constructed 
exclusively to tow trailers other than semi -trailers;  
4.5. BE Pick-up truck  A vehicle of a maximum mass not exceeding 3  500 kg 
in which the seating positions and the cargo area are 
not located in a single compartment;  
4.6. BX Chassis -cab 
or chassis -
cowl  An incomplete vehicle with just a cabin (complete or 
partial), chassis rails, power train, axles, which is 
intended to be completed with bodywork, customised 
to the needs of the transport operator.  
5. Vehicles of category O  
Ref. Code  Name  Definition  
5.1. DA Semi -trailer  A trailer that is designed and constructed to be coupled 
to a tractor unit or to a converter dolly and to impose a 
substantial vertical load on the towing vehicle or on 
the converter dolly.  
The coupling to be used for a vehicle combination 
shall consist of a king pin and a fifth wheel.  
5.2. DB Drawbar 
trailer  A trailer having at least two axles, of which at least 
one is a steered  axle:  
(a) equipped with a towing device which can move 
vertically (in relation to the trailer) and  
(b) that transmits less than 100  daN as a static vertical 
load to the towing vehicle.  
5.3. DC Centre -axle 
trailer  A trailer where the axle(s) is (are) positioned close to 
the centre of gravity of the vehicle (when uniformly 
loaded) so that only a small static vertical load, not 
exceeding 10  % of that corresponding to the maximum 
mass of the trailer or a load of 1  000 daN (whichever 
is the lesser) is tran smitted to the towing vehicle.   
EN 80   EN 5.4. DE Rigid 
drawbar 
trailer  A trailer with one axle or one group of axles fitted 
with a drawbar which transmits a static load not 
exceeding 4  000 daN to the towing vehicle due to its 
construction and that does not meet the  definition of a 
centre -axle trailer.  
The coupling to be used for a vehicle combination 
shall not consist of a king pin and a fifth wheel.  
  
EN 81   EN Appendix  1 
Procedure for checking whether a vehicle can be categorised as off -road vehicle  
1. General  
1.1. For the purposes of classification of a vehicle as off -road vehicle, the procedure 
described in this Appendix shall apply.  
2. Test conditions for geometric measurements  
2.1. Vehicles belonging to category M 1 or N 1 shall be in unloaded conditions with a 
manikin of the 50th percentile male installed on the driver’s seat and fitted with 
coolant fluid, lubricants, fuel, tools, spare -wheel (if fitted as OEM equipment).  
The manikin may be replaced by a similar device hav ing the same mass.  
2.2. Vehicles other than those referred to in point  2.1 shall be loaded to their 
technically permissible maximum laden mass.  
The distribution of the mass on the axles shall be the one that represents the worst 
case with respect to compliance with the respective criteria.  
2.3. A vehicle representative of the type shall be submitted to the technical service in 
the conditions specified in point  2.1 or 2.2. The vehicle shall be in a stationary 
position with its wheels set straight ahead.  
The ground on which measurements are made shall be as flat and horizontal 
(maximum of inclination 0,5  %) as possible.  
3. Measurement of approach, departure and ramp angles  
3.1. The approach angle shall be measured in accordance with paragraph  6.10 of 
Standard ISO  612:1978.  
3.2. The departure angle shall be measured in accordance with paragraph  6.11 of 
Standard ISO  612:1978.  
3.3. The ramp angle shall be measured in accordance with paragraph  6.9 of Standard  
ISO 612:1978.  
3.4. When measuring the d eparture angle rear underrun protection devices which are 
adjustable in height may be set in the upper position.  
3.5. The prescription in point  3.4 shall not be construed as an obligation for the base 
vehicle to be fitted with a rear underrun protection as original equipment. 
However, the base vehicle manufacturer shall inform the next stage manufacturer 
that the vehicle has to comply with the requirements on departure angle when 
fitted with a rear underrun protection.  
4. Measurement of ground clearance  
4.1. Ground clearance between the axles  
4.1.1.  ‘Ground clearance between the axles ’ means the shortest distance between the 
ground plane and the lowest fixed point of the vehicle.   
EN 82   EN For the application of the definition, the distance between the last axle of a front 
group of axle and the first axle of a rear group of axle shall be considered.  
 
4.1.2.  No rigid part of the vehicle may project into the shaded area shown on the figure.  
4.2. Ground clearance beneath one axle  
4.2.1.  ‘Ground clearance beneath on e axle ’ means the distance beneath the highest 
point of the arc of a circle passing through the centre of the tyre footprint of the 
wheels on one axle (the inner wheels in the case of twin tyres) and touching the 
lowest fixed point of the vehicle between the wheels.  
 
4.2.2.  Where appropriate, the measurement of ground clearance shall be conducted on 
each of the several axles of a group of axles.  
5. Gradeability  
5.1. ‘Gradeability ’ means the ability of a vehicle to negotiate a gradient.  
5.2. To the effect of checking the gradeability of an incomplete and a complete vehicle 
of category M 2, M 3, N2 and N 3, a test shall be performed.  
5.3. The test shall be conducted by the technical service on a vehicle representative of 
the type to be tested.  
5.4. At the request of the manufacturer and under the conditions specified in 
Annex  XVI, the gradeability of a type of vehicle may be demonstrated by virtual 
testing.  
6. Test conditions and pass -fail criterion  
6.1. The conditions set out in Annex  II to Regulation (EU)  No 1230/2012  shall apply.  
6.2. The vehicle shall climb the gradient at a steady speed without any wheel slipping, 
longitudinally or laterally.  
 
 
EN 83   EN Appendix  2 
Digits used to supplement the codes to be used for various kinds of bodywork  
01 Flat bed;  
02 Drop -side;  
03 Box body;  
04 Conditioned body with insulated walls and equipment to maintain the interior 
temperature;  
05 Conditioned body with insulated walls but without equipment to maintain the interior 
temperature;  
06 Curtain -sided;  
07 Swap  body (interchangeable superstructure);  
08 Container carrier;  
09 Vehicles fitted with hook lift;  
10 Tipper;  
11 Tank;  
12 Tank intended for transport of dangerous goods;  
13 Livestock carrier;  
14 Vehicle transporter;  
15 Concrete mixer;  
16 Concrete pump vehicl e; 
17 Timber;  
18 Refuse collection vehicle;  
19 Street sweeper, cleansing and drain clearing;  
20 Compressor;  
21 Boat carrier;  
22 Glider carrier;  
23 Vehicles for retail or display purposes;  
24 Recovery vehicle;  
25 Ladder vehicle;  
26 Crane lorry (other than a  mobile crane as defined in section  5 of Part  A of Annex  II); 
27 Aerial work platform vehicle;  
28 Digger derrick vehicle;  
29 Low floor trailer;  
30 Glazing transporter;  
31 Fire engine;  
99 Bodywork that is not included in the present list.  
  
EN 84   EN ANNEX  III 
INFORMATION DOCUMENT FOR THE PURPOSE OF EU TYPE -APPROVAL OF 
VEHICLES  
PART  I 
The following information shall be supplied in triplicate and include a list of contents.  
Any drawings shall be supplied in an appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4, or 
on a folder of A4 format.  
Photographs, if any, shall show sufficient detail.  
A. Categories M and N  
1. GENERAL  
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): …  
1.2. Type: …  
1.2.1.  Commercial name(s) (if available): …  
1.2.2.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, type -approval information of the 
base/previous stage vehicle (list the information for each stage. This can be 
done with a matrix):  
Type: ……………………………………………………… …………………  
Variant(s): …………………………………………………………………..  
Version(s): …………………………………………………………………...  
Type -approval number, including extension number ………………………  
1.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (b): … 
1.3.1.  Location of that marking: …  
1.4. Category of vehicle (c): … 
1.4.1.  Classification(s) according to the dangerous goods which the vehicle is 
intended to transport: …  
1.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
1.5.1.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, company name and address  of the 
manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle………  
1.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …  
1.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …  
2. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VEHICLE  
2.1. Photograp hs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: …  
2.3. Number of axles and wheels: …  
2.3.1.  Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …   
EN 85   EN 2.3.2.  Number and position of steered axles: …  
2.3.3.  Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …  
2.4. Chassis (if any) (overall drawing): …  
2.6. Position and arrangement of the engine: …  
2.8. Hand of drive: left/right (1) 
2.8.1.  Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left (1) hand traffic  
2.9. Specify if the towing vehicle is intended to tow semi -trailers or other trailers 
and, if the trailer is a semi -, drawbar -, centre -axle- or rigid drawbar trailer: 
… 
2.10.  Specify if the vehicle is specially designed for the controlled -temperature 
carriage of goods: …  
3. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (f)(g)(7)  
(in kg and mm) ( Refer to drawing where applicable)  
3.1. Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded) (g1):  
3.1.1.  Two-axle vehicles:  … 
3.1.2.  Vehicles with three or more axles   
3.1.2.1.  Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the foremost to the 
rearmost axle: …  
3.1.2.2.  Total axle spacing: …  
3.3.1.  Track of each steered axle (g4): … 
3.3.2.  Track of all other axles (g4): … 
3.4. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)   
3.4.1.  For chassis without bodywork   
3.4.1.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.1.1.1.  Maximum permissible length: …  
3.4.1.1.2.  Minimum permissible length: …  
3.4.1.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.1.2.1.  Maximum permissible width: …  
3.4.1.2.2.  Minimum permissible width: …  
3.4.1.3.  Height (in running order) (g8) (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate 
normal running position): …  
3.4.2.  For chassis with bodywork   
3.4.2.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.2.1.1.  Length of the loading area: …   
EN 86   EN 3.4.2.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.2.2.1.  Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled -
temperature transport of goods): …  
3.4.2.3.  Height (in running order) (g8) (for suspensions adjustable for height, indicate 
normal running position): …  
3.5. Minimum mass on the steering axle(s) for incomplete vehicles:  … 
3.6. Mass in running order  (h)  
(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: …  
(b) mass of e ach version (a matrix shall be provided where there are more 
than one versions within the same variant): …  
3.6.1.  Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi -trailer a 
rigid drawbar trailer or a centre -axle trailer, the mass on th e coupling:  
(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: …  
(b) mass of each version (a matrix shall be provided where there are more 
than one versions within the same variant): …  
3.6.2.  Mass of the optional equipment (as defined in point  (5) of Article  2 of 
Regulation (EU)  No 1230/2012: …  
3.7. Minimum mass of the completed vehicle  as stated by the manufacturer, in 
the case of an incomplete vehicle: …  
3.8. Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer 
(i)(3): … 
3.8.1.  Distribution of  this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi -trailer or 
centre -axle trailer, load on the coupling point (3): … 
3.9. Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle : … 
3.10.  Technically permissible mass on each group of axles:  … 
 3.11.  Technical ly permissible maximum towable mass of the towing vehicle   
in case of:  
3.11.1.  Drawbar trailer: …  
3.11.2.  Semi -trailer: …  
3.11.3.  Centre -axle trailer: …  
3.11.4.  Rigid drawbar trailer: …  
3.11.5.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination (3): … 
3.11.6.  Maximum mass of unbraked trailer: …  
 3.12.  Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point:   
3.12.1.  of a towing vehicle: …  
3.12.2.  of a semi -trailer, a centre -axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer: …  
 3.16.  Registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional)  
3.16.1.  Registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: …   
EN 87   EN 3.16.2.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the 
case of a semi -trailer or centre -axle trailer, intended load on the coupling 
point stated by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible 
maximum mass on the coupling point: …  
3.16.3.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each group of axles: 
… 
3.16.4.  Registration/in service maximum perm issible towable mass: …  
3.16.5.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: …  
3.17.  Vehicle submitted to multi -stage type -approval (only in the case of 
incomplete or completed vehicles of category N 1, within the scope of 
Regulatio n (EC)  No 715/2007: yes/no (1) 
3.17.1.  Mass of the base vehicle in running order: ……………...………………kg.  
3.17.2.  Default added mass (DAM), calculated in accordance with section  5 of 
Annex  XII to Regulation (EC)  No 692/2008: ……………kg.  
4. POWER PLANT (k)  
4.1. Manufacturer of the engine:  … 
4.1.1.  Manufacturer's engine code (as marked on the engine): …  
4.1.2.  Approval number (if appropriate) including fuel identification marking: …  
(heavy -duty vehicles only)  
4.2. Internal combustion engine  
4.2.1.1.  Working princ iple: positive ignition/compression ignition/dual -fuel (1) 
Cycle four stroke/two stroke/rotary (1) 
4.2.1.1.1.  Type of dual -fuel engine: Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B 
(1)(x1) 
4.2.1.1.2.  Gas Energy Ratio over the hot part of the WHTC test -cycle: … % 
4.2.1.2.  Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
4.2.1.3.  Engine capacity (m): …… cm3  
4.2.1.6.  Normal engine idling speed (2): …… min-1  
4.2.1.6.1.  High engine idling speed (2): …… min-1 
4.2.1.6.2.  Idle on diesel: yes/no (1)(x1) 
4.2.1.8.  Maximum net power (n): …… kW at …… min-1 (manufacturer's declared 
value)  
4.2.1.11.  (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the Documentation package 
required by Articles  5, 7 and 9 of Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 enabling 
the approval authority to evaluate the emissi on control strategies and the 
systems on -board the engine to ensure the correct operation of NO x control 
measures   
EN 88   EN 4.2.2.1.  Light -duty vehicles: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG or Biomethane/Ethanol (E 
85)/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) (6) 
4.2.2.2  Heavy duty vehicles Diesel /Petrol/LPG/NG -H/NG -L/NG -HL/Ethanol 
(ED95)/Ethanol (E85)/LNG/LNG 20 (1)(6) 
4.2.2.2.1.  (Euro VI only) Fuels compatible with use by the engine declared by the 
manufacturer in accordance with point  1.1.3 of Annex  I to Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011 (as applicable ) 
4.2.2.4.  Vehicle fuel type: Mono fuel, Bi fuel, Flex fuel (1) 
4.2.2.5.  Maximum amount of biofuel acceptable in fuel (manufacturer's declared 
value): …… % by volume  
4.2.3.  Fuel tank(s)   
4.2.3.1.  Service fuel tank(s)  
4.2.3.1.1.  Number and capacity of each tank: …  
4.2.3.2.  Reserve fuel tank(s)  
4.2.3.2.1.  Number and capacity of each tank: …  
4.2.4.  Fuel feed   
4.2.4.1.  By carburettor(s): yes/no (1) 
4.2.4.2.  By fuel injection (compression ignition or dual -fuel only): yes/no (1) 
4.2.4.2.2.  Working principle: direct injection/pre -chamber/swirl chamber (1) 
4.2.4.3.  By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no (1) 
4.2.7.  Cooling system:  liquid/air (1) 
4.2.8.  Intake system   
4.2.8.1.  Pressure charger: yes/no (1) 
4.2.8.2.  Intercooler: yes/no (1) 
4.2.8.3.3.  (Euro VI only) Actual Intake system depression at rated engine speed and at 
100 % load on the vehicle: … kPa  
4.2.9.  Exhaust system   
4.2.9.2.1.  (Euro VI only) Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust 
system that are not part of the engine syst em 
4.2.9.3.1.  (Euro VI only) Actual exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 
100 % load on the vehicle (compression -ignition engines only): … kPa  
4.2.9.4.  Type, marking of exhaust silencer(s): …  
Where relevant for exterior noise, reducing measure s in the engine 
compartment and on the engine: …  
4.2.9.5.  Location of the exhaust outlet: …  
4.2.9.7.1.  (Euro VI only) Acceptable Exhaust system volume: … dm3   
EN 89   EN 4.2.12.  Measures taken against air pollution   
4.2.12.1.1.  (Euro VI only) Device for recycling cra nkcase gases: yes/no (2) 
If yes, description and drawings:  
If no, compliance with Annex  V to Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 required  
4.2.12.2.  Additional pollution control devices (if any, and if not covered by another 
heading)  
4.2.12.2.1.  Catalytic converter: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.1.11.  Regeneration systems/method of exhaust after -treatment systems, 
description: …  
4.2.12.2.1.11.6.  Consumable reagents: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.1.11.7.  Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …  
4.2.12.2.2.  Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.3.  Air injection: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.4.  Exhaust gas recirculation: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.5.  Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.6.  Particulate trap: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.6.9.  Other systems:  yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.6.9.1.  Description and operation  
4.2.12.2.7.  On-board -diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.7.0.1.  (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family  
4.2.12.2.7.0.2.  (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine famil ies (where applicable)  
4.2.12.2.7.0.3.  (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the 
engine member belongs to:  
4.2.12.2.7.0.4.  (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the OBD -documentation 
required by Article  5(4)(c) and Article  9(4) of Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011 and specified in Annex  X to that Regulation for the 
purpose of approving the OBD system  
4.2.12.2.7.0.5.  (Euro VI only) Where appropriate, manufacturer reference of the 
Documentation for installing in a vehicle an OBD equ ipped engine system  
4.2.12.2.7.0.6.  (Euro VI only) Where appropriate, manufacturer reference of the 
documentation package related to the installation on the vehicle of the OBD 
system of an approved engine  
4.2.12.2.7.6.5.  (Euro VI only) OBD Communication pr otocol standard: (7) 
4.2.12.2.7.7.  (Euro VI only) Manufacturer reference of the OBD -related information 
required by Article  5(4)(d) and Article  9(4) of Regulation 
(EU)  No 582/2011 for the purpose of complying with the provisions on 
access to vehicle OBD an d vehicle repair and maintenance information, or   
EN 90   EN 4.2.12.2.7.7.1.  As an alternative to a manufacturer reference provided in point  4.2.12.2.7.7 
reference of the attachment to the information document set out in 
Appendix  4 of Annex  III to Regulation (EU)  No 582/2011 that contains the 
following table, once completed according to the given example:  
Component — Fault code — Monitoring strategy — Fault detection criteria 
— MI activation criteria — Secondary parameters — Preconditioning — 
Demonstration test  
Catalys t — P0420 — Oxygen sensor 1 and 2 signals — Difference between 
sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals — 3rd cycle — Engine speed, engine load, 
A/F mode, catalyst temperature — Two Type 1 cycles — Type 1  
4.2.12.2.7.8.  (EURO VI only) OBD components on -board the vehic le 
4.2.12.2.7.8.1.  List of OBD components on -board the vehicle  
4.2.12.2.7.8.2.  Written description and/or drawing of the MI (10) 
4.2.12.2.7.8.3.  Written description and/or drawing of the OBD off -board communication 
interface (10) 
4.2.12.2.8.  Other systems (description and operation): …  
4.2.12.2.8.1.  (Euro VI only) Systems to ensure the correct operation of NO x control 
measures  
4.2.12.2.8.2.  Driver inducement system  
4.2.12.2.8.2.1.  (Euro VI only) Engine with permanent deactivation of the driver 
inducement, f or use by the rescue services or in vehicles specified in 
Article  2(3)(b): yes/no (1) 
4.2.12.2.8.3.  (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family 
considered when ensuring the correct operation of NO x control measures  
4.2.12.2.8.4.  (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (where applicable)  
4.2.12.2.8.5.  (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the 
engine member belongs to  
4.2.12.2.8.6.  (Euro VI only) Lowest concentration of the active ingredient prese nt in the 
reagent that does not activate the warning system (CD min): (% vol.)  
4.2.12.2.8.7.  (Euro VI only) Where appropriate, manufacturer reference of the 
Documentation for installing in a vehicle the systems to ensure the correct 
operation of NO x control  measures  
4.2.12.2.8.8.  Components on -board the vehicle of the systems ensuring the correct 
operation of NO x control measures  
4.2.12.2.8.8.1.  Activation of the creep mode:  
‘disable after restart’ / ‘disable after fuelling’ / ‘disable after parking’ (7) 
4.2.12.2.8.8.2.  Where appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package 
related to the installation on the vehicle of the system ensuring the correct 
operation of NO x control measures of an approved engine  
4.2.12.2.8.8.3.  Written description an d/or drawing of the warning signal (6) 
4.2.12.2.9.  Torque limiter: yes/no (1)  
EN 91   EN 4.2.13.1.  Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition engines 
only): …  
4.2.15.  LPG fuelling system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.16.  NG fuelling system: yes/no (1) 
4.2.17.8.1.0.1.  (Euro VI only) Self adaptive feature? Yes/No (1)  
4.2.17.8.1.0.2.  (Euro VI only) Calibration for a specific gas composition  
NG-H/NG -L/NG -HL (1) 
Transformation for a specific gas composition  
NG-Ht/NG-Lt/NG-HL t (1) 
4.3. Electric motor  
4.3.1.  Type (winding, excitation): …  
4.3.1.1.  Maximum hourly output: …… kW  
4.3.1.1.1.  Maximum net power (n) … kW  
(manufacturer’s declared value)  
4.3.1.1.2.  Maximum 30 minutes power (n) … kW  
(manufacturer’s declared value)  
4.3.1.2.  Operating voltage: …… V  
4.3.2.  Battery  
4.3.2.4.  Position: …  
4.4. Engine or motor combination  
4.4.1.  Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no (1) 
4.4.2.  Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off -vehicle charging/not off -vehicle 
charging: (1) 
4.5.4.  (Euro VI only) CO 2 emissions for heavy duty engi nes  
4.5.4.1.  CO 2 mass emissions WHSC test (x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.2.  CO 2 mass emissions WHSC test in diesel mode (x2): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.3.  CO2 mass emissions WHSC test in dual -fuel mode (x1): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.4.  CO2 mass emissions WHTC test (8)(x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.5 . CO2 mass emissions WHTC test in diesel mode (8)(x2): … g/kWh  
4.5.4.6.  CO2 mass emissions WHTC test in dual -fuel mode (8)(x1): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.  (Euro VI only) Fuel consumption for heavy duty engines   
4.5.5.1.  Fuel consumption WHSC test (x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.2.  Fuel consumption WHSC test in diesel mode (x2): … g/kWh   
EN 92   EN 4.5.5.3.  Fuel consumption WHSC test in dual -fuel mode (x1): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.4.  Fuel consumption WHTC test (8)(x3): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.5.  Fuel consumption WHTC test in diesel mode (8)(x2): … g/kWh  
4.5.5.6.  Fuel consumption WHTC test in dual -fuel mode (8)(x1): … g/kWh  
4.6.5.  Lubricant temperature   
Minimum: …… K  
Maximum: …… K  
5. TRANSMISSION (p)  
5.2. Type  (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.): …  
5.5. Gearbox  
5.5.1.  Type  (manual/automatic/CVT (continuously variable transmission)) (1) 
5.6. Gear ratios  
Gear  Internal gearbox ratios 
(ratios of engine to 
gearbox output shaft 
revolutions)  Final drive ratio(s) 
(ratio of gearbox 
output shaft to driven 
wheel revolutions)  Total gear ratios  
Maximum for CVT     
1    
2    
3    
…    
Minimum for CVT     
Reverse     
5.7. Maximum vehicle design speed  (in km/h) (q) 
5.9. Tachograph:  yes/no (1) 
5.9.1  Approval mark:  … 
5.11.  Gear shift indicator (GSI)  
5.11.1.  Acoustic indication available yes/no (1). If yes, description of sound and 
sound level at the driver’s ear in dB(A). (Acoustic indication always 
switchable on/off)  
5.11.2.  Information according to point  4.6 of Annex  I to Regulation (EU) No 
65/2012 (determined at type -approval ) 
   
EN 93   EN 6. AXLES  
6.1. Description of each axle: …  
6.2. Make: …  
6.3. Type: …  
6.4. Position of retractable axle(s): …  
6.5. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
6. SUSPENSION  
6.2. Type and design of the suspension of each axle or wheel: …  
6.2.1.  Level adjustment: ye s/no/optional (1) 
6.2.3.  Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (1) 
6.2.3.1.  Suspension of driving axle equivalent to air -suspension: yes/no (1) 
6.2.4.  Air-suspension for non -driving axle(s): yes/no (1) 
6.2.4.1.  Suspension of non -driving axle(s) equiva lent to air -suspension: yes/no (1) 
6.6.1.  Tyre/wheel combination(s)   
(a) for tyres indicate size designation, load -capacity index, speed category 
symbol, rolling resistance in accordance with ISO  28580 (where 
applicable) (r); 
(b) for wheels indicate rim size(s) and off -set(s)  
7.6.1.1.  Axles  
7.6.1.1.1.  Axle 1: …  
7.6.1.1.2.  Axle 2: …  
etc. 
7.6.1.2.  Spare wheel, if any: …  
7.6.2.  Upper and lower limits of rolling radii   
7.6.2.1.  Axle 1: …  
7.6.2.2.  Axle 2: …  
etc. 
8. STEERING  
8.2. Transmission and control  
8.2.1. Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, where applicable): 
… 
8.2.2.  Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front 
and rear, where applicable): …  
8.2.3.  Method of assistance, if any: …   
EN 94   EN 9. BRAKES  
9.5. Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional (1) 
9.9. Brief description of the braking equipment according to paragraph  2.6 of 
UNECE Regulation  No 13 -H: …  
9.11.  Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s): …  
10. BODYWORK  
10.1.  Type of bodywork using the codes set out in Part  C of Annex  II: …  
10.3.  Occupant doors, latches and hinges  
10.3.1.  Door configuration and number of doors: …  
10.9.  Devices for indirect vision  
10.9.1.  Rear -view mirrors, stating, for each rear -view mirror:  
10.9.1.1.  Make: …  
10.9.1.2.  Type -approval mark: …  
10.9.1.3.  Variant: …  
10.9.1.6.  Optional equipment which may affect the rearward field of vision: …  
10.9.2.  Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors: …  
10.9.2.1.  Type and description of the device: …  
10.10.  Interior arrangement  
10.10.3.  Seats   
10.10.3.1.  Number of seating positions (s): … 
10.10.3.1.1.  Location and arrangement: …  
10.10.3.2.  Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …  
10.10.4.1.  Type(s) of head restraints: integrated/deta chable/separate (1) 
10.10.4.2.  Type -approval number(s), if available: …  
10.10.8  Gas used as refrigerant in the air -conditioning system: …  
10.10.8.1.  The air -conditioning system is designed to contain fluorinated greenhouse 
gases with a global warming poten tial higher than 150: yes/no (1) 
10.12.2.  Nature and position of supplementary restraint systems (indicate 
yes/no/optional):  
   
EN 95   EN (L = left -hand side, R = right -hand side, C = centre)  
 Front airbag  Side airbag  Belt pre -loading 
device  
First row of seats  
 
 L    
C    
R    
Second row of  
seats (*)  
 
 L    
C    
R    
(*) The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of 
seats or if  there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.  
10.17.  Statutory plates  
10.17.1.  Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and 
inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: …  
10.17.2.  Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions 
(completed example with dimensions): …  
10.17.3.  Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number 
(completed example with dimensions): …  
10.17.4.1.  The meaning of characters in the vehicle descriptor section of the VIN 
and, where applicable, in the vehicle indicator section of th e VIN used to 
comply with the requirements of paragraph  5.3 of ISO Standard  3779 -
1983 shall be explained: …  
10.17.4.2.  If characters in the vehicle descriptor section of the VIN are used to 
comply with the requirements of paragraph  5.4 of ISO Standard  3779 -
1983, these characters shall be indicated: …  
10.22.  Front under -run protection  
10.22.0.  Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1) 
10.23.  Pedestrian protection  
10.23.1.  A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of the 
vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the relevant reference 
lines and the constituent materials of the frontal part of the vehicle (interior 
and exterior), including detail of any active protection system installed  
10.24.  Frontal protection systems  
10.24.1.  General arrangement (drawings or photographs) indicating the position and 
attachment of the frontal protection systems:  
10.24.3.  Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, including torque 
requirements, for fitting:  
 
  
EN 96   EN 11. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN  TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS 
AND SEMI -TRAILERS  
11.1.  Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: …  
11.3.  Instructions for attachment of the coupling type to the vehicle and 
photographs or drawings of the fixing points at the vehicle as stated by the 
manufacturer; additional information, if the use of the coupling type is 
restricted to certain variants or versions of the type of vehicle: …  
11.4.  Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting plates: …  
11.5.  Type -approval number(s): …  
12. MISCELLANEOUS  
12.7.1.  Vehicle equipped with a 24  GHz short -range radar equipment: yes/no (1) 
13. SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR BUSES AND COACHES  
13.1.  Class of vehicle:  Class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B (1) 
13.1.2.  Chassis types w here the type -approved bodywork can be installed 
(manufacturer(s), and vehicle(s) types): …  
13.3.  Number of passengers  (seated and standing)  
13.3.1.  Total (N): …  
13.3.2.  Upper deck (N a) (1): … 
13.3.3.  Lower deck (N b) (1): … 
13.4.  Number of passengers  (seated)  
13.4.1.  Total (A): …  
13.4.2.  Upper deck (A a) (1): … 
13.4.3.  Lower deck (A b) (1): … 
13.4.4.  Number of wheelchair positions for category M 2 and M 3 vehicles: …  
16. ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE 
INFORMATION  
16.1.  Address of principal websi te for access to vehicle repair and maintenance 
information: …  
   
EN 97   EN B. Category O  
1. GENERAL  
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): …  
1.2. Type: …  
1.2.1.  Commercial name(s) (if available): …  
1.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (b): … 
1.3.1.  Location of that marking: …  
1.4. Category of vehicle (c): … 
1.4.1.  Classification(s) according to the dangerous goods which the vehicle is 
intended to transport: …  
1.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
1.8. Name(s) and address(es) of  assembly plant(s): …  
1.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …  
2. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VEHICLE  
2.1. Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: …  
2.3. Number of axles and wheels: …  
2.3.1.  Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2.3.2.  Number and position of steered axles: …  
2.4. Chassis (if any) (overall drawing): …  
2.9. Specify if the towing vehicle is intended to tow semi -trailers or other trailers 
and, if the trailer is a semi -, drawbar -, centre -axle- or rigid drawbar trailer: 
… 
2.10.  Specify if the vehicle is specially designed for the controlled -temperature 
carriage of goods: …  
3. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (f)(g)(7)  
(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable)  
3.1. Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded) (g1):  
3.1.1.  Two-axle vehicles : … 
3.1.2.  Vehicles with three or more axles   
3.1.2.1.  Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the foremost to the 
rearmost axle: …  
3.1.2.2.  Total axle spacing: …  
3.3.1.  Track of each steered axle (g4): … 
3.3.2.  Track of all other axles (g4): …  
EN 98   EN 3.4. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)   
3.4.1.  For chassis without bodywork   
3.4.1.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.1.1.1.  Maximum permissible length: …  
3.4.1.1.2.  Minimum permissible length: …  
3.4.1.1. 3. In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length (g6): … 
3.4.1.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.1.2.1.  Maximum permissible width: …  
3.4.1.2.2.  Minimum permissible width: …  
3.4.2.  For chassis with bodywork   
3.4.2.1.  Length (g5): … 
3.4.2.1.1.  Length of the  loading area: …  
3.4.2.1.2.  In the case of trailers, maximum permissible drawbar length (g6): … 
3.4.2.2.  Width (g7): … 
3.4.2.2.1.  Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled -
temperature transport of goods): …  
3.4.2.3.  Height (in  running order) (g8) (for suspension adjustable for height, indicate 
normal running position): …  
3.6. Mass in running order (h)  
(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: …  
(b) mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …  
3.6.1.  Distribution of this  mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi -trailer a 
rigid drawbar trailer or a centre -axle trailer, the mass on the coupling: …  
(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: …  
(b) mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …  
3.6.2.  Mass of the op tional equipment (as defined in point  (5) of Article  2 of 
Regulation (EU)  No 1230/2012: …  
3.7. Minimum mass of the completed vehicle  as stated by the manufacturer, in 
the case of an incomplete vehicle: …  
3.8. Technically permissible maximum laden mass  stated by the manufacturer 
(i)(3): … 
3.8.1.  Distribution of this mass among the axles, and in the case of a semi -trailer 
or centre -axle trailer, load on the coupling point (3): … 
3.9. Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle : … 
3.10.  Technically permi ssible mass on each group of axles:  … 
3.12.  Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point:   
3.12.2.  Of a semi -trailer, a centre -axle trailer or a rigid drawbar trailer: …   
EN 99   EN 3.16.  Registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional)   
3.16.1. Registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: …  
3.16.2.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the 
case of a semi -trailer or centre -axle trailer, intended load on the coupling 
point stated by the manufacturer i f lower than the technically permissible 
maximum mass on the coupling point: …  
3.16.3.  Registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each group of axles: 
… 
3.16.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible towable mass (several 
entries possible for each technical configuration (5)): …  
4. TRANSMISSION  
4.7. Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h) (q) 
5. AXLES  
5.1. Description of each axle: …  
5.2. Make: …  
5.3. Type: …  
5.4. Position of retractable axle(s): …  
5.5. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
6. SUSPENSION  
6.2. Type and design of the suspension of each axle or wheel: …  
6.2.1.  Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (1) 
6.2.4.  Air-suspension for non -driving axle(s): yes/no (1) 
6.2.4.1.  Suspension of non -driving axle(s) equivalent to air -suspension: yes/no (1) 
6.6.1.  Tyre/wheel combination(s)   
(a) for tyres indicate size designation, load -capacity index, speed category 
symbol, rolling resistance in accordance with ISO  28580 (where 
applicable) (r); 
(b) for wheels indicate rim size(s) and off -set(s)  
6.6.1.1.  Axles  
6.6.1.1.1.  Axle 1: …  
6.6.1.1.2.  Axle 2: …  
etc. 
6.6.1.2.  Spare wheel, if any: …  
6.6.2.  Upper and lower limit of rolling radii   
6.6.2.1.  Axle 1: …  
6.6.2.2.  Axle 2: …  
etc.  
EN 100   EN 7. STEERING  
7.2. Transmission and control  
7.2.1.  Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, where applicable): 
… 
7.2.2.  Linkage to the wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for 
front and rear, where applicable): …  
7.2.3.  Method of assistance, if any: …  
8. BRAKES  
8.5. Antilock braking system: yes/no/optional (1) 
8.9. Brief description of the braking equipment, according to paragraph  2.6 of 
UNECE Regulation  13-H: …  
9. BODYWORK  
9.1. Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part  C of Annex  II: …  
9.17.  Statutory plates  
9.17.1.  Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and 
inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: …  
9.17.2.  Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions 
(completed example with dimensions): …  
9.17.3.  Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number 
(completed example with dimensions): …  
9.17.4.1.  The meaning of characters in the vehicle descriptor section of the VIN and, 
where applicable, in the vehicle indicator section of the VIN used to  comply 
with the requirements of paragraph  5.3 of ISO Standard 3779 -1983 shall be 
explained: …  
9.17.4.2.  If characters in the vehicle descriptor section of the VIN are used to comply 
with the requirements of paragraph  5.4 of ISO Standard 3779 -1983 these 
characters shall be indicated: …  
11. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS 
AND SEMI -TRAILERS  
11.1.  Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: …  
11.5.  Type -approval number(s): …  
 
   
EN 101   EN PART  II 
Matrix showing the combinations of the entries listed in Part  I within the versions and 
variants of the type of vehicle  
Item No  All Version 1  Version 2  Version 3  Version n  
Explanatory notes  
(a) A separate matrix shall be compiled for each variant within the type.  
(b) Entries for which there are no restrictions on their combination within a variant shall be 
listed in the column headed ‘all’.  
(c) The information to be provided in accordance with Part  II may be presented in an 
alternative layout or merged with the information provide d in accordance with Part  I. 
(d) Each variant and each version shall be identified by an alphanumerical code consisting 
of a combination of letters and numbers, which shall also be indicated in the certificate 
of conformity (Annex  IX) of the vehicle concerned.  
(e) Variant(s) which fall(s) under Annex  IV, Part  III shall be identified by a specific 
alphanumerical code.  
  
EN 102   EN PART  III 
Type -approval numbers  
Information required by Article  22 to be provided in the following table in respect of the type -
approv als of systems, separate technical units and components for this vehicle granted in 
accordance with the regulatory acts in Annex  IV. (All relevant approvals for each system, 
separate technical unit and component shall be included. However, information in r espect of 
components need not be given here so long as such information is included in the approval 
certificate relating to the installation requirements).  
Subject  Type -approval number or 
test report number (***) Member State or Contracting 
Party (*)  issuing the type -
approval (**) or test report (***) Extension date  Variant(s)/version(s)  
(*) Contracting Parties to the Revised 1958 Agreement.  
(**) To be indicated if not obtainable from the type -approval number.  
(***) To be indicated when the manufacturer applies the provisions of Article  40(1). In such a case, 
the relevant regulatory act shall be specified in the second column.  
Signed: …  
Position in company: …  
Date: …  
  
EN 103   EN ANNEX  IV 
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF EU TYPE -APPROVAL OF VEHICLES, 
SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARA TE TECHNICAL UNITS  
PART  I 
Regulatory acts for EU type -approval of vehicles produced in unlimited series  
Item Subject  Regulatory act  Applicability   
M1  M2  M3  N1  N2  N3  O1  O2  O3  O4  STU or  
component  
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) 
No 540/2014 of the 
European 
Parliament and of 
the Council15 X X X X X X     X 
2A Emissions 
(Euro 5 and 6) 
light duty 
vehicles/access 
to information  Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007  X(1)  X(1)    X(1)   X(1)        X 
3A Prevention of 
fire risks (liquid 
fuel tanks)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 34 X X X X X X X X X X  
3B Rear underrun 
protective 
devices 
(RUPDs) and 
their 
installation; rear 
underrun 
protection 
(RUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 58 X X X X X X X X X X X 
4A Space for 
mounting and 
fixing rear 
registration 
plates  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Commission 
Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/201016 X X X X X X X X X X  
5A Steering 
equipment  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 79 X X X X X X X X X X  
                                                 
15 Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on the 
sound level of motor vehicles and of replacement silencing systems, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC 
and repealing Directive 70/157/EEC (OJ L 158, 27.5.2014, p.  131).  
16 Commiss ion Regulation (EU) No  1003/2010 of 8  November 2010 concerning type -approval requirements 
for the space for mounting and the fixing of rear registration plates on motor vehicles and their trailers 
and implementing Regulation (EC) No  661/2009 of the Europea n Parliament and of the Council 
concerning type -approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, 
components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L  291, 9.11.2010, p.  22).  
EN 104   EN 6A Vehicle access 
and 
manoeuvrability 
(steps, running 
boards and 
handholds)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/201217 X   X X X      
6B Door latches 
and door 
retention 
components  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 11 X   X        
7A Audible 
warning devices 
and signals  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 28 X X X X X X     X 
8A Devices for 
indirect vision 
and their 
installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 46 X X X X X X     X 
9A Braking of 
vehicles and 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13  X(3) X(3) X(3) X(3) X(3) X(3) X(3) X(3) X(3)  
9B Braking of 
passenger cars  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13-H X(4)   X(4)        
10A Electromagnetic 
compatibility  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 10 X X X X X X X X X X X 
12A Interior fittings  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 21 X           
13A Protection of 
motor vehicles 
against 
unauthorised 
use Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 18  X(4A) X(4A)  X(4A) X(4A)     X 
13B Protection of 
motor vehicles 
against 
unauthorised 
use Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 116 X   X       X 
                                                 
17 Commission Regulation (EU)  No 130/2012 of 15  February 2012 concerning type -approval requirements 
for motor vehicles with regard to vehicle access and manoeuvrability and implementing Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirements for 
the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units 
intended therefor ( OJ L  43, 16.2.2012, p.  6).  
EN 105   EN 14A Protection of 
the driver 
against the 
steering 
mechanism in 
the event of 
impact  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 12 X   X        
15A Seats, their 
anchorages and 
any head 
restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 17 X X(4B) X(4B) X X X      
15B Seats of large 
passenger 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 80  X X         
16A External 
projections  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 26 X          X 
17A Vehicle access 
and 
manoeuvrability 
(reverse gear)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X X X X X      
17B Speedometer 
equipment 
including its 
installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 39 X X X X X X      
18A Manufacturer’s 
statutory plate 
and vehicle 
identification 
number  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011  X X X X X X X X X X  
19A Safety -belt 
anchorages, 
Isofix 
anchorages 
systems and 
Isofix top tether 
anchorages  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 14 X X X X X X      
20A Installation of 
lighting and 
light-signalling 
devices on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 48 X X X X X X X X X X  
21A Retro -reflecting 
devices for 
power -driven 
vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 3 X X X X X X X X X X X  
EN 106   EN 22A Front and rear 
position lamps, 
stop-lamps and 
end-outline 
marker lamps 
for motor 
vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 7 X X X X X X X X X X X 
22B Daytime 
running lamps 
for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 87 X X X X X X     X 
22C Side-marker 
lamps for motor 
vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 91 X X X X X X X X X X X 
23A Direction 
indicators for 
power -driven 
vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 6 X X X X X X X X X X X 
24A Illumination of 
rear-registration 
plates of power -
driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 4 X X X X X X X X X X X 
25A Power -driven 
vehicle’s 
sealed -beam 
headlamps (SB) 
emitting an 
European 
asymmetrical 
passing beam or 
a driving beam 
or both  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 31  X X X X X X     X 
25B Filament lamps 
for use in 
approved lamp 
units of power -
driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 37 X X X X X X X X X X X 
25C Motor vehicle 
headlamps 
equipped with 
gas-discharge 
light sources  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 98 X X X X X X     X 
25D Gas-discharge 
light sources for 
use in approved 
gas-discharge 
lamp units of 
power -driven 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 99 X X X X X X     X  
EN 107   EN 25E Motor vehicle 
headlamps 
emitting an 
asymmetrical 
passing beam or 
a driving beam 
or both and 
equipped with 
filament lamps 
and/or LED 
modules  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 112 X X X X X X     X 
25F Adaptive front -
lighting systems 
(AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 123 X X X X X X     X 
26A Power -driven 
vehicle front 
fog lamps  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 19 X X X X X X     X 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010  X X X X X X      
28A Rear fog lamps 
for power -
driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 38 X X X X X X X X X X X 
29A Reversing lights 
for power -
driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 23 X X X X X X X X X X X 
30A Parking lamps 
for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 77 X X X X X X      
31A Safety -belts, 
restraint 
systems, child 
restraint 
systems and 
Isofix child 
restraint 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 16 X X X X X X     X 
32A Forward field of 
vision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 125 X           
33A Location and 
identification of 
hand controls, 
tell-tales and 
indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 121 X X X X X X       
EN 108   EN 34A Windscreen 
defrosting and 
demisting 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Commission 
Regulation (EU) 
No 672/201018 X (5) (5) (5) (5) (5)      
35A Windscreen 
wiper and 
washer systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Commission 
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/201019 X (6) (6) (6) (6) (6)     X 
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 122 X X X X X X X X X X X 
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010  X           
38A Head restraints 
(headrests), 
whether or not 
incorporated in 
vehicle seats  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 25 X           
41A Emissions 
(Euro VI) heavy 
duty 
vehicles/access 
to information  Regulation (EC) 
No 595/2009  X(9) X(9) X X(9) X(9) X     X 
42A Lateral 
protection of 
goods vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 73     X X   X X X 
43A Spray 
suppression 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 109/2011     X X X X X X X X 
44A Masses and 
dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  X           
                                                 
18 Commission Regulation (EU) No  672/2010 of 27  July 2010 concerning type -approval requi rements for 
windscreen defrosting and demisting systems of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation 
(EC) No  661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirements 
for the general safety of motor vehicles, the ir trailers and systems, components and separate technical 
units intended therefor ( OJ L  196, 28.7.2010, p.  5). 
19 Commission Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type -approval requirements 
for windscreen wiper and washer systems of ce rtain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirements for 
the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical un its 
intended therefor ( OJ L  292, 10.11.2010, p.  2).  
EN 109   EN 45A Safety glazing 
materials and 
their installation 
on vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 43 X X X X X X X X X X X 
46 Tyres  Directive 
92/23/EEC20 X X X X X X X X X X X 
46A Installation of 
tyres  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Commission 
Regulation (EU) 
No 458/201121 X X X X X X X X X X  
46B Pneumatic tyres 
for motor 
vehicles and 
their trailers 
(Class C1)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 30 X   X   X X   X 
46C Pneumatic tyres 
for commercial 
vehicles and 
their trailers 
(Classes C2 and 
C3) Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 54  X X X X X   X X X 
46D Tyre rolling 
sound 
emissions, 
adhesion on wet 
surfaces and 
rolling 
resistance 
(Classes C1, C2 
and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 117 X X X X X X X X X X X 
46E Temporary -use 
spare unit, run -
flat tyres/system 
and tyre 
pressure 
monitoring 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 64 X(9A)   X(9A)       X 
47A Speed limitation 
of vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 89  X X  X X     X 
48A Masses and 
dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012   X X X X X X X X X  
                                                 
20 Council directive 92/23/EEC of 31  March 1992 relating to tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers and 
to their fitting ( OJ L  129, 14.5.1992, p.  95). 
21 Commission Regulation (EU) No  458/2011 of 12  May 2011 concerning type -approval requirements for 
motor vehicles and their trailers with regard to the installation of their tyres and implementing Regulation 
(EC) No  661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirement s 
for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical 
units intended therefor ( OJ L  124, 13.5.2011, p.  11).  
EN 110   EN 49A Commercial 
vehicles with 
regard to their 
external 
projections 
forward of the 
cab’s rear panel  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 61    X X X      
50A Mechanical 
coupling 
components of 
combinations of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 55 X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X X X X X 
50B Close -coupling 
device (CCD); 
fitting of an 
approved type 
of CCD  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 102     X(10) X(10)   X(10) X(10) X 
51A Burning 
behaviour of 
materials used 
in the interior 
construction of 
certain 
categories of 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 118   X         
52A M2 and M 3 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 107  X X         
52B Strength of the 
superstructure 
of large 
passenger 
vehicles  Regulation  (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 66  X X         
53A Protection of 
occupants in the 
event of a 
frontal collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 94 X(11)           
54A Protection of 
occupants in the 
event of lateral 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 95 X(12)   X(12)        
55 (empty)              
56A Vehicles for the 
carriage of 
dangerous 
goods  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 105    X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13)   
EN 111   EN 57A Front underrun 
protective 
devices 
(FUPDs) and 
their 
installation; 
front underrun 
protection 
(FUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 93     X X     X 
58 Pedestrian 
protection  Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009 of the 
European 
Parliament and of 
the Council22 X   X       X 
59 Recyclability  Directive 
2005/64/EC of the 
European 
Parliament and of 
the Council23 X   X  -      
60 (empty)              
61 Air-
conditioning 
systems  Directive 
2006/40/EC of the 
European 
Parliament and of 
the Council24 X   X(14)        
62 Hydrogen 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 79/2009  X X X X X X      
63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15)  
64 Gear shift 
indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 65/2012  X           
65 Advanced 
emergency 
braking system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Commission 
Regulation (EU) 
No 347/201225  X X  X X      
                                                 
22 Regulation (EC) No 78/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 January 2009 on  the 
type-approval of motor vehicles with regard to the protection of pedestrians and other vulnerable road 
users, amending Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 2003/102/EC and 2005/66/EC (OJ L 035, 
4.2.2009, p.1).  
23 Directive 2005/64/EC of the Eu ropean Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on the type -
approval of motor vehicles with regard to their reusability, recyclability and recoverability and amending 
Council Directive 70/156/EEC (OJ L 310, 25.11.2005, p.  10). 
24 Directive 2006/40/E C of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17  May 2006 relating to 
emissions from air conditioning systems in motor vehicles and amending Council Directive 70/156/EEC 
(OJ L  161, 14.6.2006, p.  12). 
25 Commission Regulation (EU) No 347/2012 of 16 Apri l 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with respect to type -approval requirements 
for certain categories of motor vehicles with regard to advanced emergency braking systems (OJ L 109, 
21.4.2012, p.  1).  
EN 112   EN 66 Lane departure 
warning system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Commission 
Regulation (EU) 
No 351/201226  X X  X X      
67 Specific  
components for 
liquefied 
petroleum gases 
(LPG) and their 
installation on 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 67 X X X X X X     X 
68 Vehicle alarm 
systems (VAS)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 97 X   X       X 
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 100 X X X X X X      
70 Specific 
components for 
CNG and their 
installation on 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 110 X X X X X X     X 
71 Cab strength  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 29    X X X       
                                                 
26 Commission Regulation (EU) No 351/2012 of 23 April 2012 implementing Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards type -approval requirements for 
the installation of lane departure warning systems in motor vehicles  (OJ L 110, 24.4.2012, p.  18).  
EN 113   EN Explanatory notes  
X Relevant regulatory act.  
 (1) For vehicles with a reference mass not exceeding 2 610 kg. At the manufacturer’s request, Regulation (EC) No 
715/2007 may apply to vehicles  with a reference mass not exceeding 2 840 kg.  
(2) In case of vehicles equipped with a LPG or CNG installation, a vehicle type -approval in accordance with 
UNECE Regulation No 67 or UNECE Regulation No 110 is required.  
(3) The fitting of an electronic stabi lity control (‘ESC’) system is required in accordance with Article  12 and 
Article  13 of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.  
(4) The fitting of an ESC system is required in accordance with Article  12 and Article  13 of Regulation (EC) No 
661/2009.  
(4A) If fitted,  the protective device shall fulfil the requirements of UNECE Regulation No 18.  
(4B) This Regulation applies to seats not falling within the scope of UNECE Regulation No 80.  
(9) For vehicles with a reference mass exceeding 2 610 kg which are not type -appro ved (at the manufacturer’s 
request and provided their reference mass does not exceed 2 840 kg) under Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.  
(9A) Applies only where such vehicles are fitted with equipment covered by UNECE Regulation No 64. Tyre 
pressure monitoring sy stem for M1 vehicles applies on a compulsory basis in accordance with Article  9(2) of 
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.  
(10) Applies only to vehicles equipped with coupling(s).  
(11) Applies to vehicles with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 2,5 tonnes.  
(12) Only applicable to vehicles where the ‘Seating Reference Point (“R” point)’ of the lowest seat is not more than 
700 mm above the ground level.  
(13) Applies only when the manufacturer applies for type -approval of vehicles intended  for the transport of 
dangerous goods.  
(14) Applies only for vehicles of category N 1, class I as described in Annex  I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.  
(15) Compliance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 is mandatory, however, type -approval under this item numb er 
is not foreseen as it represents the collection of individual items 3A, 3B, 4A, 5A, 6A, 6B, 7A, 8A, 9A, 9B, 
10A, 12A, 13A, 13B, 14A, 15A, 15B, 16A, 17A, 17B, 18A, 19A, 20A, 21A, 22A, 22B, 22C, 23A, 24A, 25A, 
25B, 25C, 25D, 25E, 25F, 26A, 27A, 28A, 29A, 30A, 31A, 32A, 33A, 34A, 35A, 36A, 37A, 38A, 42A, 43A, 
44A, 45A, 46A, 46B, 46C, 46D, 46E, 47A, 48A, 49A, 50A, 50B, 51A, 52A, 52B, 53A, 54A, 56A, 57A and 64 
to 71. The series of amendments of the UNECE regulations which apply on a compulsory basis are liste d in 
Annex  IV to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. The series of amendments adopted subsequently are accepted as 
an alternative.   
  
EN 114   EN Appendix  1 
Regulatory acts for EU type -approval of vehicles produced in small series pursuant to 
Article  39 
Table 1   
M1 vehicles  
Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
1 Sound level  Directive 
70/157/EEC   A 
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) 
No 540/2014   A 
2 Emissions (Euro 5 
and 6) light duty 
vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007   A 
(a) On-board 
diagnostic 
(OBD)  The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD 
system that fulfils the requirements of 
Article  4(1) and (2) of Regulation (EC) No 
692/2008 (The OBD system shall be 
designed to record at least the malfunction 
of the engine management system).  
The OBD -interface shall be able to 
communicate with commonly available 
diagnostic tools.  
(b) In service 
conformity  N/A 
(c) Access to 
information  It is sufficient that the manufacturer 
provide access to repair and maintenance 
information in a readily accessible and 
prompt manner.  
(d) Power 
measurement  
 (When the vehicle manufacturer uses an 
engine from another manufacturer)   
Bench test data from the engine 
manufacturer are accepted provided that 
the engine management system is identical 
(i.e. having at least the same electronic 
control unit (ECU)).  
Power output test may be performed on a 
chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken into 
account of the power loss in the 
transmission.  
   
EN 115   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
3A Prevention of fire 
risks (liquid fuel 
tanks)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 34 (a) Liquid fuel 
tanks  B 
(b) Installation in 
vehicle  B 
3B Rear underrun 
protective devices 
(RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear 
underrun protection 
(RUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 58  B 
4A Space for mounting 
and fixing rear 
registration plates  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010   B 
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 79  C 
(a) Mechanical 
systems  The provisions of paragraph  5 of 
UNECE Regulation No 79 shall apply.  
All tests prescribed in paragraph  6.2 of 
UNECE Regulation No 79 shall be 
performed and the requirements of 
paragraph  6.1 of UNECE Regulation No 
79 shall apply.  
(b) Complex 
electronic 
vehicle control 
system  All the requirements of Annex  6 of 
UNECE Regulation No 79 shall apply.  
Compliance with these requirements 
may only be checked by a technical 
service.  
6A Door latches and 
door retention 
components  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 11  C 
(a) General 
requirements 
(Paragraph  5 
of UNECE 
Regulation No 
11) All the requirements shall apply.  
(b) Performance 
requirements 
(Paragraph  6 
of UNECE 
Regulation No 
11) Only the requirements of 
paragraph  6.1.5.4 and paragraph  6.3 of 
UNECE Regulation No 11 shall apply.  
7A Audible warning 
devices and signals  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 28 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation on 
vehicle  B 
  
EN 116   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
8A Devices for indirect 
vision and their 
installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 46 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation on 
vehicle  B 
9B Braking  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13-H (a) Design and 
tests 
requirements  A 
(b) Electronic 
stability 
control (ESC) 
and brake 
assist 
systems(BAS)  The fitting of BAS and ESC shall not be 
required. If fitted, they shall comply with 
the requirements of UNECE Regulation 
No 13 -H. 
10A Electromagnetic 
compatibility  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 10  B 
12A Interior fittings  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 21  C 
(a) Interior 
arrangement   
(i) Radii and 
protrusion 
requirements 
for switches, 
pull-knobs and 
the like, 
controls and 
general interior 
fittings  The requirements of paragraphs 5.1 to 
5.6 of UNECE Regulation No 21 may be 
waived at the request of the 
manufacturer.  
The requirements of paragraph  5.2 of 
UNECE Regulation No 21 with the 
exception of paragraphs 5.2.3.1, 5.2.3.2 
and 5.2.4 of that Regulation shall apply.  
(ii) Energy 
absorption 
tests on the 
upper 
dashboard  Energy absorption tests on the upper 
dashboard shall only be performed when 
the vehicle is not fitted with at least two 
front airbags or two static four -point 
harnesses.  
(iii) Energy 
absorption test 
on the rear part 
of the seats  N/A 
(b) Power -
operation of 
windows, roof -
panel systems 
and partition 
systems  All requirements of paragraph  5.8 of 
UNECE Regulation No  21 shall apply.  
   
EN 117   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
13A Protection of motor 
vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 116  A 
The provisions of paragraph  8.3.1.1.1. of 
UNECE Regulation No  116 may be 
applied instead of paragraph  8.3.1.1.2. of 
that Regulation regardless of the type of 
powertrain  
14A Protection of the 
driver against the 
steering mechanism 
in the event of impact  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 12  C 
 Tests are required when the vehicle has 
not been tested under UNECE 
Regulation No 94 (see item 53A)  
15A Seats, their 
anchorages and any 
head restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 17  C 
(a) General 
requirements  
(i) Specifications  Requirements of paragraph  5.2 of 
UNECE Regulation No 17 shall apply 
with the exception of paragraph  5.2.3 of 
that Regulation.  
(ii) Strength tests 
for seat 
backrest and 
head restraints  The requirements of paragraph  6.2 
UNECE Regulation No 17 shall apply.  
(iii) Unlocking 
and adjustment 
tests The test shall be performed in 
accordance with the requirements of 
Annex  7 to UNECE Regulation No 17.  
(b) Head 
restraints  
(i) Specifications  Requirements of paragraphs 5.4, 5.5, 
5.6, 5.10, 5.11 and 5.12 of UNECE 
Regulation No 17 shall apply with the 
exception of paragraph  5.5.2 of that 
Regulation.  
(ii) Strength tests 
on head 
restraints  The test prescribed in paragraph  6.4 of 
UNECE Regulation No 17 shall be 
performed.  
(c) Special 
requirements 
regarding the 
protection of 
occupants 
from displaced 
luggage  The requirements of Annex  9 to UNECE 
Regulation No 26 may be waived at the 
request of the manufacturer.  
16A External projections  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 26  C 
(a) General 
specifications  The requirements of paragraph  5 of 
UNECE Regulation No 26 shall apply.  
(b) Particular 
specifications  The requirements of paragraph  6 of 
UNECE Regulation No 26 shall apply.  
17A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012   D  
EN 118   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
17B Speedometer 
equipment including 
its installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 39  B 
18A Manufacturer’s 
statutory plate and 
vehicle identification 
number  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011   B 
19A Safety -belt 
anchorages, Isofix 
anchorages systems 
and Isofix top tether 
anchorages  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 14  B 
20A Installation of 
lighting and light -
signalling devices on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 48  B 
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) shall be 
fitted to a new type of vehicle.  
21A Retro -reflecting 
devices for power -
driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 3  X 
22A Front and rear 
position lamps, stop -
lamps and end -
outline marker lamps 
for motor vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 7  X 
22B Daytime running 
lamps for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 87  X 
22C Side-marker lamps 
for motor vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 91  X 
23A Direction indicators 
for power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 6  X 
24A Illumination of rear-
registration plates of 
power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 4  X 
   
EN 119   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
25A Power -driven 
vehicle’s sealed -
beam headlamps 
(SB) emitting an 
European 
asymmetrical passing 
beam or a driving 
beam or both  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 31  X 
25B Filament lamps for 
use in approved lamp 
units of power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 37  X 
25C Motor vehicle 
headlamps equipped 
with gas -discharge 
light sources  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 98  X 
25D Gas-discharge light 
sources for use in 
approved gas -
discharge lamp units 
of power -driven  
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 99  X 
25E Motor vehicle 
headlamps emitting 
an asymmetrical 
passing beam or a 
driving beam or both 
and equipped with 
filament lamps and/or 
LED modules  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 112  X 
25F Adaptive front -
lighting systems 
(AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 123  X 
26A Power -driven vehicle 
front fog lamps  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 19  X 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010   B 
28A Rear fog lamps for 
power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 38  X 
  
EN 120   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
29A Reversing lights for 
power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 23  X 
30A Parking lamps for 
power -driven 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 77  X 
31A Safety -belts, restraint 
systems,  child 
restraint systems and 
Isofix child restraint 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 16 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation 
requirements  B 
32A Forward field of 
vision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 125  A 
33A Location and 
identification of hand 
controls, tell -tales 
and indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 121  A 
34A Windscreen 
defrosting and 
demisting systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010   C 
(a) Windscreen 
defrosting  Only point  1.1.1 of Annex  II to 
Regulation (EU) No  672/2010 shall 
apply, provided that warm air flow is 
ducted to the whole surface of the 
windscreen or the latter is electrically 
heated on its whole surface.  
(b) Windscreen 
demisting  Only point  1.2.1 of Annex  II to 
Regulation (EU) No  672/2010 shall 
apply, provided that warm air flow is 
ducted to the whole surface of the 
windscreen or the latter is electrically 
heated on its whole surface.  
35A Windscreen wiper 
and washer systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010   C 
(a) Windscreen 
wiper system  Points  1.1 to 1.1.10 of Annex  III to 
Regulation (EU) No  1008/2010 shall 
apply.  
Only the test described in point  2.1.10 of 
Annex  III to Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010 shall be performed.  
(b) Windscreen 
washer system  Point  1.2 of Annex  III to Regulation 
(EU) No  1008/2010 shall apply with the 
exception of points  1.2.2, 1.2.3 and 
1.2.5.  
   
EN 121   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
36A Heating system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 122  C 
The fitting of a heating system shall not 
be required.  
(a) All heating 
systems  The requirements of paragraphs 5.3 and 
6 of UNECE Regulation No  122 shall 
apply.  
(b) LPG heating 
systems  The requirements of Annex  8 to UNECE 
Regulation No  122 shall apply.  
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010   B 
38A Head restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 25  X 
41A Emissions (Euro VI) 
heavy duty 
vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 595/2009   A 
With the exception of the set of 
requirements relating to OBDs and 
access to information.  
 Power 
measurement  
 (When the vehicle manufacturer uses an 
engine from another manufacturer)   
Bench test data from the engine 
manufacturer are accepted, provided that 
the engine management system is 
identical (i.e. having at least the same 
ECU).  
Power output test may be performed on a 
chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken 
into accou nt of the power loss in the 
transmission.   
44A Masses and 
dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012   B 
The hill start test at maximum 
combination mass described in point  5.1 
of Part  A of Annex  I to Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012 may be waived at the 
request of the manufacturer.  
45A Safety glazing 
materials and their 
installation on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 43 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  B 
46 Tyres  Directive 92/23/EEC  Components  X 
   
EN 122   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 458/2011   B 
Dates for progressive application shall 
be those set out in Article  13 of 
Regulation (EC) No  661/2009.  
46B Pneumatic tyres for 
motor vehicles and 
their trailers (Class 
C1) Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 30 Components  X 
46D Tyre rolling sound 
emissions, adhesion 
on wet surfaces and 
rolling resistance 
(classes C1, C2 and 
C3) Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 117 Components  X 
46E Temporary -use spare 
unit, run -flat 
tyres/system and tyre 
pressure monitoring 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 64 Components  X 
Fitting of a tyre -
pressure 
monitoring 
system (TPMS)  B 
The fitting of a TPMS shall not be 
required.  
50A Mechanical coupling 
components of 
combinations of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 55 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  B 
53A Protection of 
occupants in the 
event of a frontal 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 94  C 
The requirements of UNECE Regulation 
No 94 shall apply to vehicles fitted with 
front airbags. Vehicles not fitted with 
airbags shall fulfil the requirement of 
item 14 A of this table.  
54A Protection of 
occupants in the 
event of lateral 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 95  C 
 
Head form test  The manufacturer shall supply the 
technical service with suitable 
information concerning a possible 
impact of the head of the dummy against 
the structure of the vehicle or the side 
glazing if made up of laminated glazing.  
When it is proven that such impact is 
likely to happen, the partial test using the 
head form test described in 
paragraph  3.1 of Annex  8 to UNECE 
Regulation No  95 shall be conducted and 
the criterion specified in 
paragraph  5.2.1.1 of UNECE Regulation 
No 95 shall be met.  
In agreement with the technical service, 
the test procedure described in Annex  4 
to UNECE Regulation No  21 may be 
used a s an alternative to the test of 
UNECE Regulation No  95.   
EN 123   EN    
EN 124   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
58 Pedestrian protection  Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009  (a) Technical 
requirements 
applicable to 
vehicle  N/A 
(b) Frontal 
protection 
systems  X 
59 Recyclability  Directive 2005/64/EC   N/A - Only Article  7 on reuse of 
component parts shall apply.  
61 Air-conditioning 
systems  Directive 2006/40/EC   A 
Fluorinated greenhouse gases with a 
global warming potential higher than 
150 are permitted until 31 December 
2016.  
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) 
No 79/2009   X 
63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009   See explanatory note (15) of the table in 
Part I of Annex  IV with regulatory acts 
for EU type -approval of vehicles 
produced in unlimited series.  
64 Gear shift indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 65/2012   N/A 
67 Specific components 
for liquefied 
petroleum gases 
(LPG) and their 
installation on motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 67 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  A 
68 Vehicle alarm 
systems (VAS)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 97 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  B 
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 100  B 
70 Specific components 
for CNG and their 
installation on motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 110 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  A 
   
EN 125   EN Explanatory notes  
X Full application of the regulatory act as follows:  
(a) a type-approval certificate shall be issued;  
(b) tests and checks shall be conducted by the technical service or the manufacturer under the conditions 
laid down in Articles 71 to 85;  
(c) a test report shall be drafted in accordance with the provisions of An nex V; 
(d) Conformity of Production (COP) shall be ensured.  
A Application of the regulatory act as follows:  
(a) all requirements of the regulatory act shall be fulfilled unless otherwise stated;  
(b) no type -approval certificate shall be required;  
(c) tests and checks shall be conducted by the technical service or the manufacturer under the conditions 
laid down in Articles 71 to 85;  
(d) a test report shall be drafted in accordance with the provisions of Annex  V; 
(e) COP shall be ensured.  
B Application of the regulatory act as follows:  
Same as for letter ‘A’ with the exception that the tests and checks may be performed by the manufacturer 
himself, subject to the agreement of the approval authority.  
C Application of the regulatory act as follows:  
(a) only the technical requirements from the regulatory shall be fulfilled, irrespective of any transitional 
provision;  
(b) no type -approval certificate shall be required;  
(c) tests and checks shall be conducted by the technical service or by the manufacturer (se e decisions for 
letter ‘B’);  
(d) a test report shall be drafted in accordance with the provisions of Annex  V; 
(e) COP shall be ensured.  
D Same as for decisions in letters ‘B’ and ‘C’, with the exception that a statement of compliance submitted by 
the manufacturer is sufficient. No test report shall be required.  
The approval authority or technical service may require additional information of further evidence, if need 
be. 
N/A The regulatory act shall not apply. Compliance with one or more specific aspe cts included in the regulatory 
act may however be imposed.  
The series of amendments of the UNECE Regulations to be used are listed in Annex  IV to Regulation  
(EC) No  661/2009. The series of amendments adopted subsequently are accepted as an alternative.  
  
EN 126   EN Table 2   
N1 vehicles 27 
Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) 
No 540/2014   A 
2 Emissions (Euro 5 
and 6) light duty 
vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007   A 
(a) OBD  The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD 
system that fulfils the requirements of 
Article  4(1) and (2) of Regulation (EC) 
No 692/2008 (the OBD system shall be 
designed to record at least the malfunction 
of the engine management system).  
The OBD -interface shall be able to 
communicate with commonly available 
diagnostic tools.  
(b) In service 
conformity  N/A 
(c) Access to 
information  It is sufficient that the manufacturer 
provides access to vehicle repair and 
maintenance information in a readily 
accessible and prompt manner.  
(d)  Power 
measurement  
 (When the vehicle manufacturer uses an 
engine from another manufacturer)   
Bench test data from the engine 
manufacturer are accepted provided that 
the engine management system is identical 
(i.e. having at least the same ECU).  
Power output test may be performed on a 
chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken into 
account of the power loss in the 
transmission.  
3A Prevention of fire 
risks (liquid fuel 
tanks)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 34 (a) Liquid fuel 
tanks  B 
(b) Installation in 
vehicle  B 
3B Rear underrun 
protective devices 
(RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear 
underrun protection 
(RUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 58  B 
4A Space for mounting 
and fixing rear 
registration plates  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010   B 
                                                 
27 The explanatory notes relating to Part I of Annex IV also apply to Table 2. The letters in table 2 have 
the same meaning as in Table  1.  
EN 127   EN  
Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 79  C 
(a) Mechanical 
systems  The provisions of paragraph  5 of 
UNECE Regulation No  79.01 shall 
apply.  
All tests prescribed in paragraph  6.2 of 
UNECE Regulation No  79 shall be 
performed and the requirements of 
paragraph  6.1 of UNECE Regulation 
No 79 shall apply . 
(b) Complex 
electronic 
vehicle control 
system  All the requirements of Annex  6 of 
UNECE Regulation No  79 shall apply.  
Compliance with these requirements 
may only be checked by a technical 
service.  
6A Door latches and door 
retention components  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 11  C 
(a) General 
requirements 
(Paragraph  5 
of UNECE 
Regulation 
No 11) All requirements shall apply.  
(b) Performance 
requirements 
(Paragraph  6 
of UNECE 
Regulation 
No 11) Only the requirements of 
paragraph  6.1.5.4 and paragraph  6.3 of 
UNECE Regulation No  11 shall apply.  
7A Audible warning 
devices and signals  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 28 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation on 
vehicle  B 
8A Devices for indirect 
vision and their 
installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 46 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation on 
vehicle  B 
9A Braking of vehicles 
and trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13. (a) design and test 
requirements  A 
(b) ESC  The fitting of ESC shall not be required. 
If fitted, it shall comply with the 
requirements of UNECE Regulation 
No 13. 
 
   
EN 128   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
9B Braking of passenger 
cars Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13-H (a) Design and 
test 
requirements  A 
(b) Electronic 
stability 
control (ESC) 
and brake 
assist 
systems(BAS)  The fitting of BAS and ESC shall not be 
required. If fitted, they shall comply with 
the requirements of UNECE Regulation 
No 13-H. 
10A Electromagnetic 
compatibility  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 10  B 
13A Protection of motor 
vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 116  A 
The provisions of paragraph  8.3.1.1.1. of 
UNECE Regulation No  116 may be 
applied instead of paragraph  8.3.1.1.2. of 
that Regulation regardless of the type of 
powertrain  
14A Protection of the 
driver against the 
steering mechanism in 
the event of impact  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 12  C 
(a) Barrier impact 
test A test shall be required.  
(b) Body block 
impact test 
against 
steering wheel  Not required if the steering wheel is 
fitted with an airbag.  
(c) Head form test  Not required if the steering wheel is 
fitted with an airbag.  
15A Seats, their 
anchorages and any 
head restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 17  B 
17A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012   D 
17B Speedometer 
equipment including 
its installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 39  B 
18A Manufacturer’s 
statutory plate and 
vehicle identification 
number  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011   B 
   
EN 129   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
19A Safety -belt 
anchorages, Isofix 
anchorages systems 
and Isofix top tether 
anchorages  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 14  B 
20A Installation of lighting 
and light-signalling 
devices on motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 48  B 
DRLs shall be fitted to a new type of 
vehicle.  
21A Retro -reflecting 
devices for power -
driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 3  X 
22A Front and rear 
position lamps, stop -
lamps and end -outline 
marker lamps for 
motor vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 7  X 
22B Daytime running 
lamps for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 87  X 
22C Side-marker lamps for 
motor vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 91  X 
23A Direction indicators 
for power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 6  X 
24A Illumination of rear -
registration plates of 
power -driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 4  X 
25A Power -driven 
vehicle’s sealed -beam 
headlamps (SB) 
emitting an European 
asymmetrical  passing 
beam or a driving 
beam or both  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 31  X 
   
EN 130   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
25B Filament lamps for 
use in approved lamp 
units of power -driven 
vehicles  and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 37  X 
25C Motor vehicle 
headlamps equipped 
with gas -discharge 
light sources  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 98  X 
25D Gas-discharge light 
sources for use in 
approved gas-
discharge lamp units 
of power -driven 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 99  X 
25E Motor vehicle 
headlamps emitting an 
asymmetrical passing 
beam or a driving 
beam or both and 
equipped with 
filament lamps and/or 
LED modules  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 112  X 
25F Adaptive front -
lighting systems 
(AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 123  X 
26A Power -driven vehicle 
front fog lamps  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 19  X 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010   B 
28A Rear fog lamps for 
power -driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 38  X 
29A Reversing lights for 
power -driven  vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 23  X 
30A Parking lamps for 
power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 77  X  
EN 131   EN  
Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
31A Safety -belts, restraint 
systems, child 
restraint systems and 
Isofix child restraint 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 16 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation 
requirements  B 
33A Location and 
identification of hand 
controls, tell -tales and 
indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 121  A 
34A Windscreen defrosting 
and demisting systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010   N/A 
The vehicle shall be fitted with a suitable 
windscreen defrosting and demisting 
system.  
35A Windscreen wiper and 
washer systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010   N/A 
The vehicle shall be fitted with a suitable 
windscreen wiper and washer system.  
36A Heating system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 122  C 
The fitting of a heating system shall not 
be required.  
(a) All heating 
systems  The requirements of paragraphs 5.3 and 
6 of UNECE Regulation No  122 shall 
apply.  
(b) LPG heating 
systems  The requirements of Annex  8 to UNECE 
Regulation No  122 shall apply.  
41A Emissions (Euro VI) 
heavy duty 
vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 595/2009   A 
With the exception of the set of 
requirements relating to OBDs and 
access to information.  
 Power 
measurement  
 (When the vehicle manufacturer uses an 
engine from another manufacturer)   
Bench test data from the engine 
manufacturer are accepted provided that 
the engine management system is 
identical (i.e. having at least the same 
ECU).  
Power output test  may be performed on a 
chassis dynamometer. It shall be taken 
into account of the power loss in the 
transmission.  
43A Spray suppression 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 109/2011   B 
   
EN 132   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
45A Safety glazing 
materials and their 
installation on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 43 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  B 
46 Tyres  Directive 92/23/EEC  Components  X 
46A Installation  of tyres  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 458/2011   B 
Dates for progressive application shall 
be those set out in Article  13 of 
Regulation (EC) No  661/2009.  
46B Pneumatic tyres for 
motor vehicles and 
their trailers (Class 
C1) Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 30 Components  X 
46C Pneumatic tyres for 
commercial vehicles 
and their trailers 
(Classes C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 54 Components  X 
46D Tyre rolling sound 
emissions, adhesion 
on wet surfaces and 
rolling resistance 
(Classes C1, C2 and 
C3) Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 117 Components  X 
46E Temporary -use spare 
unit, run -flat 
tyres/system and tyre 
pressure monitoring 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 64 Components  X 
 Fitting of a 
tyre-pressure 
monitoring 
system  B 
The fitting of a TPMS shall not be 
required  
     
48A Masses and 
dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012   B 
 Hill start test at 
maximum 
combination 
mass  The hill start test at maximum 
combination mass described in point  5.1 
of Part  A of Annex  1 to Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012 may be waived at the 
request of the manufacturer.  
   
EN 133   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
49A Commercial vehicles 
with regards to their 
external projections 
forward of the cab’s 
rear panel  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 61  C 
(a) General 
specifications  The requirements of paragraph  5 of 
UNECE Regulation No  61 shall apply  
(b) Particular 
specifications  The requirements of paragraph  6 of 
UNECE Regulation No  61 shall apply.  
50A Mechanical coupling 
components of 
combinations of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 55 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  B 
54A Protection of 
occupants in the event 
of lateral collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 95 C C 
Head form test  The manufacturer shall supply the 
technical service with suitable 
information concerning a possible 
impact of the head of the dummy against 
the structure of the vehicle or the side 
glazing, if made up of laminated glazing.  
When such impact is proven likely to 
happen, then the partial test using the 
head form test described in 
paragraph  3.1 of Annex  8 to UNECE 
Regulation No  95 shall be conducted and 
the criterion specified in 
paragraph  5.2.1.1 of UNECE Regulation 
No 95 shall be met.  
In agreement with the technical service, 
the test procedure described in Annex  4 
to UNECE Regulation No  21 may be 
used as an alternative to the test of 
UNECE Regulation No  95 mentioned 
above.  
56 Vehicles for the 
carriage of dangerous 
goods  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 105  A 
58 Pedestrian protection  Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009  (a) Technical 
requirements 
applicable to a 
vehicle  N/A 
(b) Frontal 
protection 
systems  X 
59 Recyclability  Directive 2005/64/EC   N/A 
Only Article  7 on reuse of component 
parts shall apply.  
   
EN 134   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act  Specific issues  Applicability and specific requirements  
61 Air-conditioning 
systems  Directive 2006/40/EC   B 
Fluorinated greenhouse gases with a 
global warming potential higher than 
150 are permitted until 31 December 
2016.  
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) 
No 79/2009   X 
63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009   See explanatory note (15) of the table in 
Part I of Annex  IV with regulatory acts 
for EU type -approval of vehicles 
produced in unlimited series.  
67 Specific components 
for liquefied 
petroleum gases 
(LPG) and their 
installation on motor 
vehicl es Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 67 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  A 
68 Vehicle alarm systems 
(VAS)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 97 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  B 
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 100  B 
70 Specific components 
for CNG and their 
installation on motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 110 (a) Components  X 
(b) Installation  A 
71 Cab strength  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 29  C  
EN 135   EN Appendix  2 
Requirements for EU individual vehicle approval pursuant to Article  42 
1. APPLICATION  
For the purpose of application of this appendix, a vehicle is deemed to be new where:  
(a) it has never been registered previously; or  
(b) it has been registered for less than 6 months at the time of the application for individual 
vehicle approval.  
A vehicle shall be considered registered where it has obtained a permanent, temporary 
or short -term administrative authorisation for entry into s ervice in road traffic, involving 
its identification and the issuing of a registration number (1). 
1. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS  
1.1. Categorisation of the vehicle  
Vehicles shall be categorised according to the criteria set out in Annex  II as follows:  
(a) the actual number of seating positions shall be taken into consideration; and  
(b) the technically maximum permissible laden mass shall be the maximum mass 
stated by the manufacturer in the country of origin and available in his official 
documentation.  
Whe re it is not possible to easily determine the vehicle category because of the design 
of the bodywork, the conditions set out in Annex  II shall apply.  
1.2. Application for individual vehicle approval  
(a) The applicant shall submit an application to the approval authority accompanied 
by all relevant documentation necessary for the operation of the approval 
procedure.  
Where the submitted documentation is incomplete, falsified or forged the 
application for approval shall be rejected.  
(b) Only one applicatio n for a particular vehicle may be submitted in only one 
Member State. The approval authority may require from the applicant a written 
commitment that only one application will be submitted in the Member State of 
the approval authority.  
By a particular vehi cle, it shall be understood a physical vehicle the vehicle 
identification number of which is clearly identified.  
However, any applicant may apply for EU individual vehicle approval in another 
Member State in respect of another particular vehicle with tech nical 
characteristics identical or similar to the one that has been granted an EU 
individual vehicle approval.  
___________________________________  
(1) In the absence of a registration document, the competent authority may refer to available documented 
evidence of date of manufacture or documented evidence of first purchase.  
(c) The model of the application form and the layout of the file shall be laid down by 
the approval authority.   
EN 136   EN The particulars of the vehicle requested may only consist in an appropriate  
selection of the information included in Annex  I. 
(d) The technical requirements to be complied with are those laid down in section  4. 
The technical requirements shall be those applicable to new vehicles belonging to 
a type of vehicle currently in product ion, in relation to the date of the submission 
of the application.  
(e) With respect to the tests required in the regulatory acts listed in this Annex, the 
applicant shall supply a statement of compliance with recognised international 
standards or regulatio ns. The statement in question may only be issued by the 
vehicle manufacturer.  
‘Statement of compliance’ shall mean a statement issued by the office or 
department within the manufacturer’s organisation that is duly authorised by the 
management to fully enga ge the legal responsibility of the manufacturer with 
respect to the design and the construction of a vehicle.  
The regulatory acts for which such a statement has to be supplied shall be those 
referred to in section  4. 
Where a statement of compliance gives rise to uncertainty, the applicant may be 
required to obtain from the manufacturer a piece of evidence, including a test 
report, in order to corroborate the manufacturer’s statement.  
1.3. Technical services entrusted with individual vehicle approvals  
(a) The technical services entrusted with individual vehicle approvals shall be of 
category A as referred to in Article  72(1).  
(b) By way of derogation from the requirement to demonstrate their compliance with 
the standards listed in Appendix  1 to Annex  V, tec hnical services shall comply 
with the following standards:  
(i) EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 when they perform tests themselves;  
(ii) EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 when they check compliance of the vehicle with 
the requirements included in this Appendix.  
(c) Where specifi c tests requiring specific skills have to be conducted at the request 
of the applicant, they shall be conducted by one of the technical services notified 
to the Commission at the choice of the applicant.   
EN 137   EN 1.4. Test reports  
(a) Test reports shall be drafte d in accordance with paragraph  5.10.2 of Standard EN 
ISO/IEC 17025:2005.  
(b) Test reports shall be drafted in one of the languages of the Union determined by 
the approval authority.  
Where in application of point  1.3(c) a test report has been issued in a Me mber 
State other than the one entrusted with the individual vehicle approval, the 
approval authority may require that the applicant submits a true translation of the 
test report.  
(c) Test reports shall include a description of the vehicle tested, including  its 
identification. The parts that play a significant role with regard to the results of the 
tests shall be described and their identification number reported.  
(d) At the request of an applicant, a test report delivered for a system related to a 
particula r vehicle may be presented repeatedly either by the same or another 
applicant for the purposes of individual approval of another vehicle.  
In such a case, the approval authority shall ensure that the technical characteristics 
of the vehicle are properly ins pected against the test report.  
Inspection of the vehicle and the documentation accompanying the test report 
shall demonstrate  that the vehicle for which an individual approval is sought has 
the same characteristics as the vehicle described in the report.  
(e) Only authenticated copies of a test report may be submitted.  
(f) Test reports referred to in point  1.4(d) do not include the reports drawn up in order 
to grant the individual vehicle approval.  
1.5. In the individual vehicle approval procedure each particular vehicle shall be inspected 
physically by the technical service.  
No exemption to this principle shall be permitted.  
1.6. Where the approval authority is satisfied that the vehicle meets the technical requirements 
specified in this Appendix and c onforms to the description included in the application, it 
shall grant approval in accordance with Article  42. 
1.7. The certificate of approval shall be drafted according to Model D as laid down in 
Annex  VI. 
1.8. The approval authority shall keep record of all approvals granted under Article  42. 
   
EN 138   EN 2. REVIEW OF THE TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS  
The list of the technical requirements included in section  3 shall be regularly reviewed 
in order to take account of the results of the harmonisation work in progress at  the 
World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) in Geneva and 
legislative developments in the third countries.  
3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS  
Part  I: Vehicles belonging to category M 1 
Item Regulatory act reference  Alternative requirements  
1 Council Directive 
70/157/EEC28 
(Permissible sound level)  Drive -by test   
(a) A test shall be conducted in accordance with the ‘Method A’ 
referred to in Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  51. 
 Limits are those specified in point  2.1 of Annex  I to 
Directive 70/157 /EEC. 1 decibel in addition to the permitted 
limits shall be allowed.  
(b) The test track shall comply with Annex  8 to UNECE 
Regulation No  51. A test track having different 
specifications may be used under the condition that 
correlation tests have been conducted by the technical 
service. A correction factor shall be applied if necessary.  
(c) Exhaust systems containing fibrous materials need not be 
conditioned as prescribed in Annex  5 to UNECE Regulation 
No 51. 
Stationary test  
A test shall be conducted in  accordance with paragraph  3.2 of  
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  51. 
2a Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007  
(Emissions Euro 5 and 6 
light duty vehicles/access to 
information)  Tailpipe emissions   
(a) A type I test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex  III 
to Regulation (EC) No  692/2008 using the deterioration 
factors set out in point  1.4 of Annex  VII to Regulation (EC) 
No 692/2008. The limits to be applied shall be those 
specified in Table I and Table II in Annex  I to Regulation 
(EC) No  715/2007.  
(b) The ve hicle shall not be required to exhibit 3  000 km as 
mentioned in paragraph  3.1.1 of Annex  4 to UNECE 
Regulation No  83. 
(c) The fuel to be used for the test shall be the reference fuel as 
prescribed in Annex  IX to Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
(d) The dynamom eter shall be set up in accordance with the 
technical requirements set out in paragraph  3.2 of Annex  4 to 
UNECE Regulation No  83. 
(e) The test referred to in point  (a) shall not be conducted where 
it can be shown that the vehicle complies with the Californ ia 
Code Regulations referred to in point  2.1.1 of Annex  I to 
Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
                                                 
28 Council Directive of 6 February 1970 on the approximation of the laws of the Member S tates relating to 
the permissible sound level and the exhaust system of motor vehicles (OJ L 42, 23.2.1970, p. 16).   
EN 139   EN Evaporative emissions  
For petrol -fuelled engines, the presence of an evaporate emissions 
control system shall be required (e.g. a charcoal canister).  
Crankcase emissi ons 
The presence of a device for recycling crankcase gases shall be 
required.  
OBD   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system.  
(b) OBD -interface must be able to communicate with common 
diagnostic tools used for periodic technical inspections.  
Smoke  opacity   
(a) Vehicles equipped with a diesel -fuelled engine shall be 
tested in accordance with the tests methods referred to in 
Appendix  2 to Annex  IV to Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
(b) The corrected value of the absorption coefficient shall be 
affixed c onspicuously and in a readily accessible place.  
CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption   
(a) A test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex  XII to 
Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
(b) The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3  000 km as 
requested in paragraph  3.1.1 of Annex  4 to UNECE 
Regulation No  83. 
(c) Where the vehicle complies with the California Code 
Regulations referred to in point  2.1.1 of Annex  I to 
Regulation (EC) No  692/2008 and therefore no test of 
tailpipe emissions is required to be performed, Member 
States shall calculate CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption 
with the formula laid down in the explanatory notes (b) and 
(c). 
Access to information  
The provisions regarding access to information shall not apply.  
Power measurement   
(a)  The a pplicant shall submit a statement from the 
manufacturer stating the maximum engine power output 
in kW as well as the corresponding engine speed in 
revolutions per minute.  
(b)  An engine power output curve providing the same 
information may alternatively b e provided by the 
applicant .  
 
3 UNECE Regulation No  34 
(Fuel tanks — Rear 
protective devices)  Fuel tanks   
(a) Fuel tanks shall comply with paragraph  5 of UNECE 
Regulation No  34 with the exception of paragraphs 5.1, 5.2 
and 5.12. In particular, they shall comply with paragraphs 
5.9 and 5.9.1 but no dripping test shall be conducted.  
(b) LPG or CNG tanks shall be type -approved in accordance 
with UNECE Regulation No  67, series of amendments 01, or 
Regulation No  110 (a), respectively.  
Specific provisions for fuel tanks made of a plastic material   
EN 140   EN The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the fuel tank on the particular vehicle, the Vehicle 
Identification Number (VIN)  of which has to be specified , complies 
either with at least one of the following:  
— FMVSS No  301 (Fuel system integrity), or  
— Annex  5 to UNECE Regulation 34.  
Rear protective device  
The rear part of the vehicle shall be constructed in accordance with 
paragraphs 8 and 9 of UNECE Regu lation No  34. 
3B UNECE Regulation No  58 
(rear underrun protection)  The rear part of the vehicle shall be constructed in accordance with 
paragraph  2 UNECE Regulation No  58. It is sufficient that the 
requirements set out in paragraph  2.3 are fulfilled.  
4 Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010  
(Rear registration plate 
space)  Space, inclination, angles for visibility and position of the 
registration plate shall comply with Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010.  
5 UNECE Regulation No  79 
(Steering effort)  Mechanical systems   
(a) The steering mechanism shall be built as to self -centre. In 
order to check compliance with this provision, a test shall be 
conducted in accordance with paragraphs 6.1.2 and 6.2.1 of 
UNECE Regulation No  79. 
(b) The failure of the power steering equipmen t shall not lead to 
a complete loss of control of the vehicle.  
Complex electronic vehicle control system (‘Drive -by wire’ 
devices)  
Complex electronic control system shall be permitted only if they 
comply with Annex  6 to UNECE Regulation No  79. 
6 UNECE Regulation No  11 
(Door latches and hinges)  Compliance with paragraph  6.1.5.4 of UNECE Regulation No  11. 
7 UNECE Regulation No  28 
(Audible warning)  Components  
The audible warning devices are not required to be type -approved 
in accordance with UNECE Regulation No  28. However, they shall 
emit a continuous sound as required in paragraph  6.1.1 of UNECE 
Regulation No  28. 
Installation on vehicle   
(a) A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph  6.2 
of UNECE Regulation No  28. 
(b) The maximum sound  pressure level shall be in accordance 
with paragraph  6.2.7.  
8 UNECE Regulation No  46 
(Indirect vision devices)  Components   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with the rear -view mirrors 
prescribed in paragraph  15.2 of UNECE Regulation No  46. 
(b) They are not  required to be type -approved in accordance 
with UNECE Regulation No  46. 
(c) The radii of curvature of the mirrors shall not cause 
significant image distortions. At the discretion of the 
technical service, the radii of curvature shall be checked in  
EN 141   EN accordance with the method described in Annex  7 to 
UNECE Regulation No  46. The radii of curvature shall not 
be less than those required by paragraph  6.1.2.2.4. of 
UNECE Regulation No  46. 
Installation on vehicle  
Measurement shall be conducted in order to en sure that the fields of 
vision comply either with paragraph  15.2.4. of UNECE Regulation 
No 46 or with section  5 of Annex  III to Directive 71/127/EEC.  
9 UNECE Regulation No  13-
H 
(Braking)  General provisions   
(a) The braking system shall be built in accordance with 
paragraph  5 of UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
(b) Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking 
system acting on all wheels.  
(c) The performances of the braking system shall comply with 
Annex  III to UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
(d) For those purposes, road tests shall be conducted on a track 
the surface of which possesses high adhesion. The test on the 
parking brake shall be conducted on a 18 % gradient (up and 
down).  
Only those tests mentioned under the headings "Service 
brake" and " Parking brake" below shall be conducted. In 
each case, the vehicle shall be in fully laden conditions.  
(e) The road test referred to in point  (d) shall not be conducted 
where the applicant can submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the vehicle complies either 
with UNECE Regulation No  13-H, including supplement 5, 
or with FMVSS No  135. 
Service brake   
(a) A ‘Type 0’ test as prescribed in paragraphs 1.4.2 and 1.4.3 of 
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  13-H shall be conducted.  
(b) In addition, a ‘Type I’ test as prescribed in paragraph  1.5 of 
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  13-H shall be conducted.  
Parking brake  
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph  2.3 of 
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
10 UNECE Regulation No  10 
(Radio interference 
(electromagnetic 
compatibility))  Components   
(a) Electrical/electronic sub -assemblies are not required to be 
type-approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation 
No 10. 
(b) However, electric/electronic devices retrofitted shall comply 
with UNECE Regulation No  10. 
Emitted electromagnetic radiations  
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the vehicle complies with UNECE Regulation 
No 10 or with the following alternative standards:  
— Broadband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 or SAE 
J551 -2, or 
— Narrowband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 (off -
board) or 25 (in -board) or SAE J551 -4 and SAE J1113 -41. 
Immunity tests   
EN 142   EN Immunity test shall be waived.  
12 UNECE Regulation No  21 
(Interior fittings)  Interior arrangement   
(a) With respect to the requirements on energy absorption, the 
vehicle shall be deemed to comply with UNECE Regulation 
No 21 if the vehicle is fitted with at least two front airbags, 
one inserted into the steering wheel and the other into the 
dashboard.  
(b) Where the vehicle is fitted with only one front air bag 
inserted in the steering wheel, the dashboard shall be made 
up of energy absorbing materials.  
(c) The technical service shall check that there are no sharp 
edges in the zones defined in  paragraphs 5.1 to 5.7 of 
UNECE Regulation No  21. 
Electrical controls   
(a) Power -operated windows, roof –panel systems and 
partitioning systems shall be tested in accordance with 
paragraph  5.8 of UNECE Regulation No  21. 
The sensitivity of auto -reverse syste ms referred to in 
paragraph  5.8.3 may diverge from the requirements set out in 
paragraph  5.8.3.1.1 of UNECE Regulation No  21. 
(b) Electric windows which cannot be closed when the ignition 
is off shall be exempt from the requirements concerning 
auto-reverse  systems.  
13 UNECE Regulation No  18 
(Anti -theft and 
immobiliser)  (a) In order to prevent unauthorised use, the vehicle shall be 
fitted with:  
— a locking device as defined in paragraph  2.3 of 
UNECE Regulation No  18, and  
— an immobiliser which meets the technical 
requirements of paragraph  5 of UNECE Regulation 
No 18; 
(b) If, in accordance with point  (a), an immobiliser has to be 
retrofitted, it shall be of an approved type in accordance with 
UNECE Regulations No  18, No  97, or No  116. 
14 UNECE Regulation No 12 
(Protective steering)  (a) The applicant shall submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN  
of which has to be specified , complies with at least one of 
the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No  12, 
— FMVSS No  203 (Impact protection for the driver 
from the steering control system) including FMVSS 
No 204 (Steering control rearward displacement),  
— Article  11 of JSRRV.  
(b) A test in accordance with Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation 
No 12 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the 
request of the applicant.  
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has 
been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report 
shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.   
EN 143   EN 15 UNECE Regulation No  17 
(Seat strength — head 
restraints)  Seats, seat anchorages and adjustment systems  
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN  of which has to be 
specified , complies with at least one of the followi ng: 
— UNECE Regulation No  17; or  
— FMVSS No  207 (Seating systems).  
Head restraints   
(a) Where the statement is based on FMVSS No  207, the head 
restraints shall fulfil, in addition, the requirements of 
paragraph  5 and Annex  4 to UNECE Regulation No  17. 
(b) Only the tests described in paragraphs 5.12, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7 
of UNECE Regulation No  17 shall be conducted.  
(c) In the other event, the applicant shall submit a statement 
from the manufacturer establishing that the particular 
vehicle, the VIN  of which has to be specified , complies with 
FMVSS No  202a (Head restraints).  
16 UNECE Regulation No  17 
(Exterior projections)  (a) The external surface of the bodywork shall comply with the 
general requirements included in paragraph  5 of UNECE 
Regulation No  17. 
(b) At the discretion of the technical service the provisions 
referred to in paragraphs 6.1, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.11 of 
UNECE Regulation No  17 shall be checked.  
17 UNECE Regulation No  39 
(Speedometer — reverse 
gear)  Speedometer equipment   
(a) The dial shall comply with paragraphs 5.1 to 5.1.4 of 
UNECE Regulation No  39. 
(b) Where the technical service wants to verify that the 
speedometer is calibrated with sufficient accuracy, it may 
require the tests prescribed in paragraph  5.2 of UNECE 
Regulation No  39 to be  conducted.  
Reverse gear  
The gear mechanism shall include a reverse gear.  
18 Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011  
(Statutory plates)  Vehicle identification number   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with a vehicle identification 
number comprising a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 17 
characters. Vehicle identification number comprising 17 
characters shall fulfil the requirements set out in Standards 
ISO 3779:1983 and 3780:1983.  
(b) The vehicle identification number shall be located in a 
clearly visible and accessible position in such a way as it 
cannot be obliterated or deteriorate.  
(c) Where no vehicle identification number is stamped in the 
chassis or in the body, a Member State may require the 
applicant that the VIN is retrofitted in application of its 
national law.  In such a case, the competent authority of that 
Member State shall supervise the operation.  
Statutory plate  
The vehicle shall be fitted with an identification plate affixed by the 
vehicle manufacturer.  
No additional plate shall be requested after the approval by the 
approval authority has been granted.  
19 UNECE Regulation No  14 
(Seat belt anchorages)  The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN  of which has to be  
EN 144   EN specified , complies wit h at least one of the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No  14; 
— FMVSS No  210 (Seat belt assembly anchorages), or  
— Article  22-3 of JSRRV.  
20 UNECE Regulation No  48 
(Installation of lighting and 
light signalling devices)  (a) The lighting installation shall meet the requirements of 
UNECE Regulation No  48, series of amendments 03, with 
the exception of the requirements of Annexes 5 and 6 to that 
Regulation.  
(b) No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the number, 
the essential design characteristics, the electrical 
connections, and the colour of light emitted or retro -reflected 
of the lights and signalling devices referred to in items  21 to 
26 and in items  28 to 30.  
(c) Lights and signalling devices that, for the purpose of 
fulfilling the requirements of p oint (a) must be retrofitted 
shall bear an ‘EU’ type -approval mark.  
(d) Lamps fitted with gas -discharged light source are only 
permitted in conjunction with the installation of headlamp 
cleaning device and an automatic headlamp -levelling device 
where appro priate.  
(e) Headlamp dipped -beams shall be adapted to the direction of 
traffic legally in force in the country where the vehicle is 
granted approval.  
21 UNECE Regulation No  3 
(Retro reflectors)  Where necessary, two additional retro reflectors bearing an ‘EC’ 
approval mark shall be added at the rear, the position of which shall 
comply with UNECE Regulation No  48. 
22 UNECE Regulations No  7, 
No 87 and No  91 
(End -outline, front position 
(side), rear -position (side), 
stop, side marker, daytime 
running lamps)  The requirements set out in the UNECE Regulations No  7, No  87 
and No  91 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the 
lights shall be checked by the technical service.  
23 UNECE Regulation No  6 
(Direction indicators)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  6 shall not 
apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be 
checked by the technical service.  
24 UNECE Regulation No  4 
(Rear registration plate 
lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  4 shall not 
apply. Ho wever, the correct functioning of the lights shall be 
checked by the technical service.  
25 UNECE Regulations No  98, 
No 112 and No  123 
(Headlamps (including 
bulbs))  (a) The illumination produced by the passing beam of the 
headlamps fitted to the vehicle shall be checked under 
paragraph  6 of UNECE Regulation No  112 concerning 
headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing beam. The 
tolerances included in Annex  5 to that Regulation may be 
referred to for that purpose.  
(b) The same requirement shall be fulfilled  for the passing beam 
of headlamps covered by UNECE Regulation No  98 or 
No 123. 
26 UNECE Regulation No  19 
(Front fog lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  19 shall not 
apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall 
be checked by the technical service.  
27 Regulation (EU) The requirements set out in Regulation (EU) No  1005/2010 shall  
EN 145   EN No 1005/2010  
(Towing hooks)  not apply.  
28 UNECE Regulation No  38 
(Rear fog lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  38 shall not 
apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be 
checked by the technical service.  
29 UNECE Regulation No  23 
(Reversing lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  23 shall not 
apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall 
be checked by the technical service.  
30 UNECE Regulation No  77 
(Parking lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  77 shall not 
apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall 
be checked by the technical service.  
31 UNECE Regulation No  16 
(Seat belts and restraint 
systems)  Components   
(a) Seat belts shall not be required to be type -approved in 
accordance with UNECE Regulation No  16. 
(b) However, each seat belt shall bear an identification label.  
(c) The indications on the label shall be consistent with the 
decision concerning seat belt anchorages (Re: entry 19).  
Installation requirements   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with seat belts in accordance with 
the requirements set out in Annex  XVI to U NECE 
Regulation No  16. 
(b) Where a number of seat belts have to be retrofitted in 
accordance with point  (a), they shall be of an approved type 
in accordance with UNECE Regulation No  16. 
32 UNECE Regulation No  125 
(Forward vision)  (a) No obstruction in the  180° forward field of vision of the 
driver as defined in paragraph  5.1.3 of UNECE Regulation 
No 125 shall be permitted.  
(b) By derogation from point  (a), the ‘A pillars’ and the 
equipment listed in paragraph  5.1.3 of UNECE Regulation 
No 125 shall not be c onsidered as obstruction.  
(c) The number of ‘A pillars’ shall not exceed 2.  
33 UNECE Regulation No  121 
(Identification of controls, 
tell-tales and indicators)  (a) The symbols including the colour of their corresponding tell -
tales the presence of which is mandatory by virtue of 
UNECE Regulation No  121 shall comply with that UNECE 
Regulation.  
(b) Where this is not the case, the technical service shall verify 
that the symbols, tell -tales and indicators fitted to the vehicle 
provide the driver with comprehensi ble information about 
the operation of the controls in question.  
34 Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010 
(Defrost/Demist)  The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen defrosting 
and windscreen demisting devices.  
A windscreen defrosting device which complies as a minimum with 
point  1.1.1 of Annex  II to Regulation (EU) No  672/2010 shall be 
deemed ‘adequate’.  
A windscreen demisting device which complies as a minimum with 
point  1.2.1 of Annex  II to Regulation (EU) No  672/2010 shall be 
deemed ‘adequate’.   
EN 146   EN 35 Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010 
(Wash/Wipe)  The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen washing 
and windscreen wiping devices.  
A windscreen washing and wiping device that complies as a 
minimum with the conditions set out in point  1.1.5 of Annex  III to 
Regulation (EU) No  1008/2010 shall be deemed ‘adequate’.  
36 UNECE Regulation No  122 
(Heating systems)  (a) The passenger compartment shall be fitted with a heating 
system.  
(b) Combustion heaters and their installation shall comply with 
Annex  7 to UNECE Regulation No  122. In addition, LPG 
combustion heaters and LPG heating systems shall fulfil the 
requirements set out in Annex  8 to UNECE Regulation 
No 122. 
(c) Additional heating systems which are retrofitted shall 
comply with the requirements set ou t in that UNECE 
Regulation No  122. 
37 Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010 (Wheel 
guards)  (a) The vehicle shall be designed as to protect other road users 
against thrown -up stones, mud, ice, snow and water and to 
reduce the dangers due to contact with the moving wheels.  
(b) The technical service may check that the technical 
requirements set out in Annex  II to Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010 are complied with.  
(c) The provisions of section  3 of Annex  I to that Regulation 
shall not apply.  
38 UNECE Regulation No  25 
(Head restraints)  The requirements of UNECE Regulation No  25 shall not apply.  
44 Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012 (Masses and 
dimensions)  (a) The requirements of section  1 of Part  A of Annex  I to 
Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012 shall be fulfilled.  
(b) For the purposes of point  (a), the masses to be considered are 
the following:  
— the mass in running order defined in point  2.6 of 
Annex  I to Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012 as 
measured by the technical service, and  
— the laden masses either stated by the vehicle 
manu facturer or shown on the manufacturer’s plate 
including stickers or information available in the 
owner’s manual. Those masses shall be deemed the 
technically permissible maximum laden masses.  
(c) No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the maximum 
permissible dimensions.  
45 Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012 (Safety 
glazing)  Components   
(a) The glazing shall be made either of tempered or laminated 
safety glass.  
(b) Fitting of plastic glazing shall be permitted only on locations 
situated behind the ‘B’ pillar.  
(c) Glazing shall not be required to be approved under 
Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012.  
Installation   
(a) The installation requirements set out in Annex  21 to UNECE 
Regulation No  43 shall apply.   
EN 147   EN (b) No tinted films that would reduce the regular light 
transmission under the required minimum shall be permitted 
on the windscreen and on the glazing located in front of the 
‘B’ pillar.  
46 Directive  92/23/EEC  
(Tyres)  Components  
Tyres shall bear an ‘EC’ type -approval mark including the 
symbol  ‘s’ (for sound).  
Installation   
(a) The dimensions, load -capacity index and speed category of 
the tyres shall fulfil the requirements of Annex  IV to 
Directive 92/23/EEC.  
(b) The speed category symbol of the tyre shall be compatible 
with the maximum design speed of the vehi cle. 
This requirement shall apply notwithstanding the presence of 
a speed limiter.  
(c) The maximum speed of the vehicle shall be stated by the 
vehicle manufacturer. However, the technical service may 
assess the maximum design speed of the vehicle by using the 
engine maximum power output, the maximum number of 
revolutions per minute and the data concerning the kinematic 
chain.  
50 UNECE Regulation No  55 
(Couplings)  Separate technical units   
(a) OEM couplings intended for towing a trailer whose 
maximum mass does not exceed 1  500 kg shall not be 
required to be type -approved under UNECE Regulation 
No 55. 
A coupling is deemed OEM equipment where it is described 
in the owner’s manual or an equivalent supporting document 
provided to the buyer by the vehicle manufa cturer.  
Where such coupling is approved with the vehicle, an 
appropriate text shall be included in the approval certificate 
stating that the owner is responsible for ensuring 
compatibility with the coupling device fitted to the trailer.  
(b) Couplings other  than those referred to in point  (a), as well as 
couplings that are retrofitted, shall be type -approved in 
accordance with UNECE Regulation No  55. 
Installation on the vehicle  
The technical service shall check that the installation of the 
coupling devices c omply with paragraph  6 of UNECE Regulation 
No 55. 
53 UNECE Regulation No  94 
(Frontal impact) (e) (a) The applicant shall submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of 
which the VIN  has to be specified,  complies with at least one 
of the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No  94, 
— FMVSS No  208 (Occupant crash protection),  
— Article  18 of JSRRV.  
(b) A test in accordance with paragraph  5 of UNECE Regulation 
No 94 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the 
request of the applicant.  
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has 
been designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report  
EN 148   EN shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant  
54 UNECE Regulation No  95 
(Side impact)  (a) The applicant shall submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of 
which the VIN  has to be specified  complies with at least one 
of the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No  95, 
— FMVSS No  214 (Side impact protection),  
— Article 18 of JSRRV.  
(b) A test in accordance with section  5 of UNECE Regulation 
No 95 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the 
request of the applicant.  
The test shall be conducted by a technical service that has 
been designated for carrying out this  test. A detailed report 
shall be issued by that technical service to the applicant.  
58 Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009  
(Pedestrian protection)  Brake assist  
Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking system 
acting on all wheels.  
Pedestrian protection  
The requirements of Regulation (EC) No  78/2009 shall apply.  
Frontal protection systems  
Frontal protection systems installed on the vehicle shall be type -
approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No  78/2009 and their 
installation shall comply w ith the requirements set out in section  6 
of Annex  I to that Regulation.  
59 Directive 2005/64/EC  
(Recyclability)  The requirements of that Directive shall not apply.  
61 Directive 2006/40/EC  
(Air-conditioning system)  The requirements of that Directive shall apply.   
EN 149   EN Part  II: Vehicles belonging to category N 1 
Item Regulatory act reference  Alternative requirements  
2a Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007  
Emissions (Euro 5 and 6) 
light duty vehicles/access to 
information  Tailpipe emissions   
(a) A type I test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex  III 
to Regulation (EC) No  692/2008 using the deterioration 
factors set out in point  1.4 of Annex  VII to Regulation (EC) 
No 692/2008. The limits to be applied shall be those 
specified in Table I and Table II in Annex  I to Regulation 
(EC) No  715/2007.  
(b) The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3  000 km as 
mentioned in paragraph  3.1.1 of Annex  4 to UNECE 
Regulation No  83. 
(c) The fuel to be used for the test shall be the reference fuel as 
prescribed in Annex  IX to Re gulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
(d) The dynamometer shall be set up in accordance with the 
technical requirements of paragraph  3.2 of Annex  4 to 
UNECE Regulation No  83. 
(e) The test referred to in point  (a) shall not be conducted where 
it can be shown that the vehicle complies with the California 
Code Regulations referred to in point  2 of Annex  I to 
Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
Evaporative emissions  
For petrol -fuelled engines, the presence of an evaporate emissions 
control system (e.g. a charcoal canister) shall  be required.  
Crankcase emissions  
The presence of a device for recycling crankcase gases shall be 
required.  
OBD  
The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system.  
OBD -interface must be able to communicate with common 
diagnostic tools used for periodic technic al inspections.  
Smoke opacity   
(a) Vehicles equipped with a diesel -fuelled engine shall be tested 
in accordance with the tests methods referred to in 
Appendix  2 to Annex  IV to Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
(b) The corrected value of the absorption coefficient shall be 
affixed, conspicuously and in a readily accessible place.  
CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption   
(a) A test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex  XII to 
Regulation (EC) No  692/2008.  
(b) The vehicle shall not be required to exhibit 3  000 km as 
requested in paragraph  3.1.1 of Annex  4 to UNECE 
Regulation No  83. 
(c) Where the vehicle complies with the California Code 
Regulations referred to in point  2 of Annex  I to Commission 
Regulation (EC) No  692/2008 and therefore no test of 
tailpipe emissions is required to be performed, Member 
States shall calculate CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption 
with the formula laid down in the explanatory notes (b) and 
(c).  
EN 150   EN Access to information  
The provisions regarding access to information shall not apply.  
Power measurement   
(a)  The applicant shall submit a statement from the 
manufacturer stating the maximum engine power output 
in kW as well as the corresponding regime in revolutions 
per minute.  
(b)  An engine power output curve providing the same 
informat ion may alternatively be provided by the 
applicant . 
 
3 UNECE Regulation No  34 
(Fuel tanks — Rear 
protective devices)  Fuel tanks   
(a) Fuel tanks shall comply with paragraph  5 of UNECE 
Regulation No  34 with the exception of paragraphs 5.1, 5.2 
and 5.12. In  particular, they shall comply with paragraph  5.9 
and 5.9.1 but no dripping test shall be conducted.  
(b) LPG or CNG tanks shall be type -approved in accordance 
with, respectively UNECE Regulations No  67, series of 
amendments 01, or Regulation No  110 (a). 
Specific provisions for fuel tanks made of a plastic material  
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the fuel tank on the particular vehicle, of which 
the VIN has to be specified , complies either with at least one of 
the following:  
— FMVSS No  301 (Fuel system integrity),  
— Annex  5 to UNECE Regulation No  34. 
Rear protective device   
(a) The rear part of the vehicle shall be constructed in 
accordance with paragraphs 8 and 9 of UNECE Regulation 
No 34. 
4 Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010  
(Rear registration plate space)  Space, inclination, angles for visibility and position of the 
registration plate shall comply with Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010.  
5 UNECE Regulation No  79 
(Steering effort)  Mechanical systems   
(a) The steering mechanism shall be built as to self -centre. In 
order to check compliance with this provision, a test shall be 
conducted in accordance with paragraphs 6.1.2 and 6.2.1 of 
UNECE Regulation No  79. 
(b) The failure of the power steering equipment shall not lead to 
a complete loss of control of the vehicle.  
Complex electronic vehicle control system (‘Drive -by wire’ 
devices)  
Complex electronic control system shall be permitted only if they 
comply with Annex  6 to UNECE Regulation No  79. 
6 UNECE Regulation No  11 
(Door latches and hinges)  Compliance with paragraph  6.1.5.4 of UNECE Regulation No  11  
EN 151   EN 7 UNECE Regulation No  28 
(Audible warning)  Components  
The audible warning devices are not required to be type -approved 
in accordance with UNECE Regulation No  28. However, they 
shall emit a continuous sound as required in paragraph  6.1.1 of 
UNECE Regulation No  28. 
Installation on vehicle   
(a) A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph  6.2 
of UNECE Regulation No  28. 
(b) The maximum sound pressure level sh all be in accordance 
with paragraph  6.2.7.  
8 UNECE Regulation No  46 
(Indirect vision devices)  Components   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with the rear -view mirrors 
prescribed in paragraph  15.2 of UNECE Regulation No  46. 
(b) They are not required to be type-approved in accordance 
with UNECE Regulation No  46. 
(c) The radii of curvature of the mirrors shall not cause 
significant image distortions. At the discretion of the 
technical service, the radii of curvature shall be checked in 
accordance with the met hod described in Appendix  1 to 
Annex  7 to UNECE Regulation No  46. The radii of 
curvature shall not be less than those required by 
paragraph  6.1.2.2.4 of UNECE Regulation No  46. 
Installation on vehicle  
Measurement shall be conducted in order to ensure that the fields 
of vision comply with paragraph  15.2.4. of UNECE Regulation 
No 46. 
9 UNECE Regulation No  13-H 
(Braking)  General provisions   
(a) The braking system shall be built in accordance with 
paragraph  5 of UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
(b) Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking 
system acting on all wheels.  
(c) The performances of the braking system shall comply with 
Annex  III to UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
(d) For these purposes, road tests shall be conducted on a track 
the surface of whic h possesses high adhesion. The test on the 
parking brake shall be conducted on a 18 % gradient (up and 
down).  
Only those tests mentioned under the headings "Service 
brake" and "Parking brake" below shall be conducted. In 
each case, the vehicle shall be in fully laden conditions.  
(e) The road test referred to in point  (c) shall not be conducted 
where the applicant can submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the vehicle complies either 
with UNECE Regulation No  13-H including supplement 5 or  
with FMVSS No  135. 
Service brake   
(a) A ‘Type 0’ test as prescribed in paragraphs 1.4.2 and 1.4.3 of 
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  13-H shall be conducted.  
(b) In addition, a ‘Type I’ test as prescribed in paragraph  1.5 of 
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  13-H shall be conducted.   
EN 152   EN Parking brake  
A test shall be conducted in accordance with paragraph  2. 3 of 
Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
10 UNECE Regulation No  10 
(Radio interference 
(electromagnetic 
compatibility))  Components   
(a) Electrical/electronic  sub-assemblies are not required to be 
type-approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation 
No 10. 
(b) However, electric/electronic devices retrofitted shall comply 
with UNECE Regulation No  10. 
Emitted electromagnetic radiations  
The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the vehicle complies with UNECE Regulation 
No 10 or with the following alternative standards:  
— Broadband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 or 
SAE  J551 -2, 
— Narrowband electromagnetic radiation: CISPR 12 (off-
board) or 25 (in -board) or SAE J551 -4 and SAE J1113 -41. 
Immunity tests  
Immunity test shall be waived.  
13 UNECE Regulation No  116 
(Anti -theft and immobiliser)  (a) In order to prevent unauthorised use, the vehicle shall be 
fitted with a locking device  as defined in paragraph  5.1.2 of 
UNECE Regulation No  116. 
(b) If an immobiliser is fitted, it shall comply with the technical 
requirements of paragraph  8.1.1 of UNECE Regulation 
No 116. 
14 UNECE Regulation No  12 
(Protective steering)  (a) The applicant sh all submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, the VIN  
of which has to be specified , complies with at least one of 
the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No  12, 
— FMVSS No  203 (Impact protection for the driver from 
the steering control system) including FMVSS No  204 
(Steering control rearward displacement),  
— Article  11 of JSRRV.  
(b) A test in accordance with Annex  3 to UNECE Regulation 
No 12 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the 
request of the applicant. The t est shall be conducted by a 
technical service that has been designated for carrying out 
this test. A detailed report shall be issued by that technical 
service to the applicant.  
15 UNECE Regulation No  17 
(Seats strength — head 
restraints)  Seats, seat anchorages and adjustment systems  
Seats and their adjustable systems shall comply with 
paragraph  5.3 of UNECE Regulation No  17. 
Head restraints   
(a) Head restraints shall fulfil the requirements of section  5 of 
UNECE Regulation No  17 and Annex  4 to UNECE 
Regulation No  17. 
(b) Only the tests described in paragraphs  5.12, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7 
of UNECE Regulation No  17shall be conducted.  
17 UNECE Regulation No  39 Speedometer equipment    
EN 153   EN (Speedometer — reverse 
gear)  (a) The dial shall comply with paragraphs 5.1 to 5.14 of UNECE 
Regulation No  39. 
(b) When the technical service has reasonable grounds to believe 
that the speedometer is not calibrated with a sufficient 
accuracy, it may require that the tests prescribed in 
paragraph  5.2 of UNECE Regulation No  39 be condu cted.  
Reverse gear  
The gear mechanism shall include a reverse gear.  
18 Regulation (EU) No  19/2011 
(Statutory plates)  Vehicle identification number   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with a vehicle identification 
number comprising a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 17 
characters. Vehicle identification number comprising 17 
characters shall fulfil the requirements set out in Standards 
ISO 3779:1983 and 3780:1983.  
(b) The vehicle identification number shall be located in a 
clearly visible and accessible posi tion in such a way as it 
cannot be obliterated or deteriorate.  
(c) Where no vehicle identification number is stamped in the 
chassis or in the body, a Member State may require that it is 
retrofitted in application of its national law. In such a case, 
the co mpetent authority of that Member State shall supervise 
the operation.  
Statutory plate  
The vehicle shall be fitted with an identification plate affixed by 
the vehicle manufacturer.  
No additional plate shall be requested after the approval has been 
granted.  
19 UNECE Regulation No  14  
(Seat belt anchorages)  The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufacturer 
establishing that the particular vehicle, of which the VIN  has to 
be specified , complies with at least one of the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No 14, 
— FMVSS No  210 (Seat belt assembly anchorages),  
— Article  22-3 of JSRRV.  
20 UNECE Regulation No  48 
(Installation of lighting and 
light signalling devices)  (a) The lighting installation shall meet the essential requirements 
of UNECE Regulation No  48 series of amendments 03 with 
the exception of those of Annexes 5 and 6 to UNECE 
Regulation No  48. 
(b) No exemption shall be permitted in respect of the number, 
the essential design characteristics, the electrical 
connections, and the colour of light emitt ed or retro -reflected 
of the lights and signalling devices referred to in items 21 to 
26 and in items 28 to 30.  
(c) Lights and signalling devices that, for the purpose of 
fulfilling with the requirements of point  (a) must be 
retrofitted shall bear an ‘EU’ type-approval mark.  
(d) Lamps fitted with gas -discharged light source are only 
permitted in conjunction with the installation of headlamp 
cleaning device and an automatic headlamp -levelling device 
where appropriate.  
(e) Headlamp dipped -beams shall be adapt ed to the direction of 
traffic legally in force in the country where the vehicle is 
granted approval.   
EN 154   EN 21 UNECE Regulation No  3 
(Retro reflectors)  Where necessary, two additional retro reflectors bearing an ‘EC’ 
approval mark shall be added at the rear, th e position of which 
shall comply with UNECE Regulation No  48. 
22 UNECE Regulations No  7, 
No 87 and No  91 
(End -outline, front position 
(side), rear -position (side), 
stop, side marker, daytime 
running lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulations No 7, No  87 and 
No 91 shall not apply. However, the correct functioning of the 
lights shall be checked by the technical service.  
23 UNECE Regulation No  6 
(Direction indicators)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  6 shall not 
apply. However, th e correct functioning of the lights shall be 
checked by the technical service.  
24 UNECE Regulation No  4 
(Rear registration plate 
lamps)  The requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  4 shall not 
apply. However, the correct functioning of the lights shall  be 
checked by the technical service.  
25 UNECE Regulations No  98, 
No 112 and No  123 
(Headlamps (including 
bulbs))  (a) The illumination produced by the passing beam of the 
headlamps fitted to the vehicle shall be checked under the 
provisions of paragraph  6 of UNECE Regulation No  112 
concerning headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing 
beam. The tolerances included in Annex  5 to that Regulation 
may be referred to for that purpose.  
(b) The same requirement shall apply to the passing beam of 
headlamps covered  by UNECE Regulation No  98 or No  123. 
26 UNECE Regulation No  19 
(Front fog lamps)  The provisions of UNECE Regulation No  19 shall be waived. 
However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be 
checked by the technical service.  
27 Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010 (Towing 
hooks)  The requirements of Regulation (EU) No  1005/2010 shall be 
waived.  
28 UNECE Regulation No  38 
(Rear fog lamps)  The provisions of UNECE Regulation No  38 shall be waived. 
However, the correct functioning of the lights shall be  checked by 
the technical service.  
29 UNECE Regulation No  23  
(Reversing lamps)  The provisions of UNECE Regulation No  23 shall be waived. 
However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be 
checked by the technical service.  
30 UNECE Regulation No  77 
(Parking lamps)  The provisions of UNECE Regulation No  77 shall be waived. 
However, the correct functioning of the lights if fitted shall be 
checked by the technical service.   
EN 155   EN 31 UNECE Regulation No  16 
(Seat belts and restraint 
systems)  Com ponents   
(a) Seat belts shall not be required to be type -approved in 
accordance with UNECE Regulation No  16. 
(b) However, each seat belt shall bear an identification label.  
(c) The indications on the label shall be consistent with the 
decision concerning seat belt anchorages (Re: entry 19).  
Installation requirements   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with seat belts in accordance with 
the requirements set out in Annex  XVI to UNECE 
Regulation No  16. 
(b) Where a number of seat belts have to be retrofitted in 
accordance with point  (a), they shall be of an approved type 
in accordance with UNECE Regulation No  16. 
33 UNECE Regulation No  121 
(Identification of controls, 
tell-tales and indicators)  (a) The symbols including the colour of their corresponding tell-
tales the presence of which is mandatory by virtue of 
UNECE Regulation No  121 shall comply with that UNECE 
Regulation.  
(b) Where this is not the case, the technical service shall verify 
that the symbols, tell -tales and indicators fitted to the vehicle  
provide the driver with comprehensible information about 
the operation of the controls in question.  
34 Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010  
(Defrost/Demist)  The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen 
defrosting and windscreen demisting devices.  
35 Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010  
(Wash/Wipe)  The vehicle shall be equipped with adequate windscreen washing 
and windscreen wiping devices.  
36 UNECE Regulation No  122 
(Heating systems)  (a) The passenger compartment shall be fitted with a heating 
system.  
(b) Combustion heaters and their installation shall comply with 
Annex  7 to UNECE Regulation No  122. In addition, LPG 
combustion heaters and LPG heating systems shall fulfil the 
requirements set out in Annex  8 to UNECE Regulation 
No 122. 
(c) Additional heating systems that are retrofitted shall comply 
with the requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  122.  
EN 156   EN 41a Regulation (EC) 
No 595/2009  
Emissions (Euro VI) heavy -
duty vehicles – OBD  Tailpipe emissions   
(a) A test shall be conducted in accordance with Annex  III to 
Regulation (EU) No  582/2011 using the deterioration factors 
set out in point  3.6.1. of Annex  VI to Regulation (EU) 
No 582/2011.  
(b) The limits to be applied shall be those set out in the table of 
Annex  I to Regulation (EC) No  595/2009.  
(c) The fuel to be used for the test shall be the reference fuel as 
prescribed in Annex  IX to Regulation (EU) No  582/2011.  
CO 2 emissions   
The CO 2 emissions and fuel consumption shall be determined in 
accordance with Annex  VIII to Regulation (EU) No  582/2011.  
OBD   
(a) The vehicle shall be fitted with an OBD system.  
(b) The OBD -interface must be able to communicate with an 
external OBD scan -tool as described in Annex  X to Regulation 
(EU) No  582/2011.  
Requirements to ensure the correct operation of NO x control 
measures   
The vehicle shall be fitted with a system ensuring the correct 
operation of NO x control measures in accordance with 
Annex  XIII to Regulation (EU) No  582/2011.  
Power measurement   
(a) The applicant shall submit a statement from the manufa cturer 
stating the maximum engine power output in Kw as well as the 
corresponding regime  
(b) An engine power output curve providing the same information 
may alternatively be provided by the applicant.  
 
45 UNECE Regulation No  43 Components   
(a) The glazing shall be made either of tempered or laminated 
safety glass.  
(b) Fitting of plastic glazing shall be permitted only on locations 
situated behind the ‘B’ pillar.  
(c) Glazing shall not be required to be approved under UNECE 
Regulation No  43. 
Installat ion  
(a) The installation requirements set out in Annex  21 to UNECE 
Regulation No  43 shall apply.  
(b) No tinted films that reduce the regular light transmission 
under the required minimum shall be permitted on the 
windscreen and on the glazing located in front of the ‘B’ 
pillar.  
46 Commission Regulation (EU) 
458/2011  
(Installation of tyres)  Installation  
(a) The dimensions, load -capacity index and speed category of 
the tyres shall fulfil the requirements of Commission 
Regulation (EU) 458/2011.  
(b) The speed category symbol of the tyre shall be compatible  
EN 157   EN with the maximum design speed of the vehicle.  
(c) This requirement shall apply notwithstanding the presence of 
a speed limiter.  
(d) The maximum speed of the vehicle shall be stated by the 
vehicle manufa cturer. However, the technical service may 
assess the maximum design speed of the vehicle by using the 
engine maximum power output, the maximum number of 
revolutions per minute and the data concerning the kinematic 
chain.  
46B UNECE Regulation No  30 
(C1 ty res) Components  
Tyres shall bear an ‘E’ type -approval mark.  
 
46D UNECE Regulation No  117 
(tyre rolling sound emissions, 
adhesion on wet surface and 
rolling resistance)  Components  
Tyres shall bear an ‘E’ type -approval mark.  
 
46D Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  64 
(temporary use spare unit, 
run-flat tyres, tyre rolling 
sound emissions, adhesion on 
wet surface and rolling 
resistance)  Components  
Tyres shall bear an ‘E’ type -approval mark.  
The fitting of TPMS shall not be required  
 
48 Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  
(Masses and dimensions)  (a) The requirements of Annex  I, Part  A to Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012 shall be fulfilled.  
However, the requirements set out in point  5 of Part  A of 
Annex  I do not need to be fulfilled.  
(b) For the purposes of point  (a) the masses to be considered are 
the following:  
— the mass in running order as defined in Article  2(4) of 
Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012 as measured by the 
technical service, and  
— the maximum laden masses either s tated by the vehicle 
manufacturer or shown on the manufacturer’s plate, 
including stickers or information available in the 
owner’s manual. Those masses shall be regarded as the 
technically permissible maximum laden masses.  
(c) Technical changes made by the  applicant in order to decrease 
the maximum technically permissible laden mass of the 
vehicle to 3,5  tonnes or less, so that the vehicle may be 
granted individual vehicle approval shall not be permitted.  
(d) No exemption shall be permitted in respect of th e maximum 
permissible dimensions.  
49 UNECE Regulation No  61 
(External projections of cabs)  (a) The general requirements set out in section  5 of UNECE 
Regulation No  17 shall be fulfilled.  
(b) At the discretion of the technical service, the requirements 
set out in paragraphs 6.1, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.11 of 
UNECE Regulation No  17 shall be fulfilled.  
50 UNECE Regulation No  55 
(Couplings)  Separate technical units   
(a) OEM couplings intended for towing a trailer of which the  
EN 158   EN maximum mass does not exceed 1  500 kg shall not be 
required to be type -approved under UNECE Regulation 
No 55. 
(b) A coupling is deemed OEM equipment where it is described 
in the owner’s manual or in an equivalent supporting 
document provided to the buyer by the vehicle manufacturer.  
(c) Where such coupling is approved with the vehicle, an 
appropriate text shall be included in the approval certificate 
stating that the owner is responsible for ensuring 
compatibility with the coupling device fitted to the trailer.  
(d) Couplings other than th ose referred to in point  (a), as well as 
couplings that are retrofitted, shall be type -approved in 
accordance with UNECE Regulation No  55. 
Installation on the vehicle  
The technical service shall check that the installation of the 
coupling devices comply wi th paragraph  6 to UNECE Regulation 
No 55. 
54 UNECE Regulation No  95  
(Side impact)  (a) The applicant shall submit a statement from the 
manufacturer establishing that the particular vehicle, of 
which the VIN  has to be specified,  complies with at least one 
of the following:  
— UNECE Regulation No  95, 
— FMVSS No  214 (Side impact protection),  
— Article  18 of JSRRV.  
(b) A test in accordance with section  5 of UNECE Regulation 
No 95 may be conducted on a production vehicle at the 
request of the applicant.  
(c) The test shall be conducted by a technical service that been 
designated for carrying out this test. A detailed report shall 
be issued by that technical service to the applicant.  
56 UNECE Regulation No  105  
Vehicles intended for the 
transport of dangerous goods  Vehicles intended for the transport of dangerous goods shall 
comply with UNECE Regulation No  105. 
58 Regulation (EC) No  78/2009  
(Pedestrian protection)  Brake assist  
Vehicles shall be fitted with an electronic antilock braking system 
acting on all wheels.  
Pedestrian protection  
Until 24 February 2018, the requirements of Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009 shall not apply to vehicles of which the maximum 
mass does not exceed 2  500 kg and until 24  August 2019 to 
vehicles of which t he maximum mass exceeds 2  500 kg.  
Frontal protection systems  
However, frontal protection systems installed on the vehicle shall 
be type -approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009 and their installation shall comply with the 
requirements set out  in section  6 of Annex  I to that Regulation.  
59 Directive 2005/64/EC  
(Recyclability)  The requirements of that Directive shall not apply.  
61 Directive 2006/40/EC  
(Air-conditioning system)  The requirements of that Directive shall apply.  
  
EN 159   EN Explanatory notes to Appendix  2  
1. Abbreviations used in this Appendix:  
‘OEM’: original equipment provided by the manufacturer  
‘FMVSS’: Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard of the U.S Department of Transportation  
‘JSRRV’: Japan Safety Regulations for Road Vehicles  
‘SAE’: Society of Automotive Engineers  
‘CISPR’: Comité international spécial des perturbations radioélectriques.  
2. Remarks:  
(a) the complete LPG or CNG installation shall be checked against the provisions of UNECE 
Regulations No  67, No  110 or No  115, as appropriate;  
(b) the formula to be used for the assessment of CO 2 emissions shall be as follows:  
Petrol engine and manual gearbox:  
CO 2 = 0,047 m + 0,561 p + 56,621  
Petrol engine and automatic gearbox:  
CO 2 = 0,102 m + 0,328 p + 9,481  
Petrol engine and hybrid electric:  
CO 2 = 0,116 m – 57,147  
Diesel engine and manual gearbox:  
CO 2 = 0,108 m – 11,371  
Diesel engine and automatic gearbox:  
CO 2 = 0,116 m – 6,432  
Where: CO 2 is the combined mass of CO 2 emissions in g/km, ‘m’ is the mass  of the 
vehicle in running order in kg and ‘p’ the maximum engine power output in kW.  
Combined mass of CO 2 shall be calculated with one decimal place, then rounded to the 
nearest whole number as follows:  
(i) if the figure following the decimal point is below 5, the total is rounded down;  
(ii) if the figure following the decimal point is equal to 5 or above 5, the total is rounded up;  
(c) the formulæ to be used for the assessment of fuel consumption shall  be as follows:  
CFC = CO 2 x k -1  
Where: CFC is the combined fuel consumption in l/100 km, CO 2 is the combined mass of 
CO 2 emissions in g/km after it has been rounded in accordance with the rule referred to in 
Remark (2 b), ‘k’ a coefficient equal to:  
23,81 in the case of a petrol engine;  
26,49 in the case of a diesel engine.  
Combined fuel consumption shall be calculated with two decimal places, then rounded as 
follows:  
(i) if the figure following the first decimal is below 5, the total is rounded d own;  
(ii) if the figure following the first decimal is equal to 5 or above 5, the total is rounded up.   
EN 160   EN PART  II 
List of UNECE regulations recognised as an alternative to the Directives or Regulations 
referred to in Part  I 
Where reference is made to a separate Directive or Regulation in the table of Part  I, an 
approval granted under the following UNECE regulations which the Community has accepted 
as a Contracting Party to the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe ‘Revised 
1958 Agreement’ by virt ue of Council Decision 97/836/EC29, or subsequent Council 
Decisions as referred to in Article  3(3) of that Decision, shall be considered as equivalent to 
an EU type -approval granted under the relevant separate Directive or Regulation.  
Any further amendment to the UNECE regulations listed in the following table 30 shall also be 
deemed to be equivalent to an EU type -approval, subject to the Decision referred to in 
Article  4(2) of Decision 97/836/EC.  
 Subject  Basic UNECE 
Regulation number  Series of 
amendments  
1 (*) Permissible sound level  51 02 
Replacement silencing systems  59 00 
58. Pedestrian protection  127 00 
 Braking (brake assist)  13-H 00 (Supplement 
9 and above)  
65 Advanced emergency braking system  131 01 
66 Lane departure warning system  130 00 
    
Where the separate Directive or Regulation contains installation requirements, these apply also to components 
and separate technical units approved in accordance with UNECE regulations.  
(*) The numbering of the entries in this table refers to the numberi ng used in the table of Part  I. 
                                                 
29 Council Decision 97/836/EC of 27 November 1997 with a view to accession by the European 
Community to the Agreement of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe concerning the 
adoption of uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment and parts which can be 
fitted to and/or be used on wheeled vehicles and the conditions for reciprocal recognition of approvals 
granted  on the basis of these prescriptions ('Revised 1958 Agreement') (OJ L 346, 17.12.1997, p. 78).  
30 For subsequent amendments, see UNECE TRANS/WP.29/343.   
EN 161   EN PART  III 
List of regulatory acts setting out the requirements for the purpose of EU type -approval 
of special purpose vehicles  
Appendix  1 
Motor -caravans, ambulances and hearses  
Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
1 Sound level  Directive 
70/157/EEC  H G+H  G+H  G+H  
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) 
No 540/2014  H G+H  G+H  G+H  
2 Emissions (Euro 5 and 6) 
light duty vehicles / access 
to information  Directive 
70/220/EEC  Q(1) G + Q (1) G + Q(1)  
3A Prevention of fire risks 
(liquid fuel tanks)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 34 F (2) F (2) F (2) F (2) 
3B Rear underrun protective 
devices (RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear underrun 
protection (RUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 58 X X X X 
4A Space for mounting and 
fixing rear registration 
plates  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010  X X X X 
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 79 X G G G 
6A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X   
6B Door latches and door 
retention components  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 11 B G+B    
7A Audible warning devices 
and signals  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 28 X X X X 
   
EN 162   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
8A Devices for indirect vision 
and their installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 46 X G G G 
9A Braking of vehicles and 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13-H X (4) G+A 1   
9B Braking of vehicles and 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 13   G(3) G(3) 
10A Electromagnetic 
compatibility  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE  Regulation 
No 10 X X X X 
12A Interior fittings  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 21 C G+C    
13A Protection of motor 
vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 18   G (4A) G (4A) 
13B Protection of motor 
vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 116 X G   
14A Protection of the driver 
against the steering 
mechanism in the event of 
impact  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 12 X G   
15A Seats, their  anchorages and 
any head restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 17 D G+D  G+D (4B) G+D (4B) 
15B Seats of large passenger 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 80   X X 
16A External projections  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 26 X for the cab; 
A+Z for the 
remaining 
part G for the cab; 
A+Z for the 
remaining 
part    
EN 163   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
17A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X X X 
17B Speedometer equipment 
including its installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 39 X X X X 
18A Manufacturer’s statutory 
plate and vehicle 
identification number  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011  X X X X 
19A Safety -belt anchorages, 
Isofix anchorages systems 
and Isofix top tether 
anchorages  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 14 D G+L  G+L  G+L  
20A Installation of lighting and 
light-signalling devices on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 48 A+N  A+G+N for 
the cab; A+N 
for the 
remaining 
part A+G+N for 
the cab; A+N 
for the 
remaining 
part A+G+N for 
the cab; A+N 
for the 
remaining 
part 
21A Retro -reflecting devices 
for power -driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 3 X X X X 
22A Front and rear position 
lamps, stop -lamps and 
end-outline marker lamps 
for motor vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 7 X X X X 
22B Daytime running lamps for 
power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 87 X X X X 
22C Side-marker lamps for 
motor vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 91 X X X X 
23A Direction indicators for 
power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 6 X X X X 
   
EN 164   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
24A Illumination of rear -
registration plates of  
power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 4 X X X X 
25A Power -driven vehicle’s 
sealed -beam headlamps 
(SB) emitting an European 
asymmetrical passing 
beam or a driving beam or 
both Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 31 X X X X 
25B Filament lamps for use in 
approved lamp units of 
power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 37 X X X X 
25C Motor vehicle headlamps 
equipped with gas -
discharge light sources  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 98 X X X X 
25D Gas-discharge light 
sources for use in 
approved gas -discharge 
lamp units of power -driven 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 99 X X X X 
25E Motor vehicle headlamps 
emitting an asymmetrical 
passing beam or a driving 
beam or both and equipped 
with filament lamps and/or 
LED modules  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 112 X X X X 
25F Adaptive front -lighting 
systems (AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 123 X X X X 
26A Power -driven vehicle front 
fog lamps  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 19 X X X X 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010  E E E E 
28A Rear fog lamps for power -
driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 38 X X X X 
   
EN 165   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
29A Reversing lights for 
power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation  (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 23 X X X X 
30A Parking lamps for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 77 X X X X 
31A Safety -belts, restraint 
systems, child restraint 
systems and Isofix child 
restraint systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 16 D G+M  G+M  G+M  
32A Forward field of vision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 125 X G   
33A Location and identification 
of hand controls, tell -tales 
and indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 121 X X X X 
34A Windscreen defrosting and 
demisting systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010  X G (5) (5) (5) 
35A Windscreen wiper and 
washer systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010  X G (6) (6) (6) 
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 122 X X X X 
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010  X G   
38A Head restraints (headrests), 
whether or not 
incorporated in vehicle 
seats  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 25  D G + D    
44A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  X X    
EN 166   EN  
Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
45A Safety glazing materials 
and their installation on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 43 J G+J G+J G+J 
46 Tyres  Directive  92/23/EEC  X G G G 
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 458/2011  X G G G 
46B Pneumatic tyres for motor 
vehicles and their trailers 
(Class C1)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 30 X G   
46C Pneumatic tyres for 
commercial vehicles and 
their trailers (Classes C2 
and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 54 — G G G 
46D Tyre rolling sound 
emissions, adhesion on 
wet surfaces and rolling 
resistance (Classes C1, C2 
and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 117 X G G G 
46E Temporary -use spare unit, 
run-flat tyres/system and 
tyre pressure monitoring 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 64 X G   
47A Speed limitation of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 89   X X 
   
EN 167   EN Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*) M1 > 2500 
kg(*) M2 M3 
48A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012    X X 
50A Mechanical coupling 
components of 
combinations of vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 55 X (10) G (10) G (10) G (10) 
51A Burning behaviour of 
materials used in the 
interior construction of 
certain categories of motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 118    G for the cab; 
X for the 
remaining 
part 
52A M2 and M 3 vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 107   A A 
52B Strength of the 
superstructure of large 
passenger vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 66   A A 
53A Protection of occupants in 
the event of a frontal 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 94 N/A N/A   
54A Protection of occupants in 
the event of lateral 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 95 N/A N/A   
58 Pedestrian protection  Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009  X N/A 
However, any 
frontal 
protection 
systems 
supplied with 
the vehicle 
shall comply 
and shall be 
marked    
59 Recyclability  Directive 2005/64/EC  N/A N/A   
61 Air-conditioning system  Directive 2006/40/EC  X G (14)   
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) 
No 79/2009  Q G + Q  G + Q  G + Q  
Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 ≤ 2500 
kg(*)  M1 > 2500 
kg(*)  M2 M3  
EN 168   EN 63 General safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  X (15) X (15) X (15) X (15) 
64 Gear shift indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 65/2012  X G   
65 Advanced emergency 
braking system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 347/2012    N/A (16) N/A (16) 
66 Lane departure warning 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 351/2012    N/A (17) N/A (17) 
67 Specific components for 
liquefied petroleum gases 
(LPG) and their 
installation on motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 67 X X X X 
68 Vehicle alarm systems 
(VAS)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 97 X G   
69 Electrical safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 100 X X X X 
70 Specific components for 
CNG and their installation 
on motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation 
No 110 X X X X 
(*) Technically permissible maximum laden mass.  
Additional requirements for ambulances  
The patient compartment of ambulances shall comply with the requirements of EN 1789:2007 
+A1: 2010 +A2:2014 on Medical vehicles and their equipment – Road ambulances with the 
exception of section  6.5, list of equipment. Proof of compliance shall be provided with a test 
report of a technical service. If a wheelchair  space is foreseen, the requirements of 
Appendix  3 relating to the wheelchair tie down and occupant restraint systems shall apply.  
  
EN 169   EN Appendix  2 
Armoured vehicles  
Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4 
1A Sound level  Regulation 
(EU) No 
540/2014  X X X X X X     
2 Emissions (Euro 5 
and 6) light duty 
vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007  A(1) A(1)  A(1) A(1)      
3A Prevention of fire 
risks (liquid fuel 
tanks)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  34 X (2) X (2) X (2) X (2) X (2) X (2) X X X X 
3B Rear underrun 
protective devices 
(RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear 
underrun protection 
(RUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  58 X X X X A A X X X X 
4A Space for mounting 
and fixing rear 
registration plates  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010  X X X X X X X X X X 
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  79 X X X X X X X X X X 
6A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation  (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X X X X X     
6B Door latches and 
door retention 
components  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  11 X   X       
7A Audible warning 
devices and signals  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation  No 28 A+K  A+K  A+K  A+K  A+K  A+K      
8A Devices for indirect 
vision and their 
installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  46 A A A A A A      
EN 170   EN 9A Braking of vehicles 
and trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  13  X (3) X (3) X (3) X (3) X (3) X (3) X (3) X (3) X (3) 
9B Braking of 
passenger cars  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 13-H X (4)   X (4)       
10A Electromagnetic 
compatibility  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  10 X X X X X X X X X X 
12A Interior fittings  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  21 A          
13A Protection of motor 
vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  18  X(4A) X(4A)  X(4A) X(4A)     
13B Protection of motor 
vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 116 X   X       
14A Protection of the 
driver against the 
steering mechanism 
in the event of 
impact  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  12 N/A   N/A       
15A Seats, their 
anchorages and any 
head restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  17 X D(4B) D(4B) D D D     
15B Seats of large 
passenger vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  80  D D        
16A External 
projections  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  26 A          
17A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X X X X X      
EN 171   EN 17B Speedometer 
equipment 
including its 
installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  39 X X X X X X     
18A Manufacturer’s 
statutory plate and 
vehicle 
identification 
number  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011  X X X X X X X X X X 
19A Safety -belt 
anchorages, Isofix 
anchorages systems 
and Isofix top 
tether anchorages  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  14 A A A A A A     
20A Installation of 
lighting and light -
signalling devices 
on vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  48 A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  
21A Retro -reflecting 
devices for power -
driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  3 X X X X X X X X X X 
22A Front and rear 
position lamps, 
stop-lamps and 
end-outline marker 
lamps for motor 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  7 X X X X X X X X X X 
22B Daytime running 
lamps for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  87 X X X X X X     
22C Side-marker lamps 
for motor vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  91 X X X X X X X X X X 
23A Direction indicators 
for power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  6 X X X X X X X X X X 
24A Illumination of 
rear-registration 
plates of power -
driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  4 X X X X X X X X X X 
25A Power -driven 
vehicle’s sealed -
beam headlamps Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE X X X X X X      
EN 172   EN (SB) emitting an 
European 
asymmetrical 
passing beam or a 
driving beam or 
both Regulation No  31 
25B Filament lamps for 
use in approved 
lamp units of 
power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  37 X X X X X X X X X X 
25C Motor vehicle 
headlamps 
equipped with gas -
discharge light 
sources  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  98 X X X X X X     
25D Gas-discharge light 
sources for use in 
approved gas -
discharge lamp 
units of power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  99 X X X X X X     
25E Motor vehicle 
headlamps emitting 
an asymmetrical 
passing beam or a 
driving beam or 
both and equipped 
with filament 
lamps and/or LED 
modules  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 112 X X X X X X     
25F Adaptive front -
lighting systems 
(AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 123 X X X X X X     
26A Power -driven 
vehicle front fog 
lamps  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  19 X X X X X X     
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010  A A A A A A     
28A Rear fog lamps for 
power -driven 
vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  38 X X X X X X X X X X 
29A Reversing lights for 
power -driven Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  X X X X X X X X X X  
EN 173   EN vehicles  and their 
trailers  UNECE 
Regulation No  23 
30A Parking lamps for 
power -driven 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  77 X X X X X X     
31A Safety -belts, 
restraint systems, 
child restraint  
systems and Isofix 
child restraint 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  16 A A A A A A     
32A Forward field of 
vision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 125 S          
33A Location and 
identification of 
hand controls, tell-
tales and indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 121 X X X X X X     
34A Windscreen 
defrosting and 
demisting systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010  A (5) (5) (5) (5) (5)     
35A Windscreen wiper 
and washer systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010  A (6) (6) (6) (6) (6)     
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 122 X X X X X X X X X X 
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010  X          
38A Head restraints 
(headrests), 
whether or not 
incorporated in 
vehicle seats  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  25 X          
41A Emissions (Euro 
VI) heavy duty 
vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 595/2009  X (9) X (9) X X (9) X (9) X      
EN 174   EN 42A Lateral protection 
of goods vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  73     X X   X X 
43A Spray suppression 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 109/2011     X X X X X X X 
44A Masses and 
dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  X          
45A Safety glazing 
materials and their 
installation on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  43 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 
46 Tyres  Directive 
92/23/EEC  A A A A A A A A A A 
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 458/2011  A A A A A A A A A A 
46B Pneumatic tyres for 
motor vehicles and 
their trailers (Class 
C1) Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  30 A   A   A A   
46C Pneumatic tyres for 
commercial 
vehicles and their 
trailers (Classes C2 
and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  54  A A A A A   A A 
46D Tyre rolling sound 
emissions, 
adhesion on wet 
surfaces and rolling 
resistance (Classes 
C1, C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 117 A A A A A A A A A A 
46E Temporary -use 
spare unit, run -flat 
tyres/system and 
tyre pressure 
monitoring system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  64 A(9A)   A(9A)       
47A Speed limitation of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  89  X X  X X     
48A Masses and 
dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009   X X X X X X X X X  
EN 175   EN Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  
49A Commercial 
vehicles with 
regard to their 
external projections 
forward of the 
cab’s rear panel  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  61    A A A     
50A Mechanical 
coupling 
components of 
combinations of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  55 X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X X X X 
50B Close -coupling 
device (CCD); 
fitting of an 
approved type of 
CCD  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 102     X(10) X(10)   X(10) X(10) 
51A Burning behaviour 
of materials used in 
the interior 
construction of 
certain categories 
of motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 118   X        
52A M2 and M 3 vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 107  A A        
52B Strength of the 
superstructure of 
large passenger 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  66  A A        
53A Protection of 
occupants in the 
event of a frontal 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  94 N/A          
54A Protection of 
occupants in the 
event of lateral 
collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  95 N/A   N/A       
55 (empty)             
56A Vehicles for the 
carriage of 
dangerous goods  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 105    X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) 
57A Front underrun  
protective devices Regulation (EC)     X X      
EN 176   EN (FUPDs) and their 
installation; front 
underrun protection 
(FUP)  No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  93 
58 Pedestrian 
protection  Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009  N/A   N/A       
59 Recyclability  Directive 
2005/64/EC  N/A   N/A       
60 (empty)             
61 Air-conditioning 
system  Directive 
2006/40/EC  X   X(14)       
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) 
No 79/2009  A A A A A A     
63 General Safety  Regulation 
(EC) 
No 661/2009  X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) 
64 Gear shift 
indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 65/2012  X          
65 Advanced 
emergency braking 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 347/2012   (16) (16)  (16) (16)     
66 Lane departure 
warning  system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 351/2012   (17) (17)  (17) (17)     
67 Specific 
components for 
liquefied petroleum 
gases (LPG) and 
their installation on 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  67 X X X X X X     
68 Vehicle alarm 
systems (VAS)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  97 X   X       
69 Electrical safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation 
No 100 X X X X X X     
70 Specific 
components for 
CNG and their 
installation on Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE X X X X X X      
EN 177   EN  motor vehicles  Regulation 
No 110  
EN 178   EN Appendix  3 
Wheelchair accessible vehicles  
Item  Subject  Regulatory act  M1 
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) No  540/2014  G+W 9 
2 Emissions (Euro 5 and 6) light duty vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) No  715/2007  G+W 1 
3A Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  34 X+W 2 
3B Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  58 X 
4A Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1003/2010  X 
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 79 G 
6A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  130/2012  X 
6B Door latches and door retention components  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  11 X 
7A Audible warning devices and signals  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  28 X 
8A Devices for indirect vision and their installation  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  46 X 
9B Braking of passenger cars  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  13-H G+A 1 
10A Electromagnetic compatibility  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  10 X 
12A Interior fittings  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  21 G+C  
13B Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  116 X 
14A Protection of the driver against the steering mechanism in 
the event of impact  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  12 G 
15A Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 17 G+W 3 
16A External projections  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  26 G+W 4 
17A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  130/2012  X 
17B Speedometer equipment including its installation  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  39 X  
EN 179   EN 18A Manufacturer’s statutory plate and vehicle identification 
number  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  19/2011  X 
19A Safety -belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and 
Isofix top tether anchorages  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  14 X+W 5 
20A Installation of lighting and light -signalling devices on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  48 X 
21A Retro -reflecting devices for power -driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  3 X 
22A Front and rear position lamps, stop -lamps and end -outline 
marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  7 X 
22B Daytime running lamps for power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  87 X 
22C Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  91 X 
23A Direction indicators for power -driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  6 X 
24A Illumination of rear -registration plates of power -driven 
vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  4 X 
25A Power -driven vehicle’s sealed -beam headlamps (SB) 
emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a 
driving beam or both  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  31 X 
25B Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power -
driven vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  37 X 
25C Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas -discharge light 
sources  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  98 X 
25D Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas -
discharge lamp units of power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  99 X 
25E Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical passing 
beam or a driving beam or both and equipped with filament 
lamps and/or LED modules  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  112 X 
25F Adaptive front -lighting systems (AFS) for motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  123 X 
26A Power -driven vehicle front fog lamps  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  19 X 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1005/2010  E 
28A Rear fog lamps for power -driven vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  38 X 
29A Reversing lights for power -driven vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  23 X 
30A Parking lamps for power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  77 X  
EN 180   EN 31A Safety -belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems and 
Isofix child restraint systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  16 X+W 6 
32A Forward field of vision  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  125 G 
33A Location and identification of hand controls, tell -tales and 
indicators  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  121 X 
34A Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  672/2010  G(5) 
35A Windscreen wiper and washer systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1008/2010  G(6) 
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  122 X 
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1009/2010  G 
38A Head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in 
vehicle seats  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  25 X 
41A Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) No  595/2009  X+W 1 
(9) 
44A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012  X+W 8 
45A Safety glazing materials and their installation on vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  43 G 
46 Tyres  Directive 92/23/EEC  X 
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  458/2011  X 
46B Pneumatic tyres for motor vehicles and their trailers (Class 
C1) Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  30 X 
46D Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet surfaces and 
rolling resistance (Classes C1, C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  117 X 
46E Temporary -use spare unit, run -flat tyres/system and tyre 
pressure  monitoring system  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  64 G(9A) 
50A Mechanical coupling components of combinations of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  55 X(10) 
53A Protection of occupants in the event of a frontal collision  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  94 N/A 
54A Protection of occupants in the event of lateral collision  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  95 N/A 
58 Pedestrian protection  Regulation (EC) No  78/2009  G 
59 Recyclability  Directive 2005/64/EC  N/A 
61 Air-conditioning systems  Directive 2006/40/EC  G 
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) No  79/2009  X  
EN 181   EN 63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  X(15) 
64 Gear shift indicators  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 65/2012  G 
67 Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) 
and their installation on motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  67 X 
68 Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  97 X 
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  100 X 
70 Specific components for CNG and their installation on 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  110 X 
Additional requirements for testing the wheelchair tie down and occupant restraint 
system  
 The following section  1 and either section  2 or 3 shall apply.  
1. Definitions  
1.1. Surrogate wheelchair (SWC) means a rigid, re -usable test wheelchair, as defined  in 
section  3 of ISO  10542 -1:2012.  
1.2. Point P means a representation of the position of the wheelchair occupant's hip when 
seated in the SWC, as defined in section  3 of ISO  10542 -1:2012.  
2. General requirements  
2.1. Each wheelchair location shall be pr ovided with anchorages to which a wheelchair tie -
down and occupant restraint system (WTORS) shall be fitted.  
2.2. The wheelchair occupant’s lower belt anchorages shall be located in accordance with 
UNECE Regulation No  14-07, paragraph  5.4.2.2, relative to  Point P on the SWC, when 
placed in the travelling position designated by the manufacturer. The upper actual 
anchorage(s) shall be located at least 1  100 mm above the horizontal plane passing 
through the points of contact between the rear tyres of the SWC and the vehicle floor. This 
condition shall still be satisfied after the test carried out according to point  3 of this 
Appendix.  
2.3. An assessment shall be made of the WTORS occupant belt to ensure compliance with the 
provisions of UNECE Regulation No 16-06, paragraphs 8.2.2 to 8.2.2.4 and 8.3.1 to 8.3.4.  
2.4. The minimum number of ISOFIX child seat anchorages need not to be provided. In the 
case of a multi -stage type -approval where an ISOFIX anchorage system has been affected 
by the conversion, eit her the system shall be re -tested or the anchorages shall be rendered 
unusable. In the latter case the ISOFIX labels shall be removed and appropriate 
information shall be given to the vehicle purchaser.  
3. Static in -vehicle testing  
3.1. Wheelchair occupan t restraint anchorages  
3.1.1.  The wheelchair occupant restraint anchorages shall resist the static forces prescribed for 
occupant restraint anchorages in UNECE Regulation No  14-07, simultaneously with the 
static forces applied to the wheelchair tie -down an chorages as specified in point  3.2 of 
this Appendix.   
EN 182   EN 3.2. Wheelchair tie -down anchorages  
The wheelchair tie -down anchorages shall resist the following forces, for at least 0.2 seconds, 
applied via the SWC (or a suitable surrogate wheelchair having a wheel base, seat height and 
tie-down attachment points in accordance with the specification for the SWC), at a height of 
300 +/ – 100 mm from the surface on which the SWC rests:  
3.2.1.  In the case of a forward -facing wheelchair, a simultaneous force, coincident w ith the 
force applied to the occupant restraint anchorages, of 24,5 kN, and  
3.2.2.  a second test applying a static force of 8,2 kN directed towards the rear of the vehicle.  
3.2.3.  In the case of a rearward -facing wheelchair, a simultaneous force, coincident with the 
force applied to the occupant restraint anchorages, of 8,2 kN, and  
3.2.4.  a second test applying a static force of 24,5 kN directed towards the front of the vehicle.  
3.3. Components of the system  
3.3.1.  All components of the WTORS sha ll meet the relevant requirements of ISO  10542 -
1:2012. However, the dynamic test specified in Annex  A and paragraphs 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 
of ISO  10542 -1:2012 shall be carried out on the complete WTORS using the vehicle 
anchorage geometry instead of the test geo metry specified in Annex  A of ISO  10542 -
1:2012. This may be carried out within the vehicle structure or on a surrogate structure 
representative of the vehicle’s WTORS anchorage geometry. The location of each 
anchorage shall lie within the tolerance provide d for in paragraph  7.7.1 of UNECE 
Regulation No  16-06. 
3.3.2.  Where the occupant restraint part of the WTORS is approved according to UNECE 
Regulation No  16-06, it shall be subject to the dynamic test of the complete WTORS 
specified in paragraph  3.3.1 of this appendix but the requirements of paragraphs 5.1, 5.3 
and 5.4 of ISO10542 -1:2012 shall be considered to have been met.  
4. Dynamic in -vehicle testing  
4.1. The full assembly of the WTORS system shall be tested by an in -vehicle dynamic test in 
accordance  with paragraphs 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 and Annex  A of ISO  10542 -1:2012, testing all 
components/anchorages simultaneously, using a vehicle body -in-white or representative 
structure.  
4.2. The component parts of the WTORS shall meet the relevant requirements of ISO10542 -
1:2012, paragraphs 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4. These requirements shall be deemed to have been met 
in respect of the occupant restraint if it is approved according to UNECE Regulation 
No 16-06. 
  
EN 183   EN Appendix  4 
Other special purpose vehicles  
(including specia l group, multi -equipment carrier and trailer caravans)  
The exemptions provided for in this appendix are only permitted if the manufacturer 
demonstrates to the satisfaction of the approval authority that the vehicle, due to the special 
function, cannot meet  all the requirements set out in Part  I of Annex  IV. 
Item  Subject  Reference to 
regulatory act  M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4 
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) 
No 540/2014   H H H H H    
2 Emissions (Euro 5 and 6) light 
duty vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007  Q(1)  Q+V 1 
(1) Q+V 1 
(1)      
3A Prevention of fire risks (liquid 
fuel tanks)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  34 F F F F F X X X X 
3B Rear underrun protective 
devices (RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear underrun 
protection (RUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  58 X X A A A X X X X 
4A Space for mounting and fixing 
rear registration plates  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1003/2010  A+R  A+R  A+R  A+R  A+R  A+R  A+R  A+R  A+R  
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  79 X X X X X X X X X 
6A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X B B B     
6B Door latches and door 
retention components  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  11   B       
7A Audible warning devices and 
signals  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  28 X X X X X     
8A Devices for indirect vision and 
their installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 46 X X X X X      
EN 184   EN 9A Braking of vehicles and 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  13 X (3) X (3) X (3) X+U 1 
(3) X+U 1 
(3) X X X (3) X (3) 
9B Braking of passenger cars  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  13-
H   X (4)       
10A Electromagnetic compatibility  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  10 X X X X X X X X X 
13A Protection of motor vehicles 
against unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  18 X(4A) X(4A)  X(4A) X(4A)     
13B Protection of motor vehicles 
against unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  116   X       
14A Protection of the driver against 
the steering mechanism in the 
event of impact  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  12   X       
15A Seats, their anchorages and 
any head restraints  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  17 D(4B) D(4B) D D D     
15B Seats of large passenger 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  80 D D        
17A Vehicle access and 
manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  X X X X X     
17B Speedometer equipment 
including its installation  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  39 X X X X X     
18A Manufacturer’s statutory plate 
and vehicle identification 
number  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 19/2011  X X X X X X X X X 
19A Safety -belt anchorages, Isofix 
anchorages systems and Isofix 
top tether anchorages  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  14 D D D D D      
EN 185   EN 20A Installation of lighting and 
light-signalling devices on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  48 A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  A+N  
21A Retro -reflecting devices for 
power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  3 X X X X X X X X X 
22A Front and rear position lamps, 
stop-lamps and end -outline 
marker lamps for motor 
vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  7 X X X X X X X X X 
22B Daytime running lamps for 
power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  87 X X X X X     
22C Side-marker lamps for motor 
vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  91 X X X X X X X X X 
23A Direction indicators for 
power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  6 X X X X X X X X X 
24A Illumination of rear -
registration plates of power -
driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  4 X X X X X X X X X 
25A Power -driven vehicle’s sealed -
beam headlamps (SB) 
emitting an European 
asymmetrical passing beam or 
a driving beam or both  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  31 X X X X X     
25B Filament lamps for use in 
approved lamp units of power -
driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  37 X X X X X X X X X 
25C Motor vehicle headlamps 
equipped with gas -discharge 
light sources  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  98 X X X X X     
25D Gas-discharge light sources 
for use in approved gas -
discharge lamp units of 
power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No  661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  99 X X X X X      
EN 186   EN 25E Motor vehicle headlamps 
emitting an asymmetrical 
passing beam or a driving 
beam or both  and equipped 
with filament lamps and/or 
LED modules  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  112 X X X X X     
25F Adaptive front -lighting 
systems (AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No  661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  123 X X X X X     
26A Power -driven vehicle front fog 
lamps  Regulation (EC) 
No  661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No  19 X X X X X     
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) 
No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010  A A A A A     
28A Rear fog lamps for power -
driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 38  X X X X X X X X X 
29A Reversing lights for power -
driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 23  X X X X X X X X X 
30A Parking lamps for power -
driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 77  X X X X X     
31A Safety -belts, restraint systems, 
child restraint systems and 
Isofix child restraint systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 16  D D D D D     
33A Location and identification of 
hand controls, tell -tales and 
indicators  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 121  X X X X X     
34A Windscreen defrosting and 
demisting systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010  (5) (5) (5) (5) (5)     
35A Windscreen wiper and washer 
systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010  (6) (6) (6) (6) (6)     
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 122  X X X X X X X X X  
EN 187   EN 38A Head restraints (headrests), 
whether or  not incorporated in 
vehicle seats  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 25  X         
41A Emissions (Euro VI) heavy 
duty vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) 
No 595/2009  H (9) H H (9) H (9) H     
42A Lateral protection of goods 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 73     X X   X X 
43A Spray suppression systems  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 109/2011    X X X X X X X 
45A Safety glazing materials and 
their installation on vehicles  Regulation (EC)  
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 43  J J J J J J J J J 
46 Tyres  Directive 
92/23/EEC  X X X X X X X X X 
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 458/2011  X X X X X X X X X 
46B Pneumatic tyres for motor 
vehicles and their trailers 
(Class C1)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 30    X   X X   
46C Pneumatic tyres for 
commercial vehicles and their 
trailers (Classes C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 54  X X X X X   X X 
46D Tyre rolling sound emissions, 
adhesion on wet surfaces and 
rolling resistance (Classes C1, 
C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 117  X X X X X X X X X 
46E Temporary -use spare unit, 
run-flat tyres/system and tyre 
pressure monitoring system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 64    X (9A)       
47A Speed limitation of vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 89  X X  X X     
48A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  X X X X X X X X X  
EN 188   EN 49A Commercial vehicles with 
regard to their external 
projections forward of the 
cab’s rear panel  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 61    X X X     
50A Mechanical coupling 
components of combinations 
of vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 55  X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X(10) X X X X 
50B Close -coupling device (CCD); 
fitting of an approved type of 
CCD  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 102     X(10) X(10)   X(10) X(10) 
51A Burning behaviour of 
materials used in the interior 
construction of certain 
categories of motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 118   X        
52A M2 and M 3 vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 107  X X        
52B Strength of the superstructure 
of large passenger vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 66  X X        
54A Protection of occupants in the 
event of lateral collision  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 95    A       
56A Vehicles for the carriage of 
dangerous goods  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 105    X (13) X (13) X (13) X(13) X(13) X(13) X(13) 
57A Front underrun protective 
devices (FUPDs) and their 
installation; front underrun 
protection (FUP)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 93     X X     
58 Pedestrian protection  Regulation (EC) 
No 78/2009    N/A 
(2)       
59 Recyclability  Directive 
2005/64/EC    N/A       
61 Air-conditioning systems  Directive 
2006/40/EC    X (14)       
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) 
No 79/2009  X X X X X     
63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15) X(15)  
EN 189   EN 65 Advanced emergency braking 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 347/2012  N/A N/A  N/A N/A     
66 Lane departure warning 
system  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 351/2012  N/A N/A  N/A N/A     
67 Specific  components for 
liquefied petroleum gases 
(LPG) and their installation on 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 67  X X X X X     
68 Vehicle alarm systems (VAS)  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 97    X       
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 100  X X X X X     
70 Specific components for CNG 
and their installation on motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE 
Regulation No 110  X X X X X     
  
EN 190   EN Appendix  5 
Mobile cranes  
Item  Subject  Reference to regulatory act  N3 
1A Sound level  Regulation (EU) No 540/2014  T + Z 1 
3A Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 34  X 
3B Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) and their 
installation; rear underrun protection (RUP)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 58  A 
4A Space for mounting and fixing rear registration plates  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010  X 
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 79  X 
Crab steering 
allowed  
6A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012  A 
7A Audible warning devices and signals  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 28  X 
8A Devices for indirect vision and their installation  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 46  X 
9A Braking of vehicles and trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 13  U (3) 
10A Electromagnetic compatibility  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 10  X 
13A Protection of motor vehicles against unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 18  X (4A) 
15A Seats, their anchorages and any head restraints  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 17  X 
17A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012  X 
17B Speedometer equipment including its installation  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 39  X 
18A Manufacturer’s statutory plate and vehicle 
identification number  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011  X 
19A Safety -belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages systems and 
Isofix top tether anchorages  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 14  X 
20A Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 48  A+Y  
21A Retro -reflecting devices for power -driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 3  X  
EN 191   EN 22A Front and rear position lamps, stop-lamps and end -
outline marker lamps for motor vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 7  X 
22B Daytime running lamps for power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 87  X 
22C Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 91  X 
23A Direction indicators for power -driven vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 6  X 
24A Illumination of rear-registration plates of power -
driven vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 4  X 
25A Power -driven vehicle’s sealed -beam headlamps (SB) 
emitting an European asymmetrical passing beam or a 
driving beam or both  Regulat ion (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 31  X 
25B Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of 
power -driven vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 37  X 
25C Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with gas -discharge 
light sources  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 98  X 
25D Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved gas -
discharge lamp units of power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 99  X 
25E Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an asymmetrical 
passing beam or a driving beam or both and equipped 
with filament lamps and/or LED modules  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 112  X 
25F Adaptive front -lighting systems (AFS) for motor 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE  Regulation No 123  X 
26A Power -driven vehicle front fog lamps  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 19  X 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010  A 
28A Rear fog lamps for power -driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 38  X 
29A Reversing lights for power -driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 23  X 
30A Parking lamps for power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 77  X 
31A Safety -belts, restraint systems, child restraint systems 
and Isofix child restraint systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 16  X 
33A Location and identification of hand controls, tell -tales 
and indicators  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 121  X 
34A Windscreen defrosting and demisting systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010  (5) 
35A Windscreen wiper and washer systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010  (6)  
EN 192   EN 36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 122  X 
41A Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty vehicles/access to 
information  Regulation (EC) No 595/2009  V 
42A Lateral protection of goods vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 73  A 
43A Spray suppression systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011  Z1 
45A Safety glazing materials and their installation on 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 43  J 
46 Tyres  Directive 92/23/EEC  X 
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011  X 
46C Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles and their 
trailers (Classes C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 54  X 
46D Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on wet 
surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes C1, C2 and 
C3) Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 117  X 
47A Speed limitation of vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 89  X 
48A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012  A 
49A Commercial vehicles with regard to their external 
projections forward of the cab’s rear panel  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 61  A 
50A Mechanical coupling components of combinations of 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 55  X (10) 
50B Close -coupling device (CCD); fitting of an approved 
type of CCD  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 102  X (10) 
57A Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) and their 
installation; front underrun protection (FUP)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 93  X 
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) No 79/2009  X 
63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  X (15) 
65 Advanced emergency braking system  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012  N/A (16) 
66 Lane departure warning system  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012  N/A (17) 
67 Specific components for liquefied petroleum gases 
(LPG) and their installation on  motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 67  X 
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 100  X 
70 Specific components for CNG and their installation on 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 110  X  
EN 193   EN   
EN 194   EN Appendix  6 
Exceptional load transport trailers  
Item  Subject  Reference to regulatory act  N3 O4 
1 Permissible sound level  Directive 70/157/EEC  T  
3A Prevention of fire risks (liquid fuel tanks)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 34  X X 
3B Rear underrun protective devices (RUPDs) 
and their installation; rear underrun 
protection (RUP)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 58  A A 
4A Space for mounting and fixing rear 
registration plates  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1003/2010  X A+R  
5A Steering equipment  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 79  X 
Crab 
steering 
allowed  X 
6A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012  X  
7A Audible warning devices and signals  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 28  X  
8A Devices for indirect vision and their 
installation  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 46  X  
9A Braking of vehicles and trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 13  U (3) X (3) 
10A Electromagnetic compatibility  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 10  X X 
13A Protection of motor vehicles against 
unauthorised use  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 18  X (4A)  
15A Seats, their anchorages and any head 
restraints  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 17  X  
17A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 130/2012  X  
17B Speedometer equipment including its 
installation  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 39  X  
18A Manufacturer’s statutory plate and vehicle 
identification number  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 19/2011  X X 
19A Safety -belt anchorages, Isofix anchorages 
systems and Isofix top tether anchorages  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 14  X  
20A Installation of lighting and light -signalling 
devices on vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 48  X A+N  
21A Retro -reflecting devices for power -driven 
vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 3  X X  
EN 195   EN 22A Front and rear position lamps, stop -lamps 
and end -outline marker lamps for motor 
vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 7  X X 
22B Daytime running lamps for power -driven 
vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 87  X  
22C Side-marker lamps for motor vehicles and 
their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 91  X X 
23A Direction indicators for power -driven 
vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 6  X X 
24A Illumination of rear -registration plates of 
power -driven vehicles and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 4  X X 
25A Power -driven vehicle’s sealed -beam 
headlamps (SB) emitting an European 
asymmetrical passing beam or a driving 
beam or both  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 31  X  
25B Filament lamps for use in approved lamp 
units of power -driven vehicles and their 
trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 37  X X 
25C Motor vehicle headlamps equipped with 
gas-discharge light sources  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 98  X  
25D Gas-discharge light sources for use in 
approved gas -discharge lamp units of 
power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 99  X  
25E Motor vehicle headlamps emitting an 
asymmetrical passing beam or a driving 
beam or both and equipped with filament 
lamps and/or LED modules  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 112  X  
25F Adaptive front -lighting systems (AFS) for 
motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 123  X  
26A Power -driven vehicle front fog lamps  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 19  X  
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010  A  
28A Rear fog lamps for power -driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 38  X X 
29A Reversing lights for power -driven vehicles 
and their trailers  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 23  X X 
30A Parking lamps for power -driven vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 77  X  
31A Safety -belts, restraint systems, child 
restraint systems and Isofix child restraint 
systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 16  X  
33A Location and identification of hand 
controls, tell -tales and indicators  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 121  X   
EN 196   EN 34A Windscreen defrosting and demisting 
systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 672/2010  (5)  
35A Windscreen wiper and washer systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1008/2010  (6)  
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 122  X  
41A Emissions (Euro VI) heavy duty 
vehicles/access to information  Regulation (EC) No 595/2009  X (9)  
42A Lateral protection of goods vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 73  X A 
43A Spray suppression systems  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 109/2011  X A 
45 Safety glazing  Directive 92/22/EEC  X  
45A Safety glazing materials and their 
installation on vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 43  X  
46 Tyres  Directive 92/23/EEC  X I 
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 458/2011  X I 
46C Pneumatic tyres for commercial vehicles 
and their trailers (Classes C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 54  X I 
46D Tyre rolling sound emissions, adhesion on 
wet surfaces and rolling resistance (Classes 
C1, C2 and C3)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 117  X I 
47A Speed limitation of vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 89  X  
48A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012  A A 
49A Commercial vehicles with regard to their 
external projections forward of the cab’s 
rear panel  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 61  A  
50A Mechanical coupling components of 
combinations of vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 55  X(10) X 
50B Close -coupling device (CCD); fitting of an 
approved type of CCD  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 102  X(10) X(10) 
56A Vehicles for the carriage of dangerous 
goods  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE  Regulation No 105  X(13) X(13) 
57A Front underrun protective devices (FUPDs) 
and their installation; front underrun 
protection (FUP)  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 93  A  
62 Hydrogen system  Regulation (EC) No 79/2009  X  
63 General Safety  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  X (15) X(15) 
65 Advanced emergency braking system  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 347/2012  N/A (16)   
EN 197   EN 66 Lane departure warning system  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 351/2012  N/A (17)  
67 Specific components for liquefied 
petroleum gases (LPG) and their 
installation on motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 67  X  
69 Electric safety  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 100  X  
70 Specific components for CNG and their 
installation on motor vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 110  X   
EN 198   EN  Explanatory Notes on the applicability of the requirements  
X The requirements set out in the relevant regulatory act are applicable. The series of 
amendments of the UNECE regulations that apply on a compulsory basis are listed in 
Annex  IV to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. The series of amendments adopted 
subsequently are accepted as an alternative. Member States may grant extensions to 
existing type -approvals granted in accordance with the Directives repealed by 
Regulation (EC) 661/2009 under the conditions laid down in Article  13(14) of that 
Regulation.  
N/A This regulatory act is not applicable to this vehicle (no requirements).  
(1) For vehicles with a reference mass not exceeding 2  610 kg. At the manufacturer’s 
request, Regulation (EC) No  715/2007 may apply to vehicles with a reference mass not 
exceeding 2  840 kg.  
With regard to access to information, for other parts (e.g. living co mpartment) than the 
base vehicle, it is sufficient that the manufacturer provides access to vehicle repair and 
maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner.  
(2) In case of vehicles equipped with a LPG or CNG installation, a vehicle ty pe-approval in 
accordance with UNECE Regulation No  67 or UNECE Regulation No  110 is required.  
(3) The fitting of an electronic stability control (‘ESC’) system is required by Article  12 
and Article  13 of Regulation (EC) No  661/2009. However, in accordance  with UNECE 
Regulation No  13, the fitting of an ESC system is not required for special purpose 
vehicles of categories M 2, M 3, N 2 and N 3 and for vehicles for exceptional load transport 
and trailers with areas for standing passengers. N 1 vehicles may be appr oved in 
accordance with UNECE Regulations No  13 or No  13-H. 
(4) The fitting of an ESC system is required by Article  12 and Article  13 of Regulation 
(EC) No  661/2009. Therefore, the requirements set out in Part  A of Annex  9 to UNECE 
Regulation  No 13 -H shal l be fulfilled. N 1 vehicles may be approved in accordance with 
UNECE Regulation No  13 or UNECE Regulation No  13-H. 
(4A) If fitted, the protective device shall fulfil the requirements set out in UNECE Regulation 
No 18. 
(4B) This Regulation applies to seats not falling within the scope of UNECE Regulation 
No 80. For other options, see Article  2 of Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.  
(5) Vehicles of categories other than M 1 do not need to fully comply with Regulation (EU) 
No 672/2010 but shall be fitted with a  windscreen defrosting and demisting device.  
(6) Vehicles of categories other than M 1 do not need to fully comply with Regulation (EU) 
No  1008/2010 but shall be fitted with a windscreen washing and wiping devices.  
(8) For vehicles with a reference mass exceeding 2  610 kg and that did not benefit from the 
possibility offered in note (1). 
(9) For vehicles with a reference mass exceeding 2  610 kg that are not type -approved (at 
the manufacturer’s request and provided their reference mass does not exceed 2 840 kg) 
under Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. For other parts than the base vehicle, it is 
sufficient that the manufacturer provides access to vehicle repair and maintenance 
information in a readily accessible and prompt manner  
(9A) Applies only where such  vehicles are fitted with equipment covered by UNECE 
Regulation No 64. Tyre pressure monitoring system for M1 vehicles applies on a  
EN 199   EN compulsory basis in accordance with Article  9(2) of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.  
(10) Applies only to vehicles equipped wit h coupling(s).  
(11) Applies to vehicles with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 
2,5 tonnes.  
(12) Only applicable to vehicles where the ‘Seating Reference Point (“R” point)’ of the 
lowest seat is not more than 700 mm above the grou nd level.  
(13) Applies only where the manufacturer applies for type -approval of vehicles intended for 
the transport of dangerous goods.  
(14) Applies only for vehicles of category N 1, class I (reference mass ≤ 1 305 kg)  
(15) At the request of the manufac turer, a type -approval may be granted under this item, as 
an alternative to obtaining type -approvals under each individual item covered by 
Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.  
(16) The fitting of an advanced emergency braking system is not required for special 
purpose vehicles in accordance with Article  1 of Regulation (EU) No 347/2012.  
(17) The fitting of a lane departure warning system is not required for special purpose 
vehicles in accordance with Article  1 of Regulation (EU) No 351/2012.  
A The approval aut hority may only grant exemption(s) if the manufacturer demonstrates 
that the vehicle cannot meet the requirements due to its special purpose. The 
exemptions granted are to be described on the vehicle type -approval certificate and the 
certificate of conform ity (remark –item 52 of the CoC).  
A1  The fitting of ESC is not mandatory. In the case of multi -stage type -approvals, where 
the modifications made at a particular stage are likely to affect the function of the base 
vehicle’s ESC system, the manufacturer m ay either disable the system or demonstrate 
that the vehicle has not been rendered unsafe or unstable. This may be demonstrated, 
e.g., by performing rapid double lane -change manoeuvres in each direction at 80 km/h 
with sufficient severity to cause interven tion by the ESC system. These interventions 
are to be well -controlled and should improve the stability of the vehicle. The technical 
service has the right to request further testing if deemed necessary.  
B Application limited to doors giving access to the seats designated for normal use where 
the vehicle is used on a public road and where the distance between the R point of the 
seat and the average plane of the door surface, measured perpendicular to the 
longitudinal medium plane of the vehicle, does not ex ceed 500 mm.  
C Application limited to that part of the vehicle in front of the rearmost seat designated for 
normal use where the vehicle is used on a public road and also limited to the head 
impact zone as defined in the relevant regulatory act.  
D Applic ation limited to seats designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a 
public road. Seats that are not designated for use where the vehicle is used on the public 
road are to be clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign w ith 
an appropriate text. The luggage retention requirements of UNECE Regulation No  17 
do not apply.  
E Front only.  
F Modification to the routing and length of the refuelling duct and re -positioning of the 
tank inboard is permissible.  
G In case of multi -stage type-approval, requirements according to the category of the  
EN 200   EN base/incomplete vehicle (e.g. the chassis of which was used to build the special purpose 
vehicle) may also be used.  
H Modification of exhaust system length after the last silencer not exceeding 2 m is 
permissible without any further test.  
I Tyres are to be type -approved in accordance with the requirements set out in UNECE 
Regulation No  54 even if the design speed of the vehicle is less than 80 km/h. The load 
capacity may b e adjusted in relation to the maximum design speed of the trailer in 
agreement with the tyre manufacturer.  
J For all window glazing other than driver's cab glazing (windshield and side glasses), the 
material may be either of safety glass or rigid plastic glazing.  
K Additional panic alarm devices are permitted.  
L Application limited to seats designated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a 
public road. At least anchorages for lap belts are required in the rear seating positions. 
Seats that are not  designated for use where the vehicle is used on a public road are to be 
clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an appropriate 
text. ISOFIX is not required on ambulances and hearses.  
M Application limited to seats design ated for normal use where the vehicle is used on a 
public road. At least lap belts are required in all rear seating positions. Seats that are not 
designated for use when the vehicle is used on a public road are to be clearly identified 
to users either by m eans of a pictogram or a sign with an appropriate text. ISOFIX is not 
required on ambulances and hearses.  
N Provided that all mandatory lighting devices are installed and that the geometric 
visibility is not affected.  
Q Modification of exhaust system len gth after the last silencer not exceeding 2 m is 
permissible without any further test. An EU type -approval issued to the most 
representative base vehicle remains valid irrespective of change in the reference weight.  
R Provided that the registration plates  of all Member States can be mounted and remain 
visible.  
S The light transmission factor is at least 60 % and the “A” pillar obstruction angle is not 
more than 10  degrees.  
T Test to be performed only with the complete/completed vehicle. The vehicle can be 
tested in accordance with Directive 70/157/EEC. Concerning point  5.2.2.1 of Annex  I to 
Directive 70/157/EEC, the following limit values are applicable:  
(a) 81 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of less than 75 kW;  
(b) 83 dB(A) for vehicles with an  engine power of not less than 75 kW but less 
than 150 kW;  
(c) 84 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of not less than 150 kW.  
 
U Test to be performed only with the complete/completed vehicle. Vehicles up to 4 axles 
are to comply with all the requirements laid down in the relevant regulatory acts 
Derogations are admitted for vehicles having more than 4 axles, provided that  
(a) they are justified by the particular construction;  
(b) all the braking performances, related to parking, service and s econdary 
braking laid down in the relevant regulatory act are fulfilled.  
  
EN 201   EN U1  ABS is not mandatory for vehicles with hydrostatic drive.  
V Alternatively, Directive 97/68/EC may also apply.  
V1  Alternatively, Directive 97/68/EC may also apply to vehicles  with hydrostatic drive.  
W 0  Modification of exhaust system length is permitted without any further test, provided 
that the back pressure is similar. If a new test is required, an extra 2dB(A) above the 
applicable limit is allowed.  
W 1  Modification in the exhaust system is permitted without any further test of tailpipe 
emissions and CO 2/fuel consumption provided that the emission control devices, 
including particulate filters (if any), are not affected. If the evaporative control devices 
are kept as fit ted by the manufacturer of the base vehicle, no new evaporative test is 
required on the modified vehicle.  
An EU type approval issued to the most representative base vehicle remains valid 
irrespective of change in the reference mass.  
W 2  Modification of t he routing, length of the refuelling duct, fuel hoses and fuel vapour 
pipes is permitted without further test. Re -location of the original fuel tank is permitted 
provided all requirements are met. However, further testing in accordance with Annex  5 
to UNEC E Regulation No  34 are not required.  
W 3  The longitudinal plane of the intended wheelchair -travelling position should be parallel 
to the longitudinal plane of the vehicle.  
Appropriate information is to be made available to the vehicle owner that, in order  to 
withstand the forces transmitted by the tie -down mechanism during the various driving 
conditions, a wheelchair with a structure meeting the relevant part of ISO  7176 -19:2008 
is recommended.  
The seats of the vehicle may be adapted without further testin g, provided it can be 
demonstrated to the technical service that their anchorages, mechanisms and head 
restraints provide the same level of performance.  
The luggage retention requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No  17 do not apply.  
W 4  Compliance with  the relevant regulatory act(s) is required for the boarding aids when in 
the resting position.  
W 5  Each wheelchair location is to be provided with anchorages to which a wheelchair tie -
down and occupant restraint system (WTORS) is to be fitted, and that c omplies with the 
additional provisions for testing the wheelchair tie down and occupant restraint system 
set out in Appendix  3. 
W 6  Each wheelchair location is to be provided with an occupant restraint belt that complies 
with the additional provisions for  testing the wheelchair tie down and occupant restraint 
system of set out in Appendix  3. 
When, due to the conversion, anchorage points for the safety belts need to be moved 
outside the tolerance provided for in paragraph  7.7.1 of UNECE Regulation No  16-06, 
the technical service  is to check whether the alteration constitutes a worst case or not. If 
that is the case, the test provided for in paragraph  7.7.1. of UNECE Regulation No  16-
06 is to be performed. Extension to the EU type -approval does not need to b e issued. 
The test may be performed using components that have not undergone the conditioning 
test prescribed by UNECE Regulation No  16-06. 
W 8  For the purposes of calculations, the mass of the wheel -chair including the user is  
EN 202   EN assumed to be 160 kg. The m ass is to be concentrated at the P point of the surrogate 
wheelchair in its travelling position declared by the manufacturer.  
Any limitation in the passenger capacity resulting from the use of wheelchair(s) is to be 
recorded in the owner’s handbook, on sid e 2 of the EU type -approval certificate and in 
the certificate of conformity (remark section).  
W9 Modification of the exhaust system length is permitted without the need for retesting, 
provided that the exhaust back pressure remains similar.  
Y Provided that all mandatory lighting devices are installed.  
Z The requirements on the protrusion of open windows do not apply to the living 
compartment.  
Z1  Mobile cranes with more than six axles are considered to be off -road vehicles (N3G) 
when at least three ax les are driven and provided they meet the provisions of Annex  II, 
point  4.3(b)(ii) and (iii), as well as point  4.3(c).  
  
EN 203   EN ANNEX  V 
PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED WITH RESPECT TO EU TYPE -APPROVAL  
1. Objectives and scope  
1.1. This Annex establishes the procedures for the proper operation of the vehicle type -
approval in accordance with Articles 24, 25 and 26.  
1.2. It also includes:  
(a) the list of international standards which are of relevance for the designation of the 
technical services in accordance wi th Articles 72 and 74;  
(b) the description of the procedure to be followed for the assessment of the skills of 
technical services in accordance with Article  77; 
(c) the general requirements for the drafting of test reports by technical services.  
2. Type -approval procedure  
When receiving an application for vehicle type -approval, the approval authority shall:  
(a) verify that all EU type -approval certificates issued pursuant to the regulatory acts 
which are applicable for vehicle type -approval cover the type of vehicle and 
correspond to the prescribed requirements;  
(b) make sure that the vehicle specifications and data contained in Part  I of the 
vehicle information document are included in the data in the information packages 
and in the EU type -approval certif icates issued in accordance with the relevant 
regulatory acts;  
(c) when an item number in Part  I of the information document is not included in the 
information package as provided for in any of the regulatory acts, confirm that the 
relevant part or charact eristic conforms to the particulars in the information folder;  
(d) on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be approved carry out or arrange 
to be carried out inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that the vehicle 
or vehicles are buil t in accordance with the relevant data contained in the 
authenticated information package in respect of the relevant EU type -approval 
certificates;  
(e) carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks in respect of 
separate technical uni ts, where applicable;  
(f) carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in respect of the presence 
of the devices provided for in notes 1 and 2 of Part  I of Annex  IV, where 
applicable;  
(g) carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks i n order to ensure that the 
requirements set out in note 5 of Part  I of Annex  IV are fulfilled.  
3. Combination of technical specifications  
The number of vehicles to be submitted shall be sufficient to permit the proper check of 
the various combinations to be type -approved according to the following criteria:   
EN 204   EN Technical specifications  Vehicle category  
M1  M2  M3  N1  N2  N3  O1  O2  O3  O4  
Engine  X X X X X X — — — — 
Gear box  X X X X X X — — — — 
Number of axles  — X X X X X X X X X 
Powered axles (number,  position and 
interconnection)  X X X X X X — — — — 
Steered axles (number and position)  X X X X X X X X X X 
Body styles  X X X X X X X X X X 
Number of doors  X X X X X X X X X X 
Hand of drive  X X X X X X — — — — 
Number of seats  X X X X X X — — — — 
Level  of equipment  X X X X X X — — — — 
4. Specific provisions  
Where no approval certificates as provided for in the relevant regulatory acts are 
available, the approval authority shall:  
(a) arrange for the necessary tests and checks as required by each of the  relevant 
regulatory acts;  
(b) verify that the vehicle conforms to the particulars in the vehicle information folder 
and that it meets the technical requirements of each of the relevant regulatory acts;  
(c) carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant i nstallation checks in respect of 
separate technical units, where applicable;  
(d) carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in respect of the presence 
of the devices provided for in notes 1 and 2 of Part  I of Annex  IV where 
applicable;  
(e) carry out or arrange to be carried out necessary checks in order to ensure that the 
requirements set out in note 5 of Part  I of Annex  IV are fulfilled.  
  
EN 205   EN Appendix  1 
Standards with which the entities referred to in Article  72 have to comply  
1. Activities rel ated to testing for type -approval to be carried out in accordance with the 
regulatory acts listed in Annex  IV: 
1.1. Category A (tests performed in own facilities):  
EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on the general requirements for the competence of testing and 
calibration laboratories.  
A technical service designated for category A activities may carry out or supervise the tests 
provided for in the regulatory acts for which it has been designated, in the facilities of a 
manufacturer or of its representative.  
1.2. Category B (supervising of tests performed in the manufacturer’s facilities or in the facilities 
of its representative):  
EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 on the general criteria for the operation of various types of bodies 
performing inspection.  
Before performing o r supervising any test in the facilities of a manufacturer or of its 
representative, the technical service shall verify that the tests facilities and measurement 
devices comply with the appropriate requirements of the standard referred to in point  1.1. 
2. Activities related to Conformity of Production  
2.1. Category C (procedure for the initial assessment and surveillance audits of the manufacturer’s 
quality management system):  
EN ISO/IEC 17021:2011 on the requirements for bodies providing audit and certification of 
management systems.  
2.2. Category D (inspection or testing of production samples or supervision thereof):  
EN ISO/IEC 17020:2012 on the general criteria for the operation of various types of bodies 
performing inspection.  
  
EN 206   EN Appendix  2 
Procedure for the assessment of the technical services  
1. Objective and scope  
1.1. This Appendix establishes the conditions according to which the assessment procedure 
of the technical services shall be conducted by the competent authority referred to in 
Article  77. 
1.2. Those requirements shall apply to all technical services, irrespective of their legal status 
(independent organisation, manufacturer or approval authority acting as technical 
service).  
2. Assessments  
The carrying out of an assessment shall  be governed by the following:  
(i) principle of independence, which is the basis for the impartiality and objectivity 
of the conclusions,  
(ii) an evidence -based approach, which guarantees reliable and reproducible 
conclusions.  
Auditors shall show trust and  integrity. They shall respect confidentiality and discretion.  
They shall report truthfully and accurately findings and conclusions.  
3. Skills required of the auditors  
3.1. The assessments may only be conducted by auditors having the technical and 
adminis trative knowledge necessary for such purposes.  
3.2. The auditors shall have been trained specifically for assessment activities. In addition, 
they shall have the specific knowledge of the technical area in which the technical 
service will exercise its acti vities.  
3.3. Without prejudice to points 3.1 and 3.2, the assessment referred to in Article  77 shall be 
conducted by auditors independent of the activities for which the assessment is 
conducted.  
4. Application for designation  
4.1. A duly authorised repres entative of the applicant technical service shall make a formal 
application to the competent authority that includes the following information:  
(a) general features of the technical service, including corporate entity, name, 
addresses, legal status and technical resources;  
(b) a detailed description, including curriculum vitae, of the personnel in charge of 
testing and of the managerial staff as evidenced by the skills both educational and 
professional;  
(c) technical services which use virtual testing me thods shall provide evidence of 
their ability to work in a Computer -Aided -x environment;   
EN 207   EN (d) general information concerning the technical service, including its activities, its 
relationship in a larger corporate entity, if any, and addresses of all its phy sical 
location(s) to be covered by the scope of designation;  
(e) an agreement to fulfil the requirements for designation and the other obligations 
of the technical service as provided for in the relevant regulatory acts for which it 
is designated;  
(f) a description of the conformity assessment services that the technical service 
undertakes in the framework of the relevant regulatory acts and a list of the 
regulatory acts for which the technical service applies for designation, including 
limits of capability , where applicable;  
(g) a copy of the quality assurance manual of the technical service.  
4.2. The competent authority shall review the adequacy of the information provided by the 
technical service.  
4.3. The technical service shall notify to the approval au thority any modifications to the 
information provided in accordance with point  4.1. 
5. Resource review  
The competent authority shall review its ability to carry out the assessment of the 
technical service, in terms of its own policy, its competence and th e availability of 
suitable auditors and experts.  
6. Subcontracting the assessment  
6.1. The competent authority may subcontract parts of the assessment to another designation 
authority or ask for support from technical experts provided by other competent 
authorities. The subcontractors and experts have to be accepted by the applicant 
technical service.  
6.2. The competent authority shall take into account accreditation certificates with adequate 
scope in order to complete its global assessment of the technical service.  
7. Preparation for assessment  
7.1. The competent authority shall formally appoint an assessment team. The competent 
authority shall ensure that the expertise brought to each assignment is appropriate. In 
particular, the team as a whole shall have both:  
(a) appropriate knowledge of the specific scope for which designation is sought;  
(b) sufficient understanding to reliably assess the competence of the technical service 
to operate within its scope of designation.  
7.2. The competent author ity shall clearly define the assignment given to the assessment 
team. The task of the assessment team is to review the documents collected from the 
applicant technical service and to conduct the on -site assessment.  
7.3. The competent authority shall agree,  together with the technical service and the 
assigned assessment team, to the date and timetable for the assessment. However, it 
remains the responsibility of the competent authority to pursue a date that is in 
accordance with the surveillance and reassess ment plan.   
EN 208   EN 7.4. The competent authority shall ensure that the assessment team is provided with the 
appropriate criteria documents, previous assessment records, and the relevant 
documents and records of the technical service.  
8. On-site assessment  
The asse ssment team shall conduct the assessment of the technical service at the 
premises of the technical service from which one or more key activities are performed 
and, where relevant, shall perform eyewitness assessment at other selected locations 
where the te chnical service operates.  
9. Analysis of findings and assessment report  
9.1. The assessment team shall analyse all relevant information and evidence gathered 
during the document and record review and the on -site assessment. This analysis shall 
be sufficie nt to allow the team to determine the extent of competence and conformity of 
the technical service with the requirements for designation.  
9.2. The competent authority’s reporting procedures shall ensure that the following 
requirements are fulfilled.  
9.2.1.  A meeting shall take place between the assessment team and the technical service prior 
to leaving the site. At this meeting, the assessment team shall provide a written and/or 
oral report on its findings obtained from the analysis. An opportunity shall be  provided 
for the technical service to ask questions about the findings, including non -conformities, 
if any, and their basis.  
9.2.2.  A written report on the outcome of the assessment shall be promptly brought to the 
attention of the technical service. This  assessment report shall contain comments on 
competence and conformity, and shall identify non -conformities, if any, to be resolved 
in order to conform to all of the requirements for designation.  
9.2.3.  The technical service shall be invited to respond to the assessment report and to describe 
the specific actions taken or planned to be taken, within a specific period of time, to 
resolve any identified non -conformities.  
9.3. The competent authority shall ensure that the responses of the technical service are  
sufficient and effective to resolve non -conformities. If the technical service responses 
are found to be insufficient, further information shall be requested. Additionally, 
evidence of effective implementation of actions taken may be requested, or a follo w-up 
assessment may be carried out, to verify effective implementation of corrective actions.  
9.4. The assessment report shall include at least the following:  
(a) unique identification of the technical service;  
(b) date(s) of the on -site assessment;  
(c) name(s) of the auditors(s) and/or experts involved in the assessment;  
(d) unique identification of all premises assessed;  
(e) proposed scope of designation that was assessed;  
(f) a statement on the adequacy of the internal organisation and procedures adopted  
by the technical service supporting its competence, as determined through its 
fulfilment of the requirements for designation;   
EN 209   EN (g) information on resolving all non -conformities;  
(h) a recommendation of whether the applicant should be designated or confirmed as 
technical service and, if so, the scope of designation.  
10. Granting or confirming a designation  
10.1.  The approval authority shall, without undue delay, make the decision on whether to 
grant, confirm or extend a designation on the basis of t he assessment report(s) and any 
other relevant information.  
10.2.  The approval authority shall provide a certificate to the technical service. This 
certificate shall identify the following:  
(a) the identity and logo of the approval authority;  
(b) the uniqu e identity of the designated technical service;  
(c) the effective date of granting of designation and the expiry date;  
(d) a brief indication of or a reference to the scope of designation (relevant regulatory 
acts or part of them);  
(e) a statement of confo rmity and a reference to this Regulation.  
11. Reassessment and surveillance  
11.1.  Reassessment is similar to an initial assessment except that experience gained during 
previous assessments shall be taken into account. Surveillance on -site assessments are 
less comprehensive than reassessments.  
11.2.  The competent authority shall design its plan for reassessment and surveillance of each 
designated technical service so that representative samples of the scope of designation 
are assessed on a regular basis.  
The interval between on -site assessments, whether reassessment or surveillance, 
depends on the proven stability that the technical service has reached.  
11.3.  Where, during surveillance or reassessments, non -conformities are identified, the 
competent authorit y shall define strict time limits for corrective actions to be 
implemented.  
11.4.  Where the corrective or improvement actions have not been taken within the agreed 
timeframe or are not deemed to be sufficient, the competent authority shall adopt 
appropriat e measures, such as conducting a further assessment, or suspending or 
withdrawing the designation for one or more of the activities for which the technical 
service has been designated.  
11.5.  Where the competent authority decides to suspend or withdraw the designation of a 
technical service, it shall inform the technical service of its decision by registered mail. 
In any case, the competent authority shall adopt all the necessary measures to ensure the 
continuity of the activities already undertaken by the t echnical service.  
12. Records on designated technical services  
12.1.  The competent authority shall maintain records on technical services to demonstrate that 
the requirements for designation, including competence, have been effectively fulfilled.   
EN 210   EN 12.2.  The competent authority shall keep the records on technical services secure to ensure 
confidentiality.  
12.3.  Records on technical services shall include at least the following:  
(a) relevant correspondence;  
(b) assessment records and reports;  
(c) copies of designation certificates.  
  
EN 211   EN Appendix  3 
General requirements concerning the format of the test reports  
1. For each of the regulatory acts listed in Part  I of Annex  IV, the test report shall comply 
with Standard EN  ISO/IEC  17025:2005. In particular, it shal l include the information 
referred to in point  5.10.2, including note 1 of that Standard.  
2. The template of the test reports shall be laid down by the approval authority in 
accordance with its rules of good practice.  
3. The test report shall be drafted in  the official language of the Union determined by the 
approval authority.  
4. The test report shall include at least the following information:  
(a) the identification of the vehicle, component or separate technical unit tested;  
(b) a detailed description of  the vehicle, component or separate technical unit 
characteristics in connection with the regulatory act;  
(c) the results of the measurements specified in the relevant regulatory acts and, where 
required, the limits or thresholds which are to be met;  
(d) regarding each measurement referred to in point  (c), the relevant decision of passed 
or failed;  
(e) a detailed statement of compliance with the various provisions which are to be met, 
i.e. those provisions that do not require measurements.  
As an example, th e test report should include a statement that reflects the fulfilment 
of the requirements set out in Part  B of Annex  II to Regulation (EU) No 19/2011 as 
follows: ‘The place of stamping the vehicle identification number fulfils the 
requirements of Part  B of Annex  II’; 
(f) where test methods other than those prescribed in the regulatory acts are permitted, 
the report shall include a description of the test method used for performing the test.  
(g) pictures taken during testing, the number of which shall be dec ided by the approval 
authority.  
In the case of virtual testing, screen prints or other suitable evidence may replace 
pictures;  
(h) conclusions drawn up;  
(i) where opinions and interpretations have been made, they shall be documented 
properly and marked as such in the test report.  
5. Where the tests are conducted on a vehicle, component or technical unit that combines a 
number of most unfavourable features with regard to the required level of performance 
to be achieved, i.e. the worst -case, the test report shall include a reference stating how 
the selection has been made by the manufacturer in agreement with the approval 
authority.  
  
EN 212   EN ANNEX  VI 
MODELS OF THE EU TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE  
MODEL A  
(to be used for EU type -approval of a vehicle)  
Maximum format: A4  (210 × 297 mm)  
EU TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE  
Stamp of approval authority  
Date of expiry of this certificate: dd/mm/yyyy(4) 
Communication concerning:  Of a type of:  
— EU type -approval (1) 
— extension of EU type -approval (1) 
— refusal of EU type -approval (1) 
— withdrawal of EU type -approval (1) — complete vehicle (1) 
— completed vehicle (1) 
— incomplete vehicle (1) 
— vehicle with complete and incomplete variants (1) 
— vehicle with completed and incomplete variants (1) 
issued in accordance with Regulation (EU ) No XXX/201X, as last amended by Regulation 
(EC) No. …/… (1). 
EU type -approval number:  
Reason for extension:  
SECTION I  
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer):  
1.2. Type:  
1.2.1.  Commercial name(s) (2): 
01.3.  Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle:  
1.3.1.  Location of that marking:  
1.4. Category of vehicle (3): 
____________________________  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) If not available at the time of granting the type -approval, this item shall be completed at the latest when the 
vehicle is introduced on the market.  
(3) As defined in Annex  II, Part  A, of Regulation (EU) …/….  
(4) To be indicated in accordance with Article  33(1) of Regulation (EU) …/….   
EN 213   EN 1.5. Company name and address of manufacturer of the complete/completed vehicle (1): 
1.5.1  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, company name and address of the 
manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle:  
1.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s):  
1.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any):  
SECTION II  
The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in the 
attached information document of the type of vehicle ((a) sample(s) having been selected by 
the approval authority and submitted by the manufacturer as prototype(s) of the type of 
vehicle) and that the attached test results are applicable to the type of vehicle.  
1. For complete and completed vehicles/variants (1): 
The type of vehicle meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of all the relevant 
regulatory acts as prescribed in Annex  IV (2) to Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X.  
1.1. Restrictions of validity (1)(3):………………………………………………………….  
1.2. Waivers applied (1)(3)(4): ………………………………………………………….  
1.2.1. Reasons for the waivers (1)(4): ………………………………………………………  
1.2.2. Alternative requirements (1)(4): ………………………………………………………  
2. For incomplete vehicles/variants (1): 
The type of vehicle meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the regulatory 
acts listed in the table on side 2.  
3. The approval is granted/r efused/withdrawn (1). 
4. The approval is granted in accordance with Article  37 of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X 
and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yy.  
_____________  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) See side 2.  
(3) Applicable only for type -approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant 
to Article  37 of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X.  
(4) Applicable only for vehicle type -approval of a national small series, pursuant to Artic le 40 of Regulation 
(EU) No XXX/201X.  
Attachments:   Information package  (Place)  (Signature)  (Date)   
EN 214   EN Test results (see Annex  VIII to Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X)  
Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign 
certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company  
NB: 
– If this model is used for type -approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology 
or new concept, pursuant to Article  37 of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X, the heading of  
the certificate shall read ‘PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY VALID 
ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF …(MS)’.  
The provisional certificate of conformity shall also display in its title, instead of 
‘COMPLETE VEHICLES’, the following: ‘FOR COMPLETE VEHICLES, TYPE -
APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE  37 OF REGULATION (EU) NO 
XXX/201X OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL OF [DD 
OF MONTH OF YEAR] ON THE APPROVAL AND MARKET SURVEILLANCE OF 
MOTOR VEHICLES AND THEIR TRAILERS, AND OF SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS 
AND SEPAR ATE TECHNICAL UNITS INTENDED FOR SUCH VEHICLES 
(PROVISIONAL APPROVAL)’, in accordance with Article  37 of Regulation (EU) No 
XXX/201X.  
 
– If this model is used for vehicle type -approval for a national small series, pursuant to 
Article  40 of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X, the heading of  the certificate shall read 
‘NATIONAL SMALL SERIES VEHICLE TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The 
text shall specify the nature of the exemptions, the reasons which support them and the 
alternative requirements referred to in Article  40(2) of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X.   
EN 215   EN EU TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE  
Side 2  
This EU type -approval is, where incomplete and completed vehicles, variants or versions are 
concerned, based on the approval(s) for incomplete vehicles listed as follows:  
Stage 1: Man ufacturer of the base vehicle:  
EU type -approval number:  
Dated:  
Applicable to variants or versions (as appropriate):  
Stage 2: Manufacturer:  
EU type -approval number:  
Dated:  
Applicable to variants or versions (as appropriate):  
Stage 3: Manufacturer:  
EU type -approval number:  
Dated:  
Applicable to variants or versions (as appropriate):  
In the case where the approval includes one or more incomplete variants or versions (as 
appropriate), list those variants or versions (as appropriate) which are complete or completed.  
Complete/completed variant(s):  
List of requirements applicable to the approved incomplete type of vehicle, variant or version 
(as appropriate, taking account of the scope and latest amendment to each of the regulatory 
acts listed in the followin g table).  
In the case of special purpose vehicles, exemptions granted or special provisions applied 
pursuant to Annex  IV, Part  III, and exemptions granted pursuant to Article  37: 
 Item Subject  Regulatory act 
reference  Last amended  Applicable to 
variant or, if 
need be, to 
version  
(List only subjects for which an EU type-approval exists.)  
Regulatory act 
reference  Item number  Kind of approval and nature 
of exemption  Applicable to variant or, if 
need be, to version   
EN 216   EN Appendix  
List of regulatory acts with which the type of vehicle complies  
(to be filled in only in the case of type -approval in accordance with Article  26(6))  
Subject (1) Regulatory act 
reference (1) As amended by  Applicable to variants  
1A Sound Level     
2. Emissions     
3. Fuel tanks/Rear protective devices     
…    
(1) In accordance with Annex  IV to this Regulation.   
EN 217   EN MODEL B  
(To be used for type -approval of a vehicle with regard to a system)  
Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)  
EU TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE  
Stamp of approval authority  
 
Communication concerning:  
issued in accordance with Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X / Regulation (EC) No …/… (1), as 
last amended by Regulation (EC) No …/… (1).  
EU type -approval number:  
Reason for extension:  
SECTION I  
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer):  
1.2. Type:  
1.2.1.  Commercial name(s) (if available):  
1.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (2): 
1.3.1.  Location of that marking:  
1.4. Category of vehicle (3): 
1.5. Company name and address of manufacturer:  
1.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly pl ant(s):  
1.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any):  
___________________  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle, component or 
separate technical unit types covered by this information document, such characters shall be represented in 
the documentation by the symbol ‘?’ (e.g. ABC??123??).  
(3) As defined in Annex  II, A, of Regulation (EU) …/…..  — EU type -approval (1) 
 of a type of system/type of a vehicle with 
regard to a system (1) — extension of EU type -approval (1) 
— refusal of EU type -approval (1) 
— withdrawal of EU type -approval (1)  
 
EN 218   EN SECTION II  
1. Additional information (where a pplicable): see Addendum.  
2. Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests:  
3. Date of test report:  
4. Number of test report:  
5. Remarks (if any): see Addendum.  
6. Place:  
7. Date:  
8. Signature:  
Attachments:   Information package  
Test report  
Addendum  
to EU type -approval certificate No …  
1. Additional information  
1.1. […]:  
1.1.1.  […]:  
[…] 
2. Type -approval number of each component or separate technical unit installed on the 
type of vehicle to comply with Regulation  (EU) …/….  
2.1. […]:  
3. Remarks  
3.1. […]:   
EN 219   EN MODEL C  
(to be used for component/separate technical unit type -approval)  
Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)  
EU TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE  
Stamp of approval authority  
Communication concerning:  
issued in accordance with Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X / Regulation (EC) No …/… (1), as 
last amended by Regulation (EC) No …/… (1). 
EU type -approval number:  
Reason for extension:  
SECTION I  
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer):  
1.2. Type:  
1.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the component/separate technical unit (1) 
(2): 
1.3.1.  Location of that marking:  
1.5. Company name and address of manufacturer:  
1.7. In the case of components and separate technical units, location and method of 
affixing of the EC approval mark:  
1.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s):  
1.9. Name and  address of the manufacturer's representative (if any):  
______________  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle, component or 
separate technical unit types covered by this information document, such characters shall be represented in 
the communication by the symbol ‘?’ (e.g. ABC??123??).  — EU type -approval (1) 
 of a type of component/separate  technical 
unit(1) 
 — extension of EU type -approval (1) 
— refusal of EU type -approval (1) 
— withdrawal of EU type -approval (1)  
  
EN 220   EN SECTION II  
1. Additional information (where applicable): see Addendum.  
2. Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests : 
3. Date of test report:  
4. Number of test report:  
5. Remarks (if any): see Addendum.  
6. Place:  
7. Date:  
8. Signature:  
Attachments:   Information package  
Test report  
Addendum  
to EU type -approval certificate No …  
1. Additional information  
1.1. […]:  
1.1.1.  […]:  
[…] 
2. Restriction of use of the device (if any)  
2.1. […]:  
3. Remarks  
3.1. […]:   
EN 221   EN MODEL D  
(to be used for harmonised individual vehicle approval pursuant to Article  42) 
Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)  
EU INDIVIDUAL APPROVAL CERTIFICATE   
Communication concerning EU individual approval of a vehicle in accordance with Article  42 
of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X  
SECTION I  
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): …  
1.2. Type:  Variant:  Version:  
 
1.2.1.  Commercial name: …  
1.4. Category of vehicle (2): … 
1.5. Company name and address of the manufacturer: …  
1.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …  
Location of the vehicle identification number: …  
1.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): …  
1.10.  Vehicle identification number: …  
The undersigned [ … …name and position ] hereby certifies that the vehicle submitted for 
approval on […… date of application ] by […… Name and address of the applicant] is granted 
approval in accordance with Article  42 of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X. In witness 
whereof, the following approval number has been allocated: …  
The vehicle complies with Appendix  2 of Annex  IV to Regulation (EU)  No XXX/201X. It 
can be permanently registered without further approval in Member States having right/left 
hand traffic (1) and using metric/imperial (1) units for the speedometer.  
______________________  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) As defined in A nnex  II, A, of Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X.  
(4) Distinguishing number of the Member State issuing the individual vehicle approval certificate: (see section  1 
of point  1 of Annex  VII to Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X).  
 
(Place) (Date)  (Signature (3)) (Stamp o f the approval authority)   Name, address, phone number and e -mail-address of the approval 
authority  
 
EN 222   EN […] […] […] 
 Two photos (5) of the vehicle (min resolution 640 x 480 pixels, ~7 x 10 
cm) 
_______________  
(3) Or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ in accordance with Directive 1999/93/EC, 
including  data for verification.  
(5) One ¾ front, one ¾ rear.  
   
EN 223   EN SECTION II  
General construction characteristics   
1. Number of axles: …and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): …  
Main  dimensions   
4. Wheelbase (a): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing: 1 -2: … mm 2 -3: … mm 3 -4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
7. Height: … mm  
Masses   
13. Mass of the vehicle in running order: …kg (b) 
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. … kg 2. … kg 3. … kg etc.  
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.2.  Semi -trailer: …kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: …kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant   
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
  
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders  
  
25. Engine capacity: …cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG – Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel (1) 
27. Maximum net power (c): … kW at … min-1 or maximum continuous rated power (electric 
motor) … kW (1) 
Maximum speed   
29. Maximum speed: …km/h  
Axles and suspension   
30. Axle(s) track: 1. … mm 2. … mm 3. … mm  
35. Tyre/wheel combination: …  
Bodywork   
38. Code for bodywork (d): …  
EN 224   EN 40. Colour of vehicle (e): … 
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (f): … 
42.1.  Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …  
42.3.  Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …  
Coupling device   
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
Environmental performances   
46. Sound level  
Stationary: …dB(A) at engine speed: …min-1  
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (g): Euro …  
Other legislation: …  
49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption (h): 
1. all power train, except pure electric vehicles  
2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles  
Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) …Wh/km   CO 2 emissions  Fuel consumption  
Combined:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Weighted, combined  … g/km  … l/100 km  
52. Remarks: …  
53. Additional information: mileage (2), … 
_______________  
Explanatory notes  to model D  
 
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) Not compulsory.  
(a) This entry shall be completed only where the vehicle has two axles.  
(b) This mass is the actual mass of the vehicle in the conditions referred to in point  2.6 of Annex  I to 
Regulation (EU) No XXX/201X.  
(c) For hybrid electric vehicles, indicate both power outputs.  
(d) The codes described in section  C of Annex  II shall be used.  
(e) Indicate only the basic colour(s): white, yell ow, orange, red, violet, blue, green, grey, brown or black.  
(f) Excluding seats designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary and the number of wheelchair 
positions.  
(g) Add the number of the Euro level and, if appropriate, the character correspon ding to the provisions used for 
type-approval.  
(h) Repeat for the various fuels which can be used.  
  
EN 225   EN ANNEX  VII 
EU TYPE -APPROVAL CERTIFICATE NUMBERING SYSTEM  (1) 
1. The EU type -approval number shall consist of four sections for whole -vehicle type -
approvals  and five sections for system, component, and separate technical unit type -
approvals as follows. In all cases, the sections shall be separated by the ‘*’ character.  
Section  1: The lower case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the 
Member St ate granting the EU type -approval:  
1 for Germany;  19 for Romania;  
2 for France;  20 for Poland;  
3 for Italy;  21 for Portugal;  
4 for the Netherlands;  23 for Greece;  
5 for Sweden;  24 for Ireland;  
6 for Belgium;  25 for Croatia;  
7 for Hungary;  26 for Slovenia;  
8 for the Czech Republic;  27 for Slovakia;  
9 for Spain;  29 for Estonia;  
11 for the United Kingdom;  32 for Latvia;  
12 for Austria;  34 for Bulgaria;  
13 for Luxembourg;  36 for Lithuania;  
17 for Finland;  49 for Cyprus;  
18 for Denmark;  50 for Malta.  
 
Section  2: The number of the base directive or regulation  
In the case of EU type -approval for systems, components or separate 
technical units covered by the implementing measures referred to in 
Regulation (EC) No  661/2009, the base regulation reference shall be the 
regulation number of the implementing act adopted pursuant to 
Article  14(1)(a) to (e) of Regulation (EC) No  661/2009.  
Section  3: The number of the latest amending directive or regulation, including 
implementing acts applicable to the  type-approval in accordance with the 
following indents. However, in case such amending directive or regulation 
or relevant implementing act does not yet exist, the number referred to in 
section  2 is repeated in section  3: 
— in the case of whole -vehicle ty pe-approvals, this means the latest 
directive or regulation amending an Article (or Articles) of Regulation 
(EU) No XXX/201X,  
_______________  
(1) Components and separate technical units shall be marked in accordance with the provisions of the 
relevant regu latory acts.  
  
EN 226   EN — in the case of whole -vehicle type -approvals granted in accordance 
with the procedure described in Article  39, this means the latest 
directive or regulation amending an Article or Articles of Regulation 
(EU) No XXX/201X, except that the two  first digits (e.g. 20) are 
replaced by the letters KS in block capitals,  
— this means the latest directive or regulation containing the actual 
provisions with which the system, component or technical unit 
conforms,  
— this means the latest regulation, cont aining amendments to 
implementing measures of Regulation (EC) No 661/2009, with which 
a system, component or technical unit complies,  
— should a directive or regulation, including their implementing acts, 
contain different technical requirements to be appl ied from specific 
dates, section  3 shall be followed with an alphabetical character to 
clearly identify against which technical requirements the approval was 
granted. Where different vehicle categories are concerned, the 
character may also refer to a speci fic vehicle category.  
Section  4: A four -digit sequential number (with leading zeros where applicable) for 
EU whole -vehicle type -approvals, or four or five digits for type -approval 
pursuant to a separate directive or regulation to denote the base type -
approval number. The sequence shall start from 0001 for each basic 
directive or regulation.  
Section  5: A two -digit sequential number (with leading zeros where applicable) to 
denote the extension. The sequence shall start from 00 for each base 
approval number.  
2. In the case of a whole -vehicle type -approval, section  2 shall be omitted.  
However, in the case of a national type -approval granted for vehicles produced in 
small series pursuant to Article  40, section  2 shall be replaced by the letters NKS in 
block capitals  
3. On the vehicle's statutory plate(s) only, section  5 shall be omitted.  
4. Layouts of the type -approval numbers.  
4.1. Example of a third type -approval (where no extension has yet been granted) granted 
by France  
(i) pursuant to Commission Regulati on (EU) No 1008/2010(2) (windscreen wiper and 
washer systems):  
e2*1008/2010*1008/2010*00003*00  
(ii) pursuant to Commission Regulation (EU) No 19/2011(3) as amended by 
Commission Regulation (EU) No 249/2012(4) (statutory markings):  
e2*19/2011*249/2012*0003* 00 
4.2. Example of the second extension to the fourth vehicle type -approval granted by the 
United Kingdom:  
e11*2007/2046*0004*02   
EN 227   EN 4.3. Example of a EU whole -vehicle type -approval granted to a vehicle produced in small 
series by Luxembourg, pursuant to Artic le 39: 
e13*KS07/46*0001*00.  
4.4. Example of a national type -approval granted to a vehicle produced in small series by 
the Netherlands, pursuant to Article  40: 
e4*NKS*0001*00.  
4.5. Example of the type -approval number to be stamped on the vehicle's statutory  plate(s):  
e11*2007/2046*0004.  
5. Annex  VII does not apply to type -approvals granted in accordance with UNECE 
regulations listed in Annex  IV, as the relevant numbering system is provided for in the 
respective UNECE regulations. However, Annex  VII applies t o EU type -approvals 
granted under Regulation (EC) No  661/2009 which are based on UNECE regulations 
(i.e. incorporating new technologies, EU type -approved components and STUs, virtual 
testing and self -testing). In this case, the following numbering system a pplies:  
Section  1: as in point  1 above  
Section  2: ‘661/2009’ (Regulation (EC) No  661/2009)  
Section  3: First portion is the UNECE Regulation No, followed by ‘R -’, the second 
portion is the series of amendments or ‘00’ if it is the original series, followed by ‘-’ 
and the third portion is the supplement level (with leading zeros where applicable) or 
‘00’ when there is no supplement to the relevant series.  
Section  4: as in point  1 above  
Section  5: as in point  1 above  
Examples:  
e1*661/2009*13 -HR-10-05*00001*00  
(type -approval granted by Germany, according to UNECE Regulation No 13 -H, 10 
series of amendments, supplement level 5, first approval issued, no extensions)  
e25*661/2009*28R -00-03*0123*05  
(granted by Croatia, according to UNECE Regulation No 28, original series of 
amendments, supplement 3, 123rd approval issued, 5th extension)  
 (2) Commission Regulation (EU) No  1008/2010 of 9 November 2010 concerning type -approval requirements 
for windscreen wiper and washer systems of certain motor vehicles and implementing Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirements for the 
general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units 
intended therefor (OJ  L 292, 10.11.2010, p. 2).  
(3) Commission Regulation (EU) No  19/2011 of 11 January 2011 concerning type -approval requirements for 
the manufacturer's statutory plate and for the vehicle identification number of motor vehicles and their 
trailers and implemen ting Regulation (EC) No  661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
concerning type -approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, 
components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L 8, 12 .1.2011, p. 1).  
(4) Commission Regulation (EU) No  249/2012 of 21 March 2012 amending Regulation (EU) No  19/2011 as 
regards type -approval requirements for the manufacturer's statutory plate of motor vehicles and their 
trailers (OJ L 82, 22.3.2012, p. 1).   
EN 228   EN Appendix  
EU type -approval mark of a component or a separate technical unit  
1. The EU type -approval mark of a component or a separate technical unit shall consist 
of the following:  
1.1. A rectangle surrounding the lower -case letter ‘e’ followed by the distin guishing 
letter(s) or number of the Member State which has granted the EU type -approval to a 
component or a separate technical unit:  
1 for Germany;  19 for Romania;  
2 for France;  20 for Poland;  
3 for Italy;  21 for Portugal;  
4 for the Netherlands;  23 for Greece;  
5 for Sweden;  24 for Ireland;  
6 for Belgium;  25 for Croatia;  
7 for Hungary;  26 for Slovenia;  
8 for the Czech Republic;  27 for Slovakia;  
9 for Spain;  29 for Estonia;  
11 for the United Kingdom;  32 for Latvia;  
12 for Austria;  34 for Bulgaria;  
13 for Luxembourg;  36 for Lithuania;  
17 for Finland;  49 for Cyprus;  
18 for Denmark;  50 for Malta.  
1.2. In the vicinity of the rectangle the ‘base approval number’ contained in section  4 of 
the type -approval number preceded by the two figures indicating the sequence number 
assigned to the latest amendment to the relevant separate directive or regulation.  
1.3. An additional symbol or symbols located above the rectangle, enabling certain 
characteristics to be identified, where specified in the relevant separate directives or 
regulations.  
2. The component or separate technical unit type -approval mark is affixed to the separate 
technical unit or component in such a way as to be indelible and clearly legible.  
3. An example of a component or separate technic al unit type -approval mark is contained 
in the Addendum.  
4. This Appendix does not apply to type -approvals granted in accordance with the 
UNECE regulations listed in Annex  IV, as the relevant arrangements of approval 
marks are provided for in the respectiv e UNECE regulations. However, this Appendix 
applies to EU type -approvals for components and separate technical units granted 
under Regulation (EC)  No 661/2009 that are based on UNECE regulations (i.e. 
components or separate technical units incorporating ne w technologies). In this case, 
the following arrangement of markings applies:  
The distinguishing type -approval marking shall be as prescribed in the relevant 
UNECE regulation taking the following into account:   
EN 229   EN When a circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ is pr escribed, this shall be not a circle, but a 
rectangle. Its height (a) shall at least correspond to the prescribed diameter size and its 
width shall exceed that value (i.e. > a). Instead of the upper -case letter ‘E’, the lower -
case letter ‘e’ shall be used,  followed by the distinguishing number of the Member 
State that has granted the EU type -approval of the component or separate technical 
unit.  
Example:  
 
(granted by Germany, based on UNECE Regulation No 28, original series, first 
approval granted, for a C lass II audible warning device incorporating new 
technologies)”  
 
 
 
EN 230   EN Addendum to the Appendix  
Example of an EU type -approval mark of a component or separate technical unit  
 
Legend: the above EU type -approval mark of a component is for a EU type -approval granted 
by Belgium under number 0004. 01 is a sequential number denoting the level of technical 
requirements to which this component fulfils. The sequential number is attributed in 
accordance with the relevant separate directive or regulation.  
NB: The additional symbols are not shown on this example.  
 
 
EN 231   EN ANNEX  VIII  
TEST RESULTS  
(To be completed by the approval authority and appended to the vehicle EU type -approval 
certificate)  
In each case, the information must make clear to which variant and versio n it is applicable. 
One version may not have more than one result. However, a combination of several results 
per version indicating the worst case is permissible. In that case, a note shall state that for 
items marked (*) only worst case results are given.  
1. Results of the sound level tests  
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable to the 
approval. In case of a regulatory act with two or more implementation stages, indicate 
also the implementation stage:  
Variant/Versi on: … … … 
Moving (dB(A)/E):  … … … 
Stationary (dB(A)/E):  … … … 
at (min– 1): … … … 
2. Results of the exhaust emission tests  
2.1. Emissions from motor vehicles tested under the test procedure for light -duty vehicles  
Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the 
regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation 
stage:  
Fuel(s) (a) … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, Bi -fuel: petrol/NG, LPG, Flex -fuel: 
petrol/ethanol, NG/H2NG…)  
2.1.1 . Type 1 test (b) (c) (vehicle emissions in the test cycle after a cold start)  
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (mg/km)  … … … 
THC (mg/km)  … … … 
NMHC (mg/km)  … … … 
NO x (mg/km)  … … … 
THC + NO x (mg/km)  … … … 
Mass of particulate matter (PM) 
(mg/km)  … … … 
Number of particles (P) (#/km) (1) … … …  
EN 232   EN 2.1.2.  Type 2 test (b) (c) (emissions data required at type -approval for roadworthiness 
purposes)  
Type 2, low idle test:  
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (% vol.)  … … … 
Engine speed (min– 1) … … … 
Engine oil temperature (°C)  … … … 
Type 2, high idle test:  
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (% vol.)  … … … 
Lambda value  … … … 
Engine speed (min– 1) … … … 
Engine oil temperature (°C)  … … … 
2.1.3.  Type 3 test (emissions of crankcase gases): …  
2.1.4.  Type 4 test (evaporative emissions): …g/test  
2.1.5.  Type 5 test (durability of anti -pollution control devices):  
— Ageing distance covered (km)(e.g. 160 000 km): …  
— Deterioration factor DF: calculated/fixed (2)  
— Values:  
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO … … … 
THC  … … … 
NMHC  … … … 
NO x  … … … 
THC + NO x  … … … 
Mass of particulate matter (PM)  … … … 
Number of particles (P) (1) … … …  
EN 233   EN 2.1.6.  Type 6 test (average emissions at low ambient temperatures):  
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (g/km)  … … … 
THC (g/km)  … … … 
2.1.7.  OBD: yes/no (2) 
2.2. Emissions from engines tested under the test procedure for heavy -duty vehicles.  
Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the 
regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the  implementation 
stage: …  
Fuel(s) (a) … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, ethanol …)  
2.2.1.  Results of the ESC test (1) (e) (f) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (mg/kWh)  … … … 
THC (mg/kWh)  … … … 
NO x (mg/kWh)  … … … 
NH 3 (ppm) (1) … … … 
PM mass (mg/kWh)  … … … 
PM number  (#/kWh) (1) … … … 
2.2.2.  Result of the ELR test (1) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
Smoke value:…m– 1  … … … 
2.2.3.  Result of the ETC test (e) (f) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (mg/kWh)  … … … 
THC (mg/kWh)  … … … 
NMHC (mg/kWh) (1) … … … 
CH 4 (mg/kWh) (1) … … … 
NO x (mg/kWh)  … … … 
NH 3 (ppm) (1) … … … 
PM mass (mg/kWh)  … … … 
PM number (#/kWh) (1) … … …  
EN 234   EN 2.2.4.  Idle test (1) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO (% vol.)  … … … 
Lambda Value (1) … … … 
Engine speed (min– 1) … … … 
Engine oil temperature (°C)  … … … 
2.3. Diesel smoke  
Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the 
regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation 
stage:   
2.3.1.  Results of the test under free acceleration  
Variant/Version:  … … … 
Corrected value of the 
absorption coefficient (m– 1) … … … 
Normal engine idling speed  … … … 
Maximum engine speed  … … … 
Oil temperature (min./max.)  … … … 
3. Results of the CO 2 emission, fuel/electric energy consumption, and electric range tests  
Number of the base regulatory act and the latest amending regulatory act applicable to 
the approval:  
3.1. Internal combustion engines, including not externally chargeable hybrid electri c 
vehicles (NOVC) (1) (d) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO 2 mass emission (urban conditions) 
(g/km)  … … … 
CO 2 mass emission (extra -urban 
conditions) (g/km)  … … … 
CO 2 mass emission (combined) (g/km)  … … … 
Fuel consumption (urban conditions) 
(l/100 km) (g)  … … … 
Fuel consumption (extra -urban 
conditions) (l/100 km) (g)  … … … 
Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km) 
(g)  … … …  
EN 235   EN 3.2. Externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (OVC) (1) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
CO 2 mass emission (Condition A, 
combined) (g/km)  … … … 
CO 2 mass emission (Condition B, 
combined) (g/km)  … … … 
CO 2 mass emission (weighted, 
combined) (g/km)  … … … 
Fuel consumption (Condition A, 
combined) (l/100 km) (g) … … … 
Fuel consumption (Condition B, 
combined) (l/100 km) (g) … … … 
Fuel consumption (weighted, 
combined) (l/100 km) (g) … … … 
Electric energy consumption 
(Condition A, combined) (Wh/km)  … … … 
Electric energy consumption 
(Condition B, combined) (Wh/km)  … … … 
Electric energy consumption 
(weighted and combined) (Wh/km)  … … … 
Pure electric range (km)  … … … 
3.3. Pure electric vehicles (1) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
Electric energy consumption 
(Wh/km)  … … … 
Range (km)  … … … 
3.4. Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles (1) 
Variant/Version:  … … … 
Fuel consumption (kg/100 km)  … … …  
EN 236   EN 4. Results of the tests for vehicles fitted with eco -innovation(s) (h1) (h2) (h3) 
Variant/Version …  
Decision 
approving 
the eco -
innovation 
(h4)   Code of the 
eco-
innovation 
(h5)   1. CO 2 
emissions of 
the baseline 
vehicle 
(g/km)  2. CO 2 
emissions of 
the eco -
innovation 
vehicle 
(g/km)  3. CO 2 
emissions of 
the baseline 
vehicle under 
Type 1 test -
cycle (h6)   4. CO 2 
emissions of 
the eco -
innovation 
vehicle under 
Type 1 test -
cycle  
(= 3.5.1.3)  5. Usage factor 
(UF) i.e. 
temporal share of 
technolo gy usage 
in normal 
operation 
conditions  CO 2 
emissions 
savings  
((1 – 2) – 
(3 – 4))*5  
xxxx/201x  … … … … … … … 
… … … … … … … … 
… … … … … … … … 
Total CO 2 emissions savings (g/km) (h7)   … 
4.1. General code of the eco -innovation(s) (h8) 
Explanatory notes  
(1) Where applicable.  
(2) Delete where not applicable.  
(a) Where restrictions for the fuel are applicable, indicate these restrictions (e.g. for natural gas the L range or 
the H range).  
(b) For bi -fuel vehicles, the table shall be repeated for both fuels.  
(c) For flex fuel vehicles, where the test is to be performed on both fuels, according to Figure I.2.4 of Annex  I 
to Regulation (EC)  No 692/2008, and for vehicles running on LPG or NG/Bio methane, either bi -fuel or 
mono -fuel, the table shall be repeated f or the different reference gases used in the test, and an additional 
table shall display the worst results obtained. Where applicable, in accordance with points 1.1.2.4 and 
1.1.2.5 of Annex  I to Regulation (EC)  No 692/2008, it shall be shown if the results  are measured or 
calculated.  
(d) Repeat the table for each reference fuel tested.  
(e) For Euro VI, ESC shall be understood as WHSC and ETC as WHTC.  
(f) For Euro VI, if CNG and LPG fuelled engines are tested on different reference fuels, the table shall be 
reproduced for each reference fuel tested.  
(g) The unit “l/100 km” is replaced by “m 3 /100 km” for vehicles fuelled with NG and H2NG, and by “kg/100 
km” for vehicles fuelled with hydrogen.  
(h) Eco-innovations.  
(h1) Repeat the table for each variant/versio n. 
(h2) Repeat the table for each reference fuel tested.  
(h3) Expand the table if necessary, using one extra row per eco -innovation.  
(h4) Number of the Commission decision approving the eco -innovation.  
(h5) Assigned in the Commission decision approving the  eco-innovation.  
(h6) If a modelling methodology is applied instead of the type 1 test cycle, this value shall be the one provided 
by the modelling methodology.  
(h7) Sum of the CO 2 emissions savings of each individual eco -innovation.  
(h8) The general code of the eco -innovation(s) shall consist of the following elements, each separated by a 
blank space:  
— Code of the approval authority as set out in Annex  VII;  
— Individual code of each eco -innovation fitted in the vehicle, indicated in chr onological order of the 
Commission approval decisions.  
E.g. the general code of three eco -innovations approved chronologically as 10, 15 and 16 and fitted to 
a vehicle certified by the German approval authority should be: “e1 10 15 16”.
  
EN 237   EN ANNEX  IX 
CERTIFIC ATE OF CONFORMITY  
1. OBJECTIVES  
The certificate of conformity is a statement delivered by the vehicle manufacturer to 
the buyer in order to assure him that the vehicle acquired complies with the 
legislation in force in the Union at the time it was produced .  
The certificate of conformity also serves the purpose of enabling the competent 
authorities of the Member States to register vehicles without having to require the 
applicant to supply additional technical documentation.  
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
2.1. The certificate of conformity shall include the following information:  
(a) the Vehicle Identification Number;  
(b) the date of manufacture of the vehicle;  
(c) the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (i.e. it is not permitted to 
mention any range of values in the various entries).  
2.2. The certificate of conformity shall consist of two parts:  
(a) SIDE 1, which consists of a statement of compliance by the manufacturer. The 
template for this statement shall be identical for all vehicle categories.  
(b) SIDE 2, which is a technical description of the exact technical characteristics 
of the vehicle. Side 2 shall be adapted to each specific vehicle category.  
2.3. The certificate of conformity shall be established in a maximum format A4 (210 × 
297 mm) or a fol der of maximum format A4.  
2.4. Without prejudice to point  2.2.(b), the values and units provided in side  2 of the 
certificate of conformity shall be identical to those given in the type -approval 
documentation that the relevant regulatory acts require. In case of conformity of 
production checks, the values shall be verified according to the methods laid down in 
the relevant regulatory acts. The tolerances allowed in those regulatory acts shall be 
taken into account.  
3. SPECIAL PROVISIONS  
3.1. Model A of the  certificate of conformity (complete vehicle) shall cover vehicles that 
can be used on the road without requiring any further stage of completion for their 
type-approval.  
3.2. Model B of the certificate of conformity (completed vehicles) shall cover vehicl es 
that have undergone a further stage of completion for their type -approval.  
This is the normal result of the multi -stage type -approval (e.g. a bus built by a second 
stage manufacturer on a chassis built by a vehicle manufacturer).  
The additional features  that have been added during the multi -stage procedure shall 
be described briefly.  
3.3. Model C of the certificate of conformity (incomplete vehicles) shall cover vehicles 
that need a further stage of completion for their approval (e.g. truck chassis).   
EN 238   EN Except for tractors for semi -trailers, certificates of conformity covering chassis -cab 
vehicles belonging to category N shall be of Model C.   
EN 239   EN PART  I  
COMPLETE AND COMPLETED VEHICLES   
MODEL A1 — SIDE 1  
COMPLETE VEHICLES  
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY  
Side 1  
The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle:  
0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …  
0.2. Type: …  
Variant (a): … 
Version (a): … 
0.2.1.  Commercial name: …  
0.4. Vehicle category: …  
0.5. Company name and address of manufacture r: … 
0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …  
Location of the vehicle identification number: …  
0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …  
0.10.  Vehicle identification number: …  
0.11 Date of manufacture: ……  
conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including 
extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and  
can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left (b) hand traffic and using 
metric/imperial (c) units for the speedometer.(d)  
NB: 
- If this model is used for type -approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or 
new concept, pursuant to Article  37 of Regulation (EU) No  XXX/201X, the heading of the 
certificate of conformity shall read ‘PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY 
VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF …(MS)’.  
The provisional certificate of conformity shall also display in its title, instead of 
‘COMPLETE VEHICLES’, the following: ‘FOR COMPLETE VEHICLES, TYPE -
APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE  37 OF REGULATION (EU) 
NO XXX/20 1X OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL OF 
[DD OF MONTH OF YEAR] ON THE APPROVAL AND MARKET SURVEILLANCE 
OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND THEIR TRAILERS, AND OF SYSTEMS, (Place) (Date): …  (Signature): …   
EN 240   EN COMPONENTS AND SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS INTENDED FOR SUCH 
VEHICLES (PROVISIONAL APPROVAL )’, in accordance with Article  37 of Regulation 
(EU)  No XXX/201X.  
   
EN 241   EN MODEL A2 — SIDE 1  
COMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE -APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES  
[Year]  [Sequential number]  
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY  
Side 1  
The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle:  
0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …  
0.2. Type: …  
Variant (a): … 
Version (a): … 
0.2.1.  Commercial name: …  
0.4. Vehicle category: …  
0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …  
Location of the vehicle identification number: …  
0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …  
0.10.  Vehicle identification number: …  
0.11.  Date of manufacture: ……….  
conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including 
extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and  
can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left (b) hand traffic and using 
metric/imperial (c) units for the speedometer.(d)  
 
 (Place) (Date): …  (Signature): …   
EN 242   EN MODEL B — SIDE 1  
COMPLETED VEHICLES  
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY  
Side 1   
The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle:  
0.1. Make (Trade name of the manufacturer): …  
0.2. Type: …  
Variant (a): … 
Version (a): … 
0.2.1.  Commercial name: …  
0.2.2.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, type -approval information of the 
base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage):  
Type: …………………………………………………………………………  
Variant (a): …………………………………………………………………..  
Version (a): …………………………………………………………………...  
Type -approval number, extension number …………………………………  
0.4. Vehicle category: …  
0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
0.5.1.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, company name and address of the 
manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle………  
0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …  
Location of the vehicle identification number: …  
0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …  
0.10.  Vehicle identification number: …  
0.11.  Date of manufacture: …….  
(a) has been completed and altered (1) as follows: … and  
(b) conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval num ber, 
including extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and  
(c) can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left (b) hand traffic and 
using metric/imperial (c) units for the speedometer.(d) 
Attachments: Certificate of conformity delivered at each previous stage.  (Place) (Date): …  (Signature): …   
EN 243   EN NB: 
- If this model is used for type -approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or 
new concept, pursuant to Article  37 of Regulation (EU)  No XXX/2014, the heading of t he 
certificate shall read ‘PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY VALID ONLY 
ON THE TERRITORY OF …(MS)’.  
The provisional certificate of conformity shall also display in its title, instead of ‘COMPLETE 
VEHICLES’, the following: ‘FOR COMPLETE VEHICLES, TYPE -APPROVED IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE  37 OF REGULATION (EU)  NO XXX/201X OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL OF [DD OF MONTH OF YEAR] 
ON THE APPROVAL AND MARKET SURVEILLANCE OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND 
THEIR TRAILERS, AND OF SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS AND SEPAR ATE 
TECHNICAL UNITS INTENDED FOR SUCH VEHICLES (PROVISIONAL 
APPROVAL)’, in accordance with Article  37 of Regulation (EU)  No XXX/201X.   
EN 244   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY M 1 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
7. Height: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.2. Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass  of the combination: … kg  
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity:  … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1)   
EN 245   EN 26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at  … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30. Axle(s) track:  1. … mm  2. … mm  3. … mm  
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
40. Colour of vehicle (j): … 
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (k): … 
42.1.  Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …  
42.3.  Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1  
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act : …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: … HC: … NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 or 6(1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NO x: … THC + NO x: … NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …   
EN 246   EN 2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: … NO x: … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4: … NH 3: … Particulates (mass): … 
Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption (m): 
1. All power train, except pure electric vehicles  
 CO 2 emissions  Fuel consumption  
Urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Extra -urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Combined:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Weighted, combined  … g/km  … l/100 km  
2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles  
Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km  
Electric range  … km  
3. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no (1) 
3.1. General code of the eco -innovation(s) (p1): … 
3.2. Total CO 2 emissions savings due to the eco -innovation(s) (p2) (repeat for each 
reference fuel tested): …  
Miscellaneous  
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 247   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY M 2 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
7. Height: … mm  
9. Distance between the fr ont end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: 
… mm  
12. Rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 248   EN 17.4.  Intended registration/in service ma ximum permissible mass of the combination: 
… kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the cou pling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30. Axle(s) track:  1. … mm  2. … mm  3. … mm  
33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneuma tic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
39. Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B (1)  
EN 249   EN 41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating position s (including the driver) (k): … 
42.1.  Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …  
42.3.  Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …  
43. Number of standing places: …  
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling  device (if fitted): …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1  
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …   NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 or 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI)  (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: … THC + NO x: … 
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: … 
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 250   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGOR Y M 3 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, intercon nection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
7. Height: … mm  
9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: 
… mm  
12. Rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum la den mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intende d registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:   
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 251   EN 17.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: 
… kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine c ode as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3 
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/B iodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30.1.  Track of each steered axle: … mm  
30.2.  Track of all other axles: … mm  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/ hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Bodywork   
EN 252   EN 38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
39. Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B (1) 
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (i ncluding the driver) (k): … 
42.1.  Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: …  
42.2.  Number of passenger seating positions: … (lower deck) … (upper deck) (including 
the driver)  
42.3.  Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …  
43. Number of standing places: …  
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: ESC  
CO: …  HC: …  NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity  (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  THC + NO x: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: … NO x: … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: … NO x: … NMHC: … THC: … CH 4: … NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 253   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY N 1 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
7. Height: … mm  
8. Fifth wheel lead for semi -trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm  
9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: 
… mm  
11. Length of the loading area: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
14. Mass of the base vehicle in running order: …kg (1)(q) 
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.2.  Semi -trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Techn ically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg   
EN 254   EN Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)  (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30. Axle(s) track:  1. … mm  2. … mm  3. … mm  
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressu re in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
40. Colour of vehicle (j): … 
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (k): … 
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances   
EN 255   EN 46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …  NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 o r 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  THC + NO x: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … 
Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO  VI) 
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption (m): 
1. All power train except pure electric vehicles  
 CO 2 emissions  Fuel consumption  
Urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Extra -urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Combined:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Weighted, combined  … g/km  … l/100 km  
2. Pure electric  vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles  
Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km  
Electric range  … km  
3. Vehicle fitted with eco -innovation(s): yes/no (1) 
3.1. General code of the eco -innovation(s) (p1): …………………………………..  
3.2. Total CO 2 emissions saving due to the eco -innovation(s) (p2) (repeat for each 
reference fuel tested): ……………………………………………………….  
  
EN 256   EN Miscellaneous  
50. Type -approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous 
goods: yes/class(es): …/no (l): 
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 257   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY N 2 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and  position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
8. Fifth wheel lead for semi -trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm  
9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: 
… mm  
11. Length of the loading area: … mm  
12. Rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. 
… kg  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum  permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 258   EN 17.3.  Inten ded registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … 
kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.2.  Semi -trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as mark ed on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … k m/h 
Axles and suspension  
31. Position of lift axle(s): …  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): …  
EN 259   EN Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/p neumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (k): … 
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45.1. Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1  
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …  NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I  (Euro 5 or 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  THC + NO x: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … 
Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
48.1 smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
50. Type -approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous  
goods: yes/class(es): …/no (l): 
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 260   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY N 3 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
8. Fifth wheel lead for semi -trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm  
9. Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: 
… mm  
11. Length of the loading area: … mm  
12. Rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum lad en mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each a xle: 
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 261   EN 17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
 1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
17.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … 
kg 
18. Technically pe rmissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.2.  Semi -trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Die sel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … k m/h 
Axles and suspension  
31. Position of lift axle(s): …  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): …  
EN 262   EN Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (k): … 
Coupling de vice 
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: ESC  
CO: …  HC: …  NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  THC + NO x: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
50. Type -approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous 
goods: yes/class(es): … /no (l): 
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 263   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORIES O 1 AND O 2 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and  wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm  
7. Height: … mm  
10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: 
… mm  
11. Length of the loading area: … mm  
12. Rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi -trailer 
or centre -axle trailer: … kg  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30.1.  Track of each steered axle: … mm  
30.2.  Track of all other axles: … mm  
31. Position of lift axle(s): …   
EN 264   EN 32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Miscellaneous  
50. Type -approved according to the design requirements for transporti ng dangerous 
goods: yes/class(es): …/no (l): 
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 265   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORIES O 3 AND O 4 
(complete and completed vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction chara cteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5. Length: … mm  
6. Width: … mm 
7. Height: … mm  
10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: 
… mm  
11. Length of the loading area: … mm  
12. Rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
13. Mass in running order: … kg  
13.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the  axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. 
… kg  
13.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle: …..kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. 
… kg etc.  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … k g 
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 266   EN 17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
 1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
19. Technically permissibl e maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi -trailer 
or centre -axle trailer: … kg  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
31. Position of lift axle(s): …  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
Bodywork  
38. Code for bodywork (i): … 
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Miscellaneous  
50. Type -approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous 
goods: yes/class(es): …/no (l): 
51. For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex  II, section  5: …  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 267   EN PART  II  
INCOMPLETE VEHICLES   
MODEL C1 — SIDE 1  
INCOMPLETE VEHICLES  
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY  
Side 1   
The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle:  
0.1. Make (Tra de name of manufacturer): …  
0.2. Type: …  
Variant (a): … 
Version (a): … 
0.2.1.  Commercial name: …  
0.2.2.  For multi -stage type -approved vehicles, type -approval information of the 
base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage):  
Type: …………………………………………………………………………  
Variant (a): …………………………………………………………………..  
Version (a): …………………………………………………………………...  
Type -approval number, extension number …………………………………..  
0.4. Vehicle category: …  
0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
0.5.1.  For mul ti-stage type -approved vehicles, company name and address of the 
manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle………  
0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: …  
Location of the vehicle identification number: …  
0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …  
0.10.  Vehicle identification number: …  
0.11.  Date of manufacture: ………  
conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including 
extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and  
cannot be permanently registered without further approvals  
 
(Place) (Date): …  (Signature): …   
EN 268   EN MODEL C2 — SIDE 1  
INCOMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE -APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES  
[Year]  [Sequential number]  
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY  
Side 1  
The undersigned [… ( Full name and position )] hereby certifies that the vehicle:  
0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): …  
0.2. Type: …  
Variant (a): … 
Version (a): … 
0.2.1.  Commercial name: …  
0.4. Vehicle category: …  
0.5. Company name and address of manufacturer: …  
0.6. Location an d method of attachment of the statutory plates: …  
Location of the vehicle identification number: …  
0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …  
0.10.  Vehicle identification number: …  
0.11.  Date of manufacture: ………  
conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including 
extension number ) issued on (… date of issue ) and  
cannot be permanently registered without further approvals  
 
 (Place) (Date): …  (Signature): …   
EN 269   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CA TEGORY M 1 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm 
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm  
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this m ass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the vehicle of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technicall y permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the e ngine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1)  
EN 270   EN 23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG — Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum  hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30. Axle(s) track:  1. … mm  2. … mm  3. … mm  
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
Bodywork  
41. Number and configuration of doors: …  
42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (k): … 
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …  NO x: … HC + NO x: … 
Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 or 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: … THC + NO x: … NH 3: …   
EN 271   EN Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption (m): 
1. All power train, except pure electric vehicles  
 CO 2 emissions  Fuel consumption  
Urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Extra -urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Combined:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Weighted, combined  … g/km  … l/100 km  
2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles  
Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km  
Electric range  … km  
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 272   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY M 2 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm 
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mas s of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each a xle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 273   EN 17.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … 
kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30. Axle(s) track:  1. … mm  2. … mm  3. … mm  
33. Drive axle(s)  fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Coupling device   
EN 274   EN 44. Approva l number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: ….  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …   NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 or 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: … THC + NO x: … 
NH 3: …  Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 275   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY M 3 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm  
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/internati onal traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:   
EN 276   EN 1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … 
kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centr e-axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electri c: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2. (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric  motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30.1.  Track of each steered axle: … mm  
30.2.  Track of all other axles: … mm  
32. Position of loadable ax le(s): …  
33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes   
EN 277   EN 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: ….  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: ESC  
CO: …  HC: …   NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  THC + NO x: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 278   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY N 1 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm  
8. Fifth wheel lead for semi -trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum):  … mm  
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on eac h axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …   
EN 279   EN 22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] veh icle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minute s power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30. Axle(s) track:  1. … mm  2. … mm  3. … mm  
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes  
36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …  
45.1. Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1 
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …   
EN 280   EN 1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …  NO x: … HC + NO x: … 
Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 or 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  
THC + NO x: … NH 3: … Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number):…  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption (m): 
1. All power train except pure electric vehicles  
 CO 2 emissions  Fuel consumption  
Urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Extra -urban conditions:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Combined:  … g/km  … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) 
Weighted, combined  … g/km  … l/100 km  
2. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles  
Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km  
Electric range  … km  
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 281   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY N 2 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm  
8. Fifth wheel lead for semi -trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm  
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete  vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg   
EN 282   EN 17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.4.  Intended re gistration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … 
kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4.  Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximu m static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement  of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
31. Position of lift axle(s): …  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
33. Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes   
EN 283   EN 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: ….  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1  
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC (1) 
CO: …  HC: …   NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates: …  
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: Type I (Euro 5 or 6 (1)) or WHSC (EURO VI) (1) 
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: … THC + NO x: … 
NH 3: …  Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 284   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORY N 3 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm  
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
8. Fifth wheel lead for semi -trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm  
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the  incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:   1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
16.4.  Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1)(o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on  each axle 
group:   
EN 285   EN 1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.4.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination: … 
kg 
18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of:  
18.1.  Drawbar trailer: … kg  
18.3.  Centre -axle trailer: … kg  
18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg  
19. Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg  
Power plant  
20. Manufacturer of the engine: …  
21. Engine code as marked on the engine: …  
22. Working principle: …  
23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 
23.1.  Hybri d [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 
24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: …  
25. Engine capacity: … cm3  
26. Fuel: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/CNG -Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 
26.1.  Mono -fuel/Bi -fuel/Flex -fuel/Dual -fuel (1) 
26.2.  (Dual -fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B (1) 
27. Maximum power  
27.1.  Maximum net power (g): … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) (1) 
27.2.  Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.3.  Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
27.4.  Maxi mum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor) (1) 
28. Gearbox (type): …  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30.1.  Track of each steered axle: … mm  
30.2.  Track of all other axles: … mm  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
33. Drive axl e(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Brakes   
EN 286   EN 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1) 
37. Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar  
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: ….  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Environmental performances  
46. Sound level  
Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1  
Drive -by: … dB(A)  
47. Exhaust emission level (l): Euro …  
48. Exhaust emissions (m)(m1)(m2): 
Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act: …  
1.1 test procedure: ESC  
CO: …  HC: …   NO x: … HC + NO x: … Particulates : … 
Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m-1) 
1.2. test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  THC: …  NMHC: …  NO x: …  THC + NO x: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
2.1. test procedure: ETC (where applicable)  
CO: …  NO x: … NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: … 
Particulates: …  
2.2. test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI)  
CO: …  NO x: …  NMHC: …  THC: …  CH 4: …  NH 3: …  
Particulates (mass): …  Particles (number): …  
48.1.  Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m-1) 
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 287   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGO RIES O 1 AND O 2 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
Main dimensions  
4. Wheelbase (e): … mm  
4.1. Axle spacing:  1-2: … mm  2-3: … mm  3-4: … mm 
5.1. Maximum permissible length: … mm  
6.1. Maximum permissible width: … mm  
7.1. Maximum permissible height: … mm  
10. Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: 
… mm  
12.1.  Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distr ibution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technica lly permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg 
etc. 
19.1.  Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi -trailer 
or centre -axle trailer: … kg  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
30.1.  Track of each steered axle: … mm  
30.2.  Track of all other axles: … mm   
EN 288   EN 31. Position of lift axle(s): …  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …  
34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 289   EN SIDE 2  
VEHICLE CATEGORIES O 3 AND O 4 
(incomplete vehicles)  
Side 2  
General construction characteristics  
1. Number of axles: … and wheels: …  
1.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …  
2. Steered axles (number, position): …  
Masses  
14. Mass in running order of the incomplete ve hicle: …..kg  
14.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
14.2.  Actual mass of the incomplete vehicle: …..kg  
15. Minimum mass of the vehicle when completed: … kg  
15.1.  Distribution of this mass amongst the axles:  1. … kg  2. …  kg 3. … kg  
16. Technically permissible maximum masses  
16.1.  Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg  
16.2.  Technically permissible mass on each axle:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg etc.  
16.3.  Technically permissible mass on each axle group:  1. … kg  2. … kg  3. 
… kg etc.  
17. Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses in 
national/international traffic (1) (o) 
17.1.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass: … kg  
17.2.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissib le laden mass on each axle:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
17.3.  Intended registration/in service maximum permissible laden mass on each axle 
group:  
1. … kg  2. … kg  3. … kg  
19.1.  Technically permissible maximum static mass on the coupling point of a semi -trailer  
or centre -axle trailer: … kg  
Maximum speed  
29. Maximum speed: … km/h  
Axles and suspension  
31. Position of lift axle(s): …  
32. Position of loadable axle(s): …   
EN 290   EN 34. Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1) 
35. Tyre/wheel combination (h): … 
Coupling device  
44. Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): …  
45. Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: …  
45.1.  Characteristics values (1): D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …  
Miscellaneous  
52. Remarks (n): …  
EN 291   EN Explanatory notes  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(a) Indicate the identification code.  
(b) Indicate whether the vehicle is suitable for use in either right or left -hand traffic or both right and 
left-hand traffic.  
(c) Indicate whether the speedometer fitted has metric or both metric and imperial units.  
(d) This statement shall not restrict the right of a Member State to require technical adaptations for 
the registration of a vehicle in a Member State other than the one for which it was intended when 
the direction of the traffic is on the opposite side of the road.  
(e) Entries  4. and 4.1 shall be completed in accordance with the definitions of wheelbase and axle 
spacing in Article  2 (25) and (26) of Regulation (EU)  No 1230/2012, respectively.  
(g) For hyb rid electric vehicles, indicate both power outputs.  
(h) Optional equipment can be added under point  52, ‘Remarks’.  
(i) The codes described in Annex  II, section  C, shall be used.  
(j) Indicate only the basic colour(s) as follows: white, yellow, orange, red, violet, blue, green, grey, 
brown or black.  
(k) Excluding seats that are designated to be used only when the vehicle is stationary and excluding 
the number of wheelchair positions.  
For coaches belonging to the vehicle category M 3, the number of crew m embers shall be included 
in the passenger number.  
(l) Add the number of the Euro level and the character corresponding to the provisions used for type -
approval.  
(m) Repeat for the various fuels that can be used. Vehicles that can run on both petrol and g aseous 
fuel, but in which the petrol system is fitted for emergency or starting purposes only, and vehicles 
of which the petrol tank cannot contain more than 15 litres of petrol, will be regarded as vehicles 
that only can run on a gaseous fuel.  
(m1) In case of EURO VI dual -fuel engines and vehicles, repeat as appropriate.  
(m2) Only emissions that have been assessed in accordance with the relevant regulatory act or acts 
shall be stated.  
(n) Where the vehicle is equipped with 24 GHz short -range radar equipment in accordance with 
Commission Decision 2005/50/EC31, the manufacturer shall indicate the following: ‘Vehicle 
equipped with 24 GHz short -range radar equipment’.  
(o) The manufacturer may complete these entries for international traffic, for nationa l traffic or for 
both.  
For national traffic, the entry shall mention the code of the country where the vehicle is intended 
to be registered. The code shall be in accordance with standard ISO  3166 -1:2006.  
For international traffic, the entry shall mention t he directive number (e.g. ‘96/53/EC’ for Council 
Directive 96/53/EC).  
(p) Eco-innovations.  
(p1) The general code of the eco -innovation(s) shall consist of the following elements, each separated 
by a blank space:  
— Code of the approval authority as set out in Annex  VII; 
— Individual code of each eco -innovation fitted in the vehicle, indicated in chronological order 
of the Commission approval decisions.  
                                                 
31 Commission Decision 2005/50/EC on the harmonisation of the 24  GHz range radio spectrum band for 
the tim e-limited use by automotive short -range radar equipment in the Community (OJ L  21, 25.1.2005, 
p. 15).  
EN 292   EN — (E.g. the general code of three eco -innovations approved chronologically as 10, 15 and 16 
and fitted to a vehicle certified by the German approval authority should be: ‘e1 10 15 16’.)  
(p2) Sum of the CO 2 emissions savings of each individual eco -innovation.  
(q) In the case of completed vehicles of category N 1 within the scope of Regulation 
(EC)  No 715/2007.  
  
EN 293   EN ANNEX  X 
CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION PROCEDURES  
1. Objectives  
1.1. The conformity of production procedure aims to ensure that each vehicle, system, 
component and technical separate unit,  part or equipment produced is in 
conformity with the approved type.  
1.2. The conformity of production procedure shall always include the assessment of 
quality -assurance management systems, referred to in point  2 as the ‘initial 
assessment’, and the verification of the type -approval subject and product -related 
controls, referred to in point  3 as ‘product conformity arrangements’.  
2. Initial assessment  
2.1. Before granting type -approval, the approval authority shall verify that the 
manufacturer has established satisfactory arr angements and procedures for 
ensuring that vehicles, systems, components, separate technical units or parts and 
equipment are produced in conformity with the approved type.  
2.2. Guidance for conducting those assessments may be found in Standard EN 
ISO 1901 1:2011 — Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management 
systems auditing.  
2.3. Compliance with the requirements of point  2.1 shall be verified to the satisfaction 
of the approval authority, as follows:  
The approval authority shall be satisfied wit h the initial assessment and the 
product conformity arrangements referred to in point  3, taking into account one of 
the arrangements referred to in points  2.3.1 to 2.3.3, or a combination of those 
arrangements in full or in part as appropriate.  
2.3.1.  The initial assessment and verification of product conformity arrangements shall 
be carried out by the approval authority or a body appointed for this purpose by 
the approval authority.  
2.3.1.1.  When considering the extent of the initial assessment to be carried out, the 
approval authority may take into account the following information:  
(a) whether the manufacturer has a certification similar to the one referred to in 
point  2.3.3, but which has not been qualified or recognised under that point;  
(b) in the  case of a type -approval of a system, component or separate technical 
unit, quality system assessments that have been performed by vehicle 
manufacturer(s) in the premises of the manufacturer of the system, 
component or separate technical unit, in accordanc e with one or more of the 
industry sector specifications satisfying the requirements in the EN 
ISO 9001:2008 or ISO/TS16949:2009 standards.  
(c) whether in one of the Member States one or more of the manufacturer’s type 
approvals recently have been withdrawn, due to unsatisfactory control of 
conformity of production. In that case, the initial assessment by the approval 
authority shall not be limited to accepting the manufacturer’s quality system  
EN 294   EN certification, but shall include a verification whether  all necessary 
improvements for ensuring effective control have been implemented, so that 
vehicles, components, systems or separate technical units are produced in 
conformity with the approved type.  
2.3.2.  The initial assessment and verification of product  conformity arrangements may 
be carried out by the approval authority of another Member State or by the body 
appointed for this purpose by the approval authority.  
2.3.2.1.  The approval authority of that other Member State shall in that case prepare a 
statement of compliance, which outlines the areas and production facilities that 
that approval authority has covered as relevant to the product(s) to be type -
approved and to the regulatory acts in accordance with which these products are to 
be type -approved.  
2.3.2.2.  On receiving a request for a statement of compliance from the approval authority 
of a Member State granting type -approval, the approval authority of another 
Member State shall immediately send that statement of compliance or inform that 
approval aut hority that is unable to provide such a statement.  
2.3.2.3.  The statement of compliance shall include at least the following:  
(a) Group or company  (e.g. XYZ Automotive)  
(b) Particular organisation  (e.g. regional Division)  
(c) Plants/Sites  (e.g. Engine Pl ant 1 (in country A) — 
Vehicle Plant 2 (in country B))  
(d) Vehicle/Component range  (e.g. All Category M 1 models)  
(e) Areas assessed  (e.g. Engine assembly, body pressing and 
assembly, vehicle assembly)  
(f) Documents examined  (e.g. Company and site quality manual and 
procedures)  
(g) Date of the assessment  (e.g. Audit conducted from dd/mm/yyyy to 
dd/mm/yyyy)  
(h) Planned monitoring visit  (e.g. mm/yyyy)  
2.3.3.  An approval authority may also accept the manufacturer’s certification to 
standards EN ISO  9001:2008 or ISO/TS16949:2009 (the scope of this 
certification shall in that case cover the product(s) to be approved), or an 
equivalent certification standard as satisfying the initial assessment requirements 
of point  2.3., provided that conformity of pro duction is indeed covered by the 
quality management system and that the manufacturer's type -approval has not 
been withdrawn as referred to in point  2.3.1.1.(c). The manufacturer shall provide 
details of the certification and inform the approval authority o f any revisions to its 
validity or scope.  
2.4. For the purpose of vehicle type -approval, the initial assessments carried out for 
the granting of type -approvals for systems, components and separate technical 
units of the vehicle need not be repeated, but sh all be completed by an assessment 
of the locations and activities relating to the assembly of the whole vehicle that 
have not been covered by the former assessments.   
EN 295   EN 3. Product conformity arrangements  
3.1. Every vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, part or item of 
equipment approved pursuant to a UNECE Regulation annexed to the Revised 
1958 Agreement and to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to 
the type approved by meeting the requirements of this Annex, the said U NECE 
Regulation and this Regulation.  
3.2. Before granting a type -approval pursuant to this Regulation and to a UNECE 
Regulation annexed to the Revised 1958 Agreement, the approval authority shall 
verify the existence of adequate arrangements and documented  control plans, to 
be agreed with the manufacturer for each approval, to carry out at specified 
intervals the tests or associated checks that are necessary to verify continued 
conformity with the approved type, including, where applicable, tests specified in 
this Regulation and the said UNECE Regulation.  
3.3. The holder of the type -approval shall, in particular:  
3.3.1.  ensure the existence and application of procedures for effective control of the 
conformity of products (vehicles, systems, components, separ ate technical units, 
parts or equipment to the approved type;  
3.3.2.  have access to the testing or other appropriate equipment necessary for checking 
the conformity to each approved type;  
3.3.3.  ensure that the data resulting from tests or checks are recor ded and that annexed 
documents remain available for a period of up to 10 years to be determined in 
agreement with the approval authority;  
3.3.4.  analyse the results of each type of test or check, in order to verify and ensure the 
stability of the product c haracteristics, making allowance for variation of an 
industrial production;  
3.3.5.  ensure that for each type of product, at least the checks prescribed in this 
Regulation and the tests prescribed in the relevant regulatory acts listed in 
Annex  IV are carri ed out;  
3.3.6.  ensure that any set of samples or test pieces that gives evidence of non -conformity 
in the type of test in question, gives rise to a further sampling and testing. All the 
necessary steps shall be taken to restore the production process to en sure 
conformity with the approved type;  
3.4. In the case of step -by-step, mixed or multi -stage type -approvals, the approval 
authority that is granting a whole -vehicle type -approval may request from any 
approval authority that has granted type -approval of a ny relevant system, 
component or separate technical unit specific details regarding compliance with 
the conformity of production requirements set out in this Annex.  
3.5. The approval authority that is granting a whole -vehicle type -approval and is not 
satisfied with the reported information referred to in point  3.4., and that has 
communicated this in writing to the relevant manufacturer and to the approval 
authority granting the type -approval for the system, component or separate 
technical unit, shall demand  the performance of additional conformity of 
production audits or checks, which shall be performed at the site of the 
manufacturer(s) of those systems, components or separate technical units. The  
EN 296   EN results of this additional conformity of production audits o r checks shall 
immediately be made available to that approval authority.  
3.6. Where points  3.4. and 3.5. apply and the approval authority granting the whole -
vehicle type -approval has not been satisfied with the additional audit or check 
results, the manufa cturer shall ensure that conformity of production is restored as 
soon as possible to the satisfaction of that approval authority and of the approval 
authority granting type -approval of the system, component or separate technical 
unit. 
4. Continued verifica tion arrangements  
4.1. The authority that has granted type -approval may at any time verify the 
conformity control methods applied in each production facility by means of 
periodic audits. The manufacturer shall for that purpose allow access to that 
authorit y to the manufacturing, inspection, testing, storage and distribution sites 
and shall provide all necessary information with regard to the quality management 
system documentation and records.  
4.1.1.  The normal arrangements for such periodic audits shall be  to monitor the 
continued effectiveness of the procedures laid down in sections 1 and 2 (initial 
assessment and product conformity arrangements).  
4.1.1.1.  Surveillance activities carried out by the technical services (qualified or 
recognised as required in  point  2.3.3) shall be accepted as satisfying the 
requirement of point  4.1.1 with regard to the procedures established at initial 
assessment.  
4.1.1.2.  The normal frequency of verifications by the approval authority (other than those 
referred to in point  4.1.1.1) shall be such as to ensure that the relevant controls 
applied in accordance with sections 1 and 2 are reviewed at intervals based on a 
risk assessment methodology that complies with the international standard 
ISO 31000:2009 – Risk Management – Princ iples and Guidelines and such 
verification shall in any case be conducted at least once every three years. This 
methodology shall in particular take into account any non -conformity raised by 
other Member States in the context of Article  54(1).  
4.2. At ever y review, records of tests or checks and records of production, in particular 
records of those tests or checks documented as required in point  2.2., shall be 
made available to the inspector.  
4.3. The inspector may select samples at random to be tested in t he manufacturer’s 
laboratory or in the facilities of the technical service. In such a case only physical 
test shall be carried out. The minimum number of samples may be determined on 
the basis of the results of the manufacturer’s own verification.  
4.4. The inspector who is of the opinion that the level of control is unsatisfactory, or 
who deems it necessary to verify the validity of the tests carried out in accordance 
with point  4.2, shall select samples to be sent to a technical service to perform 
physical  tests in accordance with the requirements on conformity of production, 
set out in the regulatory acts referred to in Annex  IV. 
4.5. Where unsatisfactory results are found during an inspection or a monitoring 
review, the approval authority shall take all n ecessary steps to ensure that the 
manufacturer restores the conformity of production as rapidly as possible.   
EN 297   EN 4.6. In cases where compliance with UNECE regulations is required by this 
Regulation, the manufacturer may choose to apply the provisions of this A nnex as 
an equivalent alternative to the conformity of production requirements in the 
respective UNECE regulations. However, if points  4.4. or 4.5. apply, all separate 
conformity of production requirements in the UNECE regulations have to be 
complied with to the satisfaction of the approval authority until it decides that 
conformity of production has been restored.  
  
EN 298   EN ANNEX  XI 
TEMPLATE AND NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR THE CERTIFICATE 
AUTHORISING THE PLACING ON THE MARKET AND ENTRY INTO SERVICE 
OF PARTS AND EQUIPMENT THAT MAY POSE A SERIOUS RISK TO THE 
CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF ESSENTIAL SYSTEMS  
1. General requirements  
1.1. The placing on the market of parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the 
correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its 
environmental performance shall be subject to authorisation in accordance with 
Article  55(1) of Regulation (EU)  No xxx/201X.  
1.2. Such authorisation shall take the form of a certificate, a model of which is contained 
in the Appendix to this Annex, and shall be numbered in accordance with the 
provisions of point  2. 
1.3. The certificate referred to in point  1.2. shall include requirements for constructional 
and functional safety, as well as for environmental protection and , where needed, for 
testing standards. Those requirements may be based on the regulatory acts listed in 
Annex  IV to Regulation (EU) XXX/201X, may be developed according to the 
relevant state of safety, environmental and testing technology, or, if this is a n 
appropriate way of achieving the required safety or environmental objectives, may 
consist of a comparison of the part or equipment with the environmental or safety 
performance of the original vehicle, or of any of its parts, as appropriate.  
1.4. This Ann ex shall not apply to a part or piece of equipment that is not listed in 
Annex  XIII. For any entry or group of entries in Annex  XIII, a reasonable 
transitional period shall be fixed to allow the manufacturer of the part or equipment 
to apply for and obtain  an authorisation. At the same time, a date may be fixed, 
where appropriate, to exclude from the application of this Annex parts and 
equipment designed for vehicles that have been type -approved before that date.  
2. Numbering system  
2.1. The number of the c ertificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of 
parts or equipment that may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential 
systems shall consist of a total of five sections as specified in points  2.1.1. to 2.1.5. 
The section s shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).  
2.1.1.  Section  1: The lower -case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the 
Member State (provided in the Appendix of Annex  VII) issuing the certificate.  
2.1.2.  Section  2: The number of Regulation (EU ) XXX/201X: ‘XXX/201X’ shall be 
indicated.  
2.1.3.  Section  3: The identification of the part or equipment, according to the list in 
Annex  XIII.  
– for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle’s 
constructional safety and/or functional saf ety, this means the symbol ‘I’ 
followed by the ‘/’character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from the list in 
point  I of Annex  XIII. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from 
‘001’.   
EN 299   EN – for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the envi ronmental 
performance of the vehicle, this means the symbol ‘II’ followed by the 
‘/’character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from the list in point  II of 
Annex  XIII. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’.  
2.1.4.  Section  4: Sequential number for the certificate.  
– a sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the 
certificate number. The sequential number shall have three digits and start 
from ‘001’.  
2.1.5.  Section  5: Sequential number to denote the extension level of  the certificate.  
– a two -digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from 
‘00’ for each certificate number issued.  
2.2. Format of the numbering of a certificate (with fictive sequential numbers for 
explanation purposes).  
Example of the number of a certificate issued by Bulgaria for parts or equipment 
integrated in a vehicle type -approved according to Regulation (EU)  No XXX/201X:  
– e34*XXX/201X*II/002*148*00  
– e34 = Bulgaria (section  1) 
– XXX/201X = Regulation (EU) XXX/201X (section  2) 
– II/002 = Item 002 on the list of parts or equipment having a 
significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle 
(section  3) 
– 148 = certificate sequential number (section  4) 
– 00 = extension level number (section  5) 
Example of the numbe r of a certificate issued by Austria for parts or equipment 
integrated in a vehicle type -approved according to Regulation (EU)  No XXX/201X, 
which has been extended once:  
– e12*168/2013*I/034*225*01  
– e12 = Austria (section  1) 
– XXX/201X = Regulation (EU) X XX/201X (section  2) 
– I/034 = Item 034 on the list of parts or equipment having a 
significant impact on the vehicle’s construction safety 
and/or functional safety (section  3) 
– 225 = certificate sequential number (section  4) 
– 01 = extension level number ( section  5)  
EN 300   EN Appendix  
MODEL OF THE EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE  
MODEL  
Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)  
EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE  
Stamp of approval authority  
Communication concerning:  
 for the placing on the market of 
parts or equipment that may pose a 
serious risk to the correct 
functioning of systems that are 
essential for the safety of the 
vehicle or for its environmental 
performance  — authorisation certificate (1) 
— extension of authorisation certificate (1) 
— refusal of authorisation certificate (1) 
— withdrawal of authorisation certificate (1) 
SECTION I  
Kind of part/equipment: ………………………………………………………….  
Part/equipment(1) numbers: ………………………………………………………….  
EU authorisation certificate number: ………………………………………………………….  
Reason for extension: ………………………………………………………….  
Name and address of manufacturer: ………………………………………………………….  
Name(s) and address(es) of manufacture plant(s): …………………………………………….  
Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): ……………………………..  
SECTION II  
The part/equipmen t(1) is specifically intended for installation on the following vehicle(s):  
Make (trade name of manufacturer): …………………………………………….  
Type(s)(2): …………………………………………….  
Variant(s)(2): …………………………………………….  
Version(s)(2): …………………………………………….  
  
EN 301   EN SECTION III  
Requirements for: 
(a) vehicle construction safety(1): ………………………………………………………….  
(b) vehicle functional safety(1): ………………………………………………………….  
(c) vehicle environmental protection(1): ……………………………………………………….  
(d) testing standards(1): ………………………………………………………….  
SECTION IV  
Requirem ents based on:  
(a) Annex(es)(3) … to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/…, (and 
Annex(es)(3) …(a) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/…)(1), as last 
amended by (Commission Delegated)(1) Regulation (EU) No …/…(1)(4) 
(b) a comparison of the part/equipment(1) with the safety/environmental(1) performance of 
the original vehicle/parts of the original vehicle(1) 
(explain)(1)………………………………………………………….……………………
…………………………………….………………………………………………………  
SECTION V  
Technical service responsible for carrying out  the tests: ……………………………………….  
Date of test report: …………………………………………….  
Number of test report: …………………………………………….  
SECTION VI  
The part/equipment(1) does not/does(1) impair the functioning of those systems that are 
essential for the safety of the vehicle or its  environmental performance.  
The authorisation certificate is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn(1) 
Place: ………………………………….………………  
Date: ………………………………….………………  
Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according 
to Direct ive 1999/93/EC, including data for verification): ………………………………….…  
Attachments:  
Test report  
_______________________  
Explanatory notes    
EN 302   EN (These explanatory notes are not to be included in the certificate)  
(1) Delete where not applicable.  
(2) Indicate type, variant and version in accordance with the categorisation criteria set out in Annex  II. 
(3) The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman 
numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated R egulation.  
(4) Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment 
applied for the EU type -approval.  
  
EN 303   EN ANNEX  XII 
SMALL SERIES LIMITS  
1. The number of units of one type of vehicle to be registered, sold or put into service 
annually in the Union shall not exceed, pursuant to Article  39, the figures shown in the 
following table for the vehicle category in question:  
Category  Units  
M1 1 000  
M2, M 3 0 
N1 1000  
N2, N 3 0 
O1, O 2 0 
O3, O 4 0 
2. The number of units of  one type of vehicle to be registered, sold or put into service 
annually in a Member State, shall be determined by that Member State but shall not 
exceed, pursuant to Article  40, the figures shown in the following table for the vehicle 
category in question : 
Category  Units  
M1 100 
M2, M 3 250 
N1 500 until 31October 2016  
250 from 1 November 2016  
N2, N 3 250 
O1, O 2 500 
O3, O 4 250 
3. The number of units of one type of vehicle to be registered, sold or put into service 
annually in a Member State shall be determined by that Member State but shall not 
exceed, pursuant to Article  6(2) of Regulation (EU)  No 1230/2012, the figures shown in 
the following table for the vehicle category in question:  
Category  Units  
M2, M 3 1 000  
N2, N 3 1 200  
O3, O 4 2 000  
  
EN 304   EN ANNEX  XIII  
LIST OF PARTS OR EQUIPMENT THAT ARE CAPABLE OF POSING A 
SIGNIFICANT RISK TO THE CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF SYSTEMS THAT 
ARE ESSENTIAL FOR THE SAFETY OF THE VEHICLE OR ITS 
ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE, THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 
OF SUCH PARTS AND EQUI PMENT, THE APPROPRIATE TEST PROCEDURES, 
AND MARKING AND PACKAGING PROVISIONS  
I. Parts or equipment having a significant impact on vehicle safety  
Item 
No Item description  Performance 
requirement  Test procedure  Marking 
requirement  Packaging 
requirements  
1 […]     
2      
3      
II. Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance 
of the vehicle  
Item 
No Item description  Performance 
requirement  Test procedure  Marking 
requirement  Packaging 
requirements  
1 […]     
2      
3      
  
EN 305   EN ANNEX  XIV 
LIST OF EU TYPE -APPROVALS GRANTED, REFUSED OR WITHDRAWN IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH THE RELEVANT REGULATORY ACTS  
Stamp of approval authority  
List number:  
Covering the period: … to …  
The following information shall be provided regarding each EU type-approval that has been 
granted, extended, refused or withdrawn in the above mentioned period:  
Manufacturer:  
EU type -approval number:  
Reason for extension (where applicable):  
Make:  
Type:  
Date of issue:  
First date of issue (in the case of extensions):  
Reason for refusal (where applicable):  
Reason for withdrawal (where applicable):  
  
EN 306   EN ANNEX  XV 
REGULATORY ACTS FOR WHICH A MANUFACTURER MAY BE DESIGNATED 
AS A TECHNICAL SERVICE  
1. Objectives and scope  
1.1. This Annex lays down the list of the regulatory acts for which a manufacturer may be 
designated as a technical service in accordance with Article  76(1).  
1.2. It also includes appropriate provisions concerning the designation of a manufacturer as 
technical service, to be applied in the framework of the type -approval of vehicles, 
components and separate technical units concerned by Part  I of Annex  IV. 
1.3. This Annex however does not apply to manufacturers who apply for the EU type -
approval of vehicles produced in small series, as referred to in Article  39. 
2. Designation of a manufacturer as a technical service  
2.1. A manufacturer designated as a technical service is a manufacturer who has been 
designated by the approval authority as a testing laboratory to carry out on its behalf the 
approval tests.  
The expre ssion ‘to carry out tests’ is not restricted to the measurement of performances, 
but also covers the registration of test results and the submission to the approval 
authority of a report, including the relevant conclusions.  
It also covers the checking of compliance with those provisions that do not necessarily 
require measurement. This is the case for the assessment whether the design complies 
with the legislative requirements.  
3. List of regulatory acts and restrictions  
 Subject  Regulatory act reference  
4A Space for mounting and fixing rear 
registration plates  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation  (EU) No  1003/2010  
7A Audible warning devices and signals  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  28 
10A Electromagnetic compatibility  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  10 
18A Manufacturer’s statutory plate and 
vehicle identification number  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation  (EU) No  19/2011  
20A Installation of lighting and light -
signalling devices on vehicles  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation  No 48 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009   
EN 307   EN Regulation  (EU) No  1005/201032 
33A Location and identification of hand 
controls, tell -tales and indicators  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  121 
34A Windscreen  defrosting and demisting 
systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation  (EU) No  672/2010  
35A Windscreen wiper and washer systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1008/2010  
36A Heating systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 122 
Except the provisions in Annex  8 relating to LPG 
combustion heaters and LPG heating systems  
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1009/2010  
44A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012  
45A Safety glazing materials and their 
installation on vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  43 
Restricted to the provisions included in Annex  21 
46 Tyres  Directive 92/23/EEC  
46A Installation of tyres  Regulation (EC) No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  458/2011  
48A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012  
49A Commercial vehicles with regard to 
their external projections forward of 
the cab’s rear panel  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE  Regulation No  61 
50A Mechanical coupling components of 
combinations of vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  55 
Restricted to the provisions included in Annex  5 (up to 
                                                 
32 Commission Regulation (EU) No  1005/2010 of 8  November 2010 concerning type -approval requirements 
for motor vehicle towing devices and implementing Regul ation (EC) No  661/2009 of the European 
Parliament and of the Council concerning type -approval requirements for the general safety of motor 
vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor ( OJ L  291, 
9.11.2010,  p. 36).  
EN 308   EN and including paragraph  8) and Annex  7 
61 Air-conditioning system  Directive  2006/40/EC  
  
EN 309   EN Appendix  
Designation of a manufacturer as technical service and subcontracting  
1. General  
1.1. The designation and notification of a manufacturer as a technical service shall be made 
in accordance with Articles  72 to 86 and any subcontracting shall be done in accordance 
with the provisions of this Appendix.  
2. Subcontracting  
2.1. In accordance with Article  75(1), a technical service may nominate a subcontractor for 
performing tests on his behalf.  
2.2. For the purposes of this App endix, the following definition shall apply:  
– 'Subcontractor' means either a subsidiary of the technical service that has been 
entrusted by that technical service with testing activities inside its own 
organisation or a third party under contract with tha t technical service to perform 
test activities.  
2.3. The use of the services of a subcontractor does not liberate the technical service from its 
obligation to comply with Articles  73, 74, 84 and 85, and in particular with those 
concerning the skills of the  technical services and compliance with Standard EN 
ISO/IEC 17025:2005.  
2.4. Section  2 of Annex  XV shall apply to the subcontractor.  
3. Test report  
Test reports shall be drafted in accordance with the general requirements set out in 
Appendix  3 of Annex  V to Regulation (EU)  No XXX/201X.  
  
EN 310   EN ANNEX  XVI 
CONDITIONS FOR THE USE OF VIRTUAL TESTING METHODS BY A 
MANUFACTURER OR A TECHNICAL SERVICE  
1. Objectives and scope  
This Annex lays down provisions concerning virtual testing in accordance with 
Article  28(4).  
. 
2. List of regulatory acts  
 Subject  Regulatory act reference  
3B Rear underrun protective devices 
(RUPDs) and their installation; rear 
underrun protection (RUP)  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  58 
6A Vehicle access and manoeuvrability  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  130/2012  
6B Door latches and door retention 
components  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  11 
8A Devices for indirect vision and their 
installation  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No 46 
12A Interior fittings  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  21 
16A External projections  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  26 
20A Installation of lighting and light -
signalling devices on vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  48 
27A Towing device  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1005/2010   
EN 311   EN 32A Forward field of vision  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  125 
35A Windscreen wiper and washer systems  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1008/2010  
37A Wheel guards  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1009/2010  
42A Lateral protection of goods vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  73 
48A Masses and dimensions  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
Regulation (EU) No  1230/2012  
49A Commercial vehicles with regard to their 
external projections forward of the cab’s 
rear panel  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  61 
50A Mechanical coupling components of 
combinations of vehicles  Regulation (E C) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  55 
50B Close -coupling device (CCD); fitting of 
an approved type of CCD  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  102 
52A M2 and M3 vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  107 
52B Strength of the superstructure of large 
passenger vehicles  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  66 
57A Front underrun protective devices 
(FUPDs) and their installation; front 
underrun protection (FUP)  Regulation (EC) No  661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  93 
  
EN 312   EN Appendix  1 
General conditions for the use of virtual testing methods  
1. Virtual test pattern  
The following scheme shall be used as basis structure for describing and conducting 
virtual testing:  
(a) purpose;  
(b) structure model;  
(c) boundary conditions;  
(d) load assumptions;  
(e) calculation;  
(f) assessment;  
(g) documentation.  
2. Fundamentals of computer simulation and calculation  
2.1. Mathematical model   
The mathematical model shall be supplied by the manufacturer. It shall reflect the 
complexity of the structure of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit 
to be tested in relation to the requirements of the relevant regulatory act and its 
boundary conditions.  
The same provisions shall apply for testing components or separate technical uni ts 
independently from the vehicle.  
2.2. Validation process of the mathematical model   
The mathematical model shall be validated against the actual test conditions.  
To that effect a physical test shall be conducted to compare the results obtained when 
using  the mathematical model with the results of a physical test. Comparability of the 
test results shall be proven. The manufacturer or the technical service shall draft a 
validation report and submit it to the approval authority.  
Any change to the mathematica l model or to the software that is likely to invalidate the 
validation report shall be brought to the attention of the approval authority, which may 
require that a new validation process is conducted.  
The flow chart of the validation process is shown in Ap pendix  3. 
2.3. Documentation   
The manufacturer shall make available to  the technical service and document the data 
and auxiliary tools used for simulation and calculation.  
3. Tools and support  
The manufacturer shall supply the technical service at its request with the necessary 
tools to conduct the virtual testing, including appropriate software, or provide that 
technical service access to these tools.  
The manufacturer shall also provide appropriate support to the technical service.  
The access and suppo rt provided by the manufacturer to a technical service does not 
exempt the technical service from its obligations regarding the skills of its personnel, 
the payment of licence rights and confidentiality.   
EN 313   EN   
EN 314   EN Appendix  2 
Specific conditions for the use of vir tual testing methods  
1. List of regulatory acts  
 Regulatory act reference  Annex and paragraphs  Specific conditions  
3B Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  58 Paragraphs  2.3, 7.3. and 
25.6 of UNECE Regulation 
No 58. Dimensions and resistance to 
forces.  
6A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012  Annex  II, Part  I and 2 of 
Regulation (EU) 
No 130/2012.  Dimensions of steps, running 
boards and handholds.  
6B Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  11 Annex  3 of UNECE 
Regulation No  11. 
Annex  4, paragraph  2.1. of 
UNECE Regulation No  11. 
Annex  5 of UNECE 
Regulation No  11.  Tensile strength tests and 
resistance of latches to 
acceleration.  
8A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  46 Paragraph  15.2.4. of 
UNECE Regulation No  46. Prescribed fields of vision of rear -
view mirrors.  
12A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  21 (a) Paragraphs 5. to 5.7. of 
UNECE Regulation No  21. 
 
 
 
(b) Paragraph  2.3. of 
UNECE Regulation No  21. (a) Measurement of all radii o f 
curvature and of all projections 
except for those requirements 
where a force has to be applied in 
order to check compliance with 
the provisions.  
(b) Determination of the head -
impact zone.  
16A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  26 Paragraph  5.2.4. of UNECE 
Regulation No  26 
All provisions in 
paragraphs  5 (General 
requirements) and 6 
(Particular requirements) of 
UNECE Regulation No  26.  Measurement of all radii of 
curvature and of all projections 
except for those requirements 
where a force has to be applied in 
order to check compliance with 
the provisions.  
20A.  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  48 Paragraph  6. (Individual 
specifications), and Annexes 
4, 5 and 6 to UNECE 
Regulation No  48.  The test drive provided for in 
paragraph  6.22.9.2.2 shall be 
performed on a real vehicle.  
27A Regulation (EC) Annex  II, point  1.2. of Tractive and compressive static  
EN 315   EN No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010  Regulation (EU) 
No 1005/2010.  force.  
32A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Reg ulation No  125 Paragraph  5 (Specifications) 
of UNECE Regulation 
No 125. Obstructions and field of vision.  
35A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010  Annex  III, points  1.1.2. and 
1.1.3. of Regulation (EU) 
No 1008/2010.  Determination of the swept area 
only.  
37A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010  Annex  II, point  2. of 
Regulation (EU) 
No 1009/2010.  Verification of the dimensional 
requirements.  
42A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  73 Paragraph  12.10 of UNECE 
Regulation No  73. Resistance under a horizontal 
force and deflection 
measurement.  
48A.  Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012  (a) Annex  I, Part  B, points  7 
and 8 of Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012.  
 
(b) Annex  I, Part  C, points  6 
and 7  of Regulation (EU) 
No 1230/2012.  (a) Check of compliance with the 
manoeuvrability requirements 
including manoeuvrability of 
vehicles fitted with lift - or 
loadable axles.  
(b) Measurement of the maximum 
rear swing -out. 
49A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE  Regulation No  61 Paragraphs  5 and 6 of 
UNECE Regulation No  61.  Measurement of all radii of 
curvature and of all projections 
except for those requirements 
where a force has to be applied in 
order to check compliance with 
the provisions.  
50A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  55 (a) Annex  5 ‘Requirements 
for mechanical coupling 
devices’ of UNECE 
Regulation No  55. 
(b) Annex  6, paragraph  1.1. 
of UNECE Regulation 
No 55. 
(c) Annex  6, paragraph  3 of 
UNECE Regulation No  55. (a) All provisions of p aragraphs  1 
to 8 included.  
 
(b) Strength tests on mechanicals 
couplings of simple design may 
be replaced by virtual tests.  
(c) Paragraphs  3.6.1. (Strength 
test), 3.6.2. (Resistance to 
buckling) and 3.6.3. (Resistance 
to bending moment) only.  
52A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  Annex  3 of UNECE 
Regulation No  107. Paragraph  7.4.5. (calculation 
method).   
EN 316   EN UNECE Regulation No  107 
52B Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  66 Annex  9 of UNECE 
Regulation No  66. Computer simulation of rollover 
test o n complete vehicle as an 
equivalent approval method.  
57A Regulation (EC) 
No 661/2009  
UNECE Regulation No  93 Annex  5, paragraph  3 of 
UNECE Regulation No  93. Resistance under a horizontal 
force and deflection 
measurement.  
  
EN 317   EN Appendix  3 
Validation process  
 
 
 
EN 318   EN ANNEX  XVII  
PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED  
DURING EU MULTI -STAGE TYPE -APPROVAL  
1. Obligations of manufacturers   
1.1. The satisfactory operation of the EU multi -stage type -approval requires joint action by all 
the manufacturers concerned. To this end approv al authorities must ensure, before granting 
first and subsequent stage approvals, that suitable arrangements exist between the relevant 
manufacturers for the supply and interchange of documents and information, so that the 
completed type of vehicle meets t he technical requirements of all the relevant regulatory 
acts referred to in Annex  IV. Such information must include details of relevant system, 
component and separate technical unit type -approvals and of vehicle parts that form part of 
the incomplete vehi cle but have not yet been approved.  
1.2. Each manufacturer involved in a EU multi -stage type -approval shall be responsible for the 
approval and conformity of production of all systems, components or separate technical 
units manufactured by him or added by  him to the previously built stage. The manufacturer 
of the subsequent stage shall not be responsible for objects that have been approved in an 
earlier stage, except where he modifies relevant parts to such an extent that the previously 
granted approval be comes invalid.  
2. Obligations of approval authorities  
2.1. The approval authority shall:  
(a) verify that all EU type -approval certificates issued pursuant to the regulatory acts that are 
applicable for vehicle type -approval cover the type of vehicle at its state of completion and 
correspond to the prescribed requirements;  
(b) ensure that all the relevant data, taking account of the state of completion of the vehicle, is 
included in the information folder;  
(c) by reference to the documentation ensure th at the vehicle specification(s) and data 
contained in Part  I of the vehicle information folder are included in the data in the 
information packages and in the EU type -approval certificates issued in accordance with 
the relevant regulatory acts; and in the case of a completed vehicle, where an item number 
in Part  I of the information folder is not included in the information package of any of the 
regulatory acts, confirm that the relevant part or characteristic conforms to the particulars 
in the information folder;  
(d) on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be approved carry out or arrange to be 
carried out inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that the vehicle(s) is/are built 
in accordance with the relevant data contained in the authenticated information package in 
accordance with all relevant regulatory acts;  
(e) where required carry out, or arrange to be carried out, relevant installation checks for 
separate technical units.  
2.2. The number of vehicles to be inspected for the purposes of paragraph  2.1 (d) shall be 
sufficient to permit the proper control of the various combinations to be EU type -approved 
according to the state of completion of the vehicle and the following criteria:  
 – engine,  
– gearbox,  
– powered axles (number , position, interconnection),  
– steered axles (number and position),   
EN 319   EN – body styles,  
– number of doors,  
– hand of drive,  
– number of seats,  
– level of equipment  
3. Applicable requirements  
3.1. EU multi -stage type -approvals shall be granted on the basis of  the state of completion of 
the type of vehicle and shall incorporate all approvals granted at earlier stages.  
3.2. For the whole -vehicle type -approval, this Regulation (in particular the requirements of 
Annex  II and the particular acts listed in Annex  IV) shall apply in the same manner as if 
the approval would have been granted (or extended) to the manufacturer of the base 
vehicle.  
3.2.1  Where a type of system, component or separate technical unit has not been modified, the 
system, component or separate technical unit type -approval granted in the previous stage 
shall remain valid until the expiration date for the firs t registration, as specified in the 
particular regulatory act.  
3.2.2.  Where a type of system has been modified at the subsequent stage of completion of the 
vehicle, to the extent that the system has to be retested for type -approval purposes, that 
retesti ng shall be limited to only those parts of the system that have been modified or 
affected by the changes.  
3.2.3  Where a type of vehicle or a type of system has been modified by another manufacturer at 
the subsequent stage of completion of the vehicle, to the extent that, apart from the 
manufacturers name, the vehicle or system may still be considered as the same type, the 
requirement applying to existing types may still be applied as long as the date for first 
registration in the relevant regulatory act ha s not been reached.  
3.2.4.  The change of category of a vehicle shall lead to the application of the relevant 
requirements to the new category of vehicle. The type -approval certificates from the 
previous category shall be accepted provided that the vehicle  complies with the same 
requirements as, or more stringent than, those applying to the new category.  
3.3. Subject to the agreement of the approval authority, a whole -vehicle type -approval granted 
to the manufacturer of the subsequent stage of completion o f the vehicle does not need to 
be extended or revised where an extension given at the previous stage vehicle does not 
affect the subsequent stage or the technical data of the vehicle. However, the type -approval 
number including the extension of the previou s stage(s) vehicle shall be copied in 
point  1.2.2 of the certificate of conformity of the subsequent stage vehicle.   
EN 320   EN 3.4. Where the cargo area of a complete or completed vehicle of category N or O is modified 
by another manufacturer for the addition of rem ovable fittings to store and secure the cargo 
(for example, load space lining, storage racks and roof racks), such items can be treated as 
part of the pay -mass and an approval is not needed, provided both of the following 
conditions are met:  
(a) the modifications do not affect the vehicle’s type -approval in any way, other than an 
increase of the actual mass of the vehicle;  
(b) the added fittings can be removed without using special tools.  
4.  Identification of the vehicle  
4.1. The VIN, prescribed by  Regulation (EU) No  19/2011, shall be retained during all the 
subsequent stages of the type -approval to ensure the “traceability” of the process.  
4.2. At the second and subsequent stages, in addition to the statutory plate prescribed by 
Regulation (EU) No  19/2011, each manufacturer shall affix to the vehicle an additional 
plate the model of which is shown in the appendix to this Annex. This plate shall be firmly 
attached, in a conspicuous and readily accessible position on a part not subject to 
replacement  in use. It shall clearly and indelibly show the following information in the 
order listed:  
– the name of the manufacturer,  
– sections 1, 3 and 4 of the EU type -approval number,  
– the stage of approval,  
– the VIN of the base vehicle,  
– the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle where the value has 
changed during the current stage of approval,  
– the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination (where the value 
has changed during the current stage of approval and where the vehicle is permitted to 
tow a trailer). “0” shall be used if the vehicle is not permitted to tow a trailer.  
– the technically permissible maximum mass on each axle, listed in order from front to 
rear where the value has changed during the current stage  of approval,  
– in the case of a semi -trailer or centre axle trailer, the technically permissible 
maximum mass at the coupling point where the value has changed during the current 
stage of approval.  
Unless otherwise provided for in points  4.1 and 4.2 the p late shall comply with the 
requirements set out in Annex  I and Annex  II to Regulation (EU) No  19/2011.  
  
EN 321   EN Appendix  
MODEL OF THE MANUFACTURER’S ADDITIONAL PLATE  
The example below is given as a guide only.  
 
  
MANUFACTURER'S NAME (stage  3) 
e2*201X/XX*2609  
Stage  3 
WD9VD58D98D234560  
 
1 500 kg 
2 500 kg 
1 – 700 kg 
2 – 810 kg 
  
EN 322   EN ANNEX  XVIII  
ACCESS TO VEHICLE OBD AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE 
INFORMATION  
1. Introduction  
This Annex lays down technical requirements for the accessibility of vehicle OBD  
and vehicle repair and maintenance information.  
2. Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance  
2.1. A manufacturer shall put in place the necessary arrangements and procedures, in 
accordance with Article  65, to ensure that vehicle OBD and ve hicle repair and 
maintenance information is accessible through websites  using a standardised format 
in a readily accessible and prompt manner, and in a manner which is non -
discriminatory compared to the provisions given or access granted to authorised 
dealers and repairers.  
2.2. An approval authority shall only grant type -approval after receiving from the 
manufacturer a Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and 
Maintenance Information.  
2.3. The Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehi cle Repair and Maintenance 
Information shall serve as the proof of compliance with Article  68. 
2.4. The Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance 
Information shall be drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Appendix  1 to 
this Annex.  
2.5. The vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information shall include the 
following:  
2.5.1.  an unequivocal identification of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical 
unit for which the manufacturer is responsible;  
2.5.2. service handbooks, including service and maintenance records;  
2.5.3.  technical manuals;  
2.5.4.  component and diagnosis information (such as minimum and maximum theoretical 
values for measurements);  
2.5.5.  wiring diagrams;  
2.5.6.  diagnostic trouble codes, including manufacturer specific codes;  
2.5.7.  the software calibration identification number applicable to a type of vehicle;  
2.5.8.  information provided concerning, and delivered by means of, proprietary tools and 
equipment;  
2.5.9.  data record info rmation and two -directional monitoring and test data;  
2.5.10.  standard work units or time periods for repair and maintenance tasks if they are made 
available to authorised dealers and repairers of the manufacturer either directly or 
through a third party;  
2.5.11.  in case of multi -stage type -approval, the information required under section  3, and all 
other information necessary to comply with the requirements set out in Article  65. 
2.6. The manufacturer shall make available to interested parties the followin g 
information:   
EN 323   EN 2.6.1.  relevant information to enable the development of replacement components that are 
critical to the correct functioning of the OBD system;  
2.6.2.  information to enable the development of generic diagnostic tools.  
2.7. For the purposes o f point  2.6.1., the development of replacement components shall 
not be restricted by any of the following:  
2.7.1.  the unavailability of pertinent information;  
2.7.2.  the technical requirements relating to malfunction indication strategies if the OBD 
thresh olds are exceeded or if the OBD system is unable to fulfil the basic OBD 
monitoring requirements of this Regulation;  
2.7.3.  specific modifications to the handling of OBD information to deal independently 
with vehicle operation on petrol or on gas;  
2.7.4.  the type -approval of gas -fuelled vehicles that contain a limited number of minor 
deficiencies.  
2.8. With regard to vehicles of categories falling within the scope of Regulation 
No 595/2009/EC, for the purposes of point  2.6.2., where manufacturers use 
diagno stic and test tools in accordance with ISO  22900 – Modular vehicle 
communication interface (MVCI) – and ISO  22901 – Open diagnostic data exchange 
(ODX) in their franchised networks –, the ODX files shall be accessible to 
independent operators via the websi te of the manufacturer.  
3. Multi -stage type -approval  
3.1. In the case of a multi -stage type -approval, the final manufacturer shall be responsible 
for providing access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information 
regarding its own manufacturing stage(s) and the link to the previous stage(s).  
3.2. In addition, the final manufacturer shall on its website provide independent operators 
with the following information:  
3.2.1.  the website address of the manufacturer(s) responsible for the previous stage(s);  
3.2.2.  the name and address of all the manufacturers responsible for the previous stage(s);  
3.2.3.  the type -approval number(s) of the previous stage(s);  
3.2.4.  the engine number.  
3.3. Each manufacturer responsible for a particular stage or stages of type -approval shall 
be responsible for providing through his website access to vehicle OBD and vehicle 
repair and maintenance information regarding the stage(s) of type -approval for which 
he is responsible and the link to the previous stage(s) . 
3.4. The manufacturer responsible for a particular stage or stages of type -approval shall 
provide the following information to the manufacturer responsible for the next stage:  
3.4.1.  the certificate of conformity relating to the stage(s) for which he is responsible;  
3.4.2.  the Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance 
Information, including its appendices;  
3.4.3.  the type -approval number corresponding to the stage(s) for which he is responsible;  
3.4.4.  the documents referred to in points  3.4.1., 3.4.2. and 3.4.3. as provided by the 
manufacturer(s) involved in the previous stage(s).   
EN 324   EN 3.5 Each manufacturer shall authorise the manufacturer responsible for the next stage to 
pass the documents to the manufacturers responsible for an y subsequent stages and 
the final stage.  
3.6. In addition, on a contractual basis, the manufacturer responsible for a particular stage 
or stages of type -approval shall:  
3.6.1.   provide the manufacturer responsible for the next stage with access to vehicle 
OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information and interface information 
corresponding to the particular stage(s) for which he is responsible;  
3.6.2.  provide, at the request of a manufacturer responsible for a subsequent stage of type -
approval, with ac cess to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance 
information and interface information corresponding to the particular stage(s) for 
which he is responsible.  
3.7. A manufacturer, including a final manufacturer, may only charge fees in accordance 
with Article  67 concerning the particular stage(s) for which he is responsible.  
A manufacturer, including a final manufacturer, shall not charge fees for providing 
information relating to the website address or contact details of any other 
manufacturer.  
4. Cust omer adaptations  
4.1. By derogation from section  2, if the number of systems, components or separate 
technical units subject to a specific customer adaptation is lower than 250 units 
produced worldwide, repair and maintenance information for the customer 
adaptation shall be provided in a readily accessible and prompt manner, and in a 
manner which is non -discriminatory compared to the provisions given or access 
granted to authorised dealers and repairers.  
For the servicing and reprogramming of the electronic  control units relating to the 
customer adaptation, the manufacturer shall make the respective proprietary 
specialist diagnostic tool or test equipment available to independent operators as 
provided to authorised repairers.  
The customer adaptations shall b e listed on the manufacturer’s repair and 
maintenance information website and mentioned in the Certificate on Access to 
Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information at the time of type -
approval.  
4.2. Manufacturers shall make the proprietary s pecialist diagnostic tool or test equipment 
to service the customer -adapted systems, components or technical units available to 
independent operators via sale and rent.  
4.3. The manufacturer shall mention in the Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and 
Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information, at the time of type -approval, the 
customer adaptations for which the obligation under section  2 to provide access to 
vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in a standardised 
format is derogated f rom and any electronic control unit related to them.  
Those customer adaptations and any electronic control unit related to them shall also 
be listed on the manufacturer’s repair and maintenance information website.  
5. Small volume manufacturers   
EN 325   EN 5.1. By derogation from section  2, manufacturers whose worldwide annual production of 
a type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit subject to this 
Regulation is for vehicles of category M1 and N1 less than 1000 vehicles or for 
vehicles of catego ry M2, M3, N2, N3 and O less than 250 units, shall provide access 
to repair and maintenance information in a readily accessible and prompt manner, 
and in a manner that is non -discriminatory compared to the provisions given or 
access granted to authorised d ealers and repairers.  
5.2. The vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit subject to point  5.1. shall 
be listed on the manufacturer’s repair and maintenance information website.  
5.3. The approval authority shall inform the Commission of each type-approval granted 
to small volume manufacturers.  
6. Requirements  
6.1. Vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information available through 
websites shall follow the common standard referred to in Article  65. 
Those requiring the right to duplica te or republish the information shall negotiate 
directly with the manufacturer concerned. Information for training material shall also 
be available, but may be presented through other media than websites.  
Information on all parts of the vehicle, with which  the vehicle, as identified by the 
VIN and any additional criteria such as wheelbase, engine output, trim level or 
options, is equipped by the vehicle manufacturer and that can be replaced by spare 
parts offered by the vehicle manufacturer to its authorise d repairers or dealers or 
third parties by means of reference to original equipment (OE) parts number, shall be 
made available in a database that is easily accessible to independent operators.  
This database shall comprise the VIN, OE parts numbers, OE nami ng of the parts, 
validity attributes (valid -from and valid -to dates), fitting attributes and, where 
applicable, structuring characteristics.  
The information on the database shall be updated regularly. If this information is 
available to authorised dealers,  the updates shall include in particular all 
modifications to individual vehicles after their production.  
6.2. Access to vehicle security features used by authorised dealers and repair shops shall 
be made available to independent operators under protection  of security technology 
in accordance with the following requirements:  
6.2.1.  data shall be exchanged ensuring confidentiality, integrity and protection against 
replay;  
6.2.2.  the standard https//ssl -tls (RFC4346) shall be used;  
6.2.3.  security certificate s in accordance with ISO  20828 shall be used for mutual 
authentication of independent operators and manufacturers;  
6.2.4.  the independent operator’s private key shall be protected by secure hardware.  
6.3. The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information referred  to in Article  70 shall specify 
the parameters for fulfilling these requirements in accordance with the state of the 
art. The independent operator shall be approved and authorised for this purpose on 
the basis of documents demonstrating that he pursues a l egitimate business activity 
and has not been convicted of any criminal activity.   
EN 326   EN 6.4. With regard to vehicles falling in the scope of Regulation (EC) No  595/2009, 
reprogramming of control units shall be conducted in accordance with either 
ISO 22900 -2 or SA E J2534 or TMC RP1210B using non -proprietary hardware. 
Ethernet, serial cable or local area network (LAN) interface and alternative media 
like compact disc (CD), digital versatile disc (DVD) or solid state memory device for 
infotainment systems (e.g. navig ation systems, telephone) may also be used, but on 
the condition that no proprietary communication software (e.g. drivers or plug -ins) or 
hardware is required. For the validation of the compatibility of the manufacturer -
specific application and the vehicle  communication interfaces (VCI) complying to 
ISO 22900 -2 or SAE J2534 or TMC RP1210B, the manufacturer shall offer either a 
validation of independently developed VCIs or the information, and loan of any 
special hardware, required for a VCI manufacturer to conduct such validation 
himself. The conditions of Article  67(1) shall apply to fees for such validation or 
information and hardware.  
6.5. The requirements of point  6.4. shall not apply in the case of reprogramming of speed 
limitation devices and recording  equipment.  
6.6. All emission -related DTCs shall be consistent with Annex  XI to Commission 
Regulation (EC) No  692/200833 and Annex  X to Commission Regulation (EU) 
No 582/2011/EC34. 
6.7. For access to any vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance informa tion other 
than that relating to secure areas of the vehicle, registration requirements for use of 
the manufacturer’s website by an independent operator shall require only such 
information as is necessary to confirm how payment for the information is to be  
made. For information concerning access to secure areas of the vehicle, the 
independent operator shall present a certificate in accordance with ISO  20828 to 
identify himself and the organisation to which he belongs and the manufacturer shall 
respond with his own certificate in accordance with ISO  20828 to confirm to the 
independent operator that he is accessing a legitimate site of the intended 
manufacturer. Both parties shall keep a log of any such transactions indicating the 
vehicles and changes made to them under this provision.  
6.8. Manufacturers shall indicate in their repair information websites the type -approval 
number by model.  
7. Requirements for type -approval  
7.1. In order to receive a type -approval, the manufacturer shall submit the filled in 
certificate, the template of which is provided in Appendix  I. 
7.2. Where the vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information is not 
available, or does not conform to the requirements of this Annex, the manufacturer 
shall provide that information wi thin six months of the date of the type -approval.  
                                                 
33 Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 of 18 July 2008 implementing and amending Regulation (EC) 
No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type -approval of motor vehicles with 
respect to emissions from light passenger and comm ercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to 
vehicle repair and maintenance information ( OJ L  199, 28.7.2008, p.  1). 
34 Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 of 25 May 2011 implementing and amending Regulation 
(EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parli ament and of the Council with respect to emissions from heavy 
duty vehicles (Euro VI) and amending Annexes I and III to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European 
Parliament and of the Council ( OJ L  167, 25.6.2011, p.  1).  
EN 327   EN 7.3. The obligation to provide information within the dates referred to in point  7.2. shall 
apply only if, following the type -approval, the vehicle is placed on the market.  
Where the vehicle is placed on th e market more than six months after the type -
approval has been granted the information shall be provided on the date on which the 
vehicle is placed on the market.  
7.4. On the basis of a completed Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle 
Repair and Maintenance Information, the approval authority may presume that the 
manufacturer has put in place satisfactory arrangements and procedures with regard 
to access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, provided 
that no complaint has been made and that the manufacturer provides that certificate 
within the periods referred to in point  7.2.  
If that certificate of compliance is not provided within that period, the approval 
authority shall take appropriate measures to ensure compliance.  
 
   
EN 328   EN Appendix  1 
Manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD and  
vehicle repair and maintenance information  
(Manufacturer): …  
(Address of the manufacturer): …  
Certifies that  
it provides access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in 
compliance with the provisions of:  
Article  65 of Regulation (EU) No [……] and Annex  XVIII to that Regulation  
with respect to the types of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit listed in 
attachment to this Certificate.  
The foll owing derogations are applied: Customer adaptations (13) — Small volume (13) —. 
The principal website address through which the relevant information may be accessed and 
which is hereby certified to be in compliance with those provisions are listed in an at tachment 
to this Certificate along with the contact details of the responsible manufacturer’s 
representative who has signed this Certificate.  
Where applicable: The manufacturer hereby also certifies that he has complied with the 
obligation of Article  66 of  Regulation (EU) No …/201.. to provide the relevant information 
concerning previous approvals of these types of vehicle no later than six months after the date 
of type -approval.  
Done at …[Place]  
On …[Date]  
[Signature] [Position]  
 
Annexes:  
— Annex  A: Websit e addresses,  
— Annex  B: Contact details.  
 
ANNEX  A  
Website addresses referred to in this Certificate:  
 
ANNEX  B 
Contact details of the manufacturer’s representative referred to in this Certificate:  
 
   
EN 329   EN Appendix  2 
Vehicle OBD information  
1. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide the information required in this appendix for the 
purposes of enabling the manufacture of OBD -compatible replacement or service parts 
and diagnostic tools and test equipment.  
2. Upon request, the following information shall be made available, on a non -discriminatory 
basis, to any interested manufacturer of components, diagnostic tools or test equipment:  
2.1. a description of the type and number of the preconditioning cycles used for the 
original type -approval of the vehicle;  
2.2. a description of the type of the OBD demonstration cycle used for the original type -
approval of the vehicle for the component monitored by the OBD system;  
2.3. a comprehensive document describing all sensed components with the strategy for 
fault detectio n and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical 
method), including a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for each 
component monitored by the OBD system and a list of all OBD output codes and 
format used (with an explanation of e ach code and format) associated with 
individual emission -related power -train components and individual non -emission 
related components, where monitoring of the component is used to determine MI 
activation. In particular, in the case of types of vehicles th at use a communication 
link in accordance with ISO  15765 -4 ‘Road vehicles — Diagnostics on controller 
area network (CAN) — Part 4: Requirements for emissions -related systems’, a 
comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $ 05 Test ID $ 21 to F F and 
the data given in service $ 06, and a comprehensive explanation for the data given 
in service $ 06 Test ID $ 00 to FF, for each OBD monitor ID supported, shall be 
provided.  
In case other communication protocols standards are used, equivalent comprehe nsive 
explanation shall be provided.  
This information may be provided in the form of a table, with the following column and 
row headings:  
Component Fault code; Monitoring strategy; Fault detection criteria; MI activation 
criteria; Secondary parameters; Pre conditioning Demonstration test.  
Catalyst P0420 Oxygen sensor; 1 and 2 signals; Difference between sensor 1 and sensor 
2 signals; 3rd cycle Engine speed; engine load; A/F mode; catalyst temperature; Two 
Type 1 cycles Type 1.  
3. Information required for th e manufacturing of diagnostic tools  
In order to facilitate the provision of generic diagnostic tools for multi -make repairers, 
vehicle manufacturers shall make available the information referred to in points  3.1, 3.2 
and 3.3 through their repair information websites. That information shall include all 
diagnostic tool functions and all the links to repair information and troubleshooting 
instructions. The access to the information may be subject to the payment of a reasonable 
fee. 
3.1. Communication  protocol information  
The following information shall be required indexed against vehicle make, model 
and variant, or another workable definition such as the VIN or the vehicle and  
EN 330   EN systems identification:  
3.1.1.any additional protocol information system ne cessary to enable complete 
diagnostics in addition to the standards prescribed in paragraph  4.7.3 of Annex  9B to 
UNECE Regulation No  49, including any additional hardware or software protocol 
information, parameter identification, transfer functions, ‘keep  alive’ requirements, 
or error conditions;  
3.1.2.  details of how to obtain and interpret all the fault codes that do not comply 
with the standards prescribed in paragraph  4.7.3 of Annex  9B to UNECE 
Regulation No  49; 
3.1.3.  a list of all available live data  parameters, including scaling and access 
information;  
3.1.4.  a list of all available functional tests, including device activation or control 
and the means to implement them;  
3.1.5.  details of how to obtain all component and status information, time stamp s, 
pending DTC and freeze frames;  
3.1.6.  resetting adaptive learning parameters, variant coding and replacement 
component setup, and customer preferences;  
3.1.7.  Electronic control unit (ECU) identification and variant coding;  
3.1.8.  details of how to rese t service lights;  
3.1.9.  location of diagnostic connector and connector details;  
3.1.10.  engine code identification.  
3.2. Test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components  
The following information shall be required:  
3.2.1.  a description of tests to confirm t he functionality, at the component or in the 
harness;  
3.2.2.  information concerning the test procedure, including test parameters and 
component information;  
3.2.3.  connection details, including minimum and maximum input and output and 
driving and loading v alues;  
3.2.4.  values to be expected under certain driving conditions, including idling;  
3.2.5.  electrical values for the component in its static and dynamic states;  
3.2.6.  failure mode values for each of the scenarios;  
3.2.7.  failure mode diagnostic sequences, including fault trees and guided 
diagnostics elimination.  
3.3. Data required to perform the repair  
The following information shall be required:  
3.3.1.  ECU and component initialisation (in the event of replacements being 
fitted);  
3.3.2.  initialisation of new or replacement ECU’s where relevant using pass -
through (re -) programming techniques.   
EN 331   EN    
EN 332   EN ANNEX  XIX 
CORRELATION TABLE  
1. Regulation (EC) No  715/2007  
Regulation (EC) No  715/2007  This Regulation  
Article  1(2) Article  94(1)(1)  
Article  3, points  (14) and (15)  Article  3, points  (48) and (49)  
Article  6  Article  65 
Article  7 Article  67 
Article  8 - 
Article  9 - 
Article  13(2)(e)  Article  92(2)(e)  
2. Regulation (EC) No  595/2009  
Regulation (EC) No  595/2009  This Regulation  
Article  1, second paragraph  Article  95(1)(1)  
Article  3, points  (11) and (13)  Article  3, points  (48) and (49)  
Article  6  Article  65 
Article  11(2), point  (e) Article  92(2)(e)  
3. Regulation (EU) No  692/2008  
Regulation (EU) No  692/2008  This Regulation  
Annex  XIV Annex  XVIII  
4. Regulation (EU) No  582/2011  
Regulation (EU) No  582/2011  This Regulation  
Articles 2a to 2d  Annex  XVIII  
Article  2e - 
Article  2f Article  67 
Article  2g Article  69 
Article  2h Article  70 
Annex  XVII  Annex  XVIII   
EN 333   EN 5. Directive 2007/46/EC  
Directive 2007/46/EC  This Regulation  
Article  1 Article  1(1) 
- Article  1(2) 
- Article  1(3) 
Article  2 Article  2 
Article  3 Article  3 
Article  3, point  (1) - 
Article  3, point  (2) - 
Article  3, point  (3) Article  3, point  (1)  
Article  3, point  (4) Article  3, point  (27) 
Article  3, point  (5) Article  3, point  (23) 
Article  3, point  (6) Article  3, point  (43) 
Article  3, point  (7) Article  3, point  (21) 
Article  3, point  (8) Article  3, point  (31) 
Article  3, point  (9) Article  3, point  (32) 
Article  3, point (10)  Article  3, point (33)  
Article  3, point (11)  Article  3, point (11)  
Article  3, point (12)  Article  3, point (12)  
Article  3, point (13)  Article  3, point (3)  
Article  3, point (14)  - 
Article  3, point (15)  - 
Article  3, point (16)  Article  3, point (10)  
Article  3, point (17)  Article  3, point (36)  
Article  3, point (18)  Article  3, point (38)  
Article  3, point (19)  Article  3, point (22)  
Article  3, point (20)  Article  3, point (34)  
Article  3, point (21)  Article  3, point (35)  
Article  3, point (22)  Article  3, point (44)  
Article  3, point (23)  Article  3, point (4)  
Article  3, point (24)  Article  3, point (5)  
Article  3, point (25)  Article  3, point (6)  
Article  3, point (26)  Article  3, point (46)  
Article  3, point (27)  Article  3, point (9)  
Article  3, point (28)  Article  3, point (25)   
EN 334   EN Article  3, point (29)  Article  3, point (13)  
Article  3, point (30)  - 
Article  3, point (31)  Article  3, point (37)  
Article  3, point (32)  Article  3, point (42)  
Article  3, point (33)  Article  3, point (24)  
Article  3, point (34) - 
Article  3, point (35)  - 
Article  3, point (36)  Article  3, point (28)  
Article  3, points  (37) to (40)  - 
- Article  3, point (2)  
 Article  3, point (7)  
 Article  3, point (8)  
 Article  3, points  (14) to 3(20)  
 Article  3, point (26)  
 Article  3, points  (29) to 3(30)  
 Article  3, points  (39) to 3(41)  
 Article  3, point (45)  
 Article  3, points  (47) to 3(56)  
- Article  4 
 Article  5 
Article  4 Article  6 
 Article  7 
Article  4(1) Article  7(1) 
Article  4(2) Article  7(2) 
Article  4(3), first subparagraph  Article  6(2) 
Article  4(3), second subparagraph  Article  6(3) 
Article  4(4) Article  6(1) 
- Article  6(4) 
- Article  8 
- Article 9  
- Article 10  
Article  5 Article  11  
- Article  11(1)  
- Article  11(3)  
- Article  11(5)   
EN 335   EN Article  5(1) Article  11(6)  
Article  5(2) Article  11(2)  
Article  5(3) Article  11(4)  
- Article  11(7) to (8)  
- Article  12 
- Article  13 
- Article  14 
- Article  15 
- Article  16 
- Article  17 
- Article  18 
- Article  19 
Article  6 Article  20 
Article  6(1) Article  20(1)  
Article  6(2) Article  20(2) and Article  23(1)  
Article  6(3) Article  20(3) and Article  23(2)  
Article  6(4) Article  20(4) and Article  23(3)  
Article  6(5) Article  20(5) and (6), and Article  23(4)  
Article  6(6) and 7(1)  Article  21  
Article  6(7) and (8)  Article  23(5) and Article  27(2)  
Article  7 (2)  Article  22 
Article  7(3) and (4)  Article  23(5) and Article  27(2)  
- Article  23  
Article  8(1) and (2)  Article  24(1) and (2)  
Article  8(3) Article  24(3)  
Article  8(4) Article  24(4)  
 Article  25 
Article  8(5) and (6)  Article  25(1) and (2)  
Article  8(7) and (8)  Article  25(3) and (4)  
 Article  26 
Article  9(1) Article  24(2)  
Article  9(2) Article  24(2)  
Article  9(3) Article  26(3)  
Article  9(4) Article  26(4)  
Article  9(5) -  
EN 336   EN Article  9(6) and (7)  Article  26(5) and (6) 
Article  10(1)  Article  27(1)  
Article  10(2)  Article  27(1)  
Article  10(3)  Article  27(2)  
Article  10(4)  Article  27(3)  
Article  11 Article  28 
Article  12(1)  Article  29(1)  
- Article  29(2)  
Article  12(2), first subparagraph,  Article  29(3)  
Article  12(2), second subparagraph  Article  29(4)  
Article  12(3)  Article  29(5)  
 Article 30  
Article  13(1)  Article  31(1)  
Article  13(2)  Article  31(2)  
Article  13(3)  Article  31(3)  
Article  14(1)  Article  32(1)  
Article  14(2)  Article  32(2)  
Articles 14(3)  Article  32(3)  
Article  14(4)  Article  32(4)  
Article  15(1)  Article  32(1)  
Article  15(2)  Article  32(2)  
Article  15(3)  Article  32(3)  
Article  16(1)  Article  25(1)  
Article  16(2)  Article  25(1)  
Article  16(3)  Article  25(2)  
- Article  31(1)  
Article  17(1) to (3)  Article  33(2) to (4)  
Article  17(4)  Article  33(5)  
Article  18(1)  Article  34(1)  
- Article  34(2)  
Article  18(2)  Article  34(3)  
Article  18(3)  - 
- Article  34(4)  
Article  18(4)  Article  34(5)  
- Article  35(1)   
EN 337   EN Article  18(5)  Article  35(2)  
Article  18(6)  Article  35(3)  
Article  18(7)  Article  34(6)  
Article  18(8)  Article  34(1) third subparagraph  
- Article  36(1)  
Article  19(1) and (2)  Article  36(2)  
Article  19(3)  Article  36(3)  
Article  20(1)  Article  37(1)  
Article  20 (2) first subparagraph  Article  37(4)  
Article  20 (2) (a) to (c)  Article  37(2)  
Article  20(3)  Article  37(5)  
Article  20(4), first subparagraph  Article  37(3)  
Article  20(4), second subparagraph  Article  37(6)  
Article  20(4), third subparagraph  Article  37(7)  
Article  20 (5)  - 
Article  21(1)  Article  38(1)  
Article  21(2)  Article  38(2)  
Article  22 Article  39 
Article  23(1)  Article  40(1) and (2)  
Article  23(2)  - 
Article  23(3)  Article  40(2) third subparagraph  
Article  23(4)  Article  40(3)  
Article  23(5)  Article  40(4)  
Article  23(6), first subparagraph  Article  41(1) and (2)  
Article  23(6), second subparagraph  Article  41(3)  
Article  23(6), third subparagraph  Article  41(4)  
Article  23(7)  Article  41(5)  
 Article  42 
Article  24 Article  43 
Article  44 
Article  25 Article  45 
Article  26(1)  Article  46(1)  
Article  26(2)  Article  46(2)  
Article  26(3)  Article  46(3)  
Article  27(1)  Article  47(1)   
EN 338   EN Article  27(2)  Article  47(2)  
Article  27(3)  Article  47(3)  
Article  27(4)  - 
- Article  47(4)  
- Article  47(5)  
Article  27 (5)  Article  47(6)  
Article  28 Article  48 
Article  29(1), first subparagraph  Article  49(1), first subparagraph  
- Article  49(1), second and third subparagraph  
- Article  49(2) to (4)  
Article  29(1), second subparagraph  Article  50(1)  
- Article  50(2) to (5)  
Article  29(2)  Article  52(4)  
- Article  51(1) and (2)  
Article  29(3)  Article  51(3)  
Article  29(4)  - 
- Article  52 (1) to (3)  
- Article  52(5)  
Article  30(1)  Article  53(1)  
Article  30(2), first subparagraph  Article  53(2)  
Article  30(2), second subparagraph  - 
Article  30(3)  Article  54(1)  
Article  30(4)  Article  54(2) to (4), first subparagraph  
Article  30(5)  Article  54(4), second subparagraph  
Article  30(6)  Article  54(5)  
Article  31(1) to (4)  Article  55 
Article  31(5), first subparagraph  Article  56(1)  
Article  31(5), second and third 
subparagraph  Article  56(2)  
Article  31(6) and (7)  - 
Article  31(8)  Article  56(3)  
Article  31(9)  Article  56(4)  
Article  31(10)  Article  56(6)  
Article  31(11)  - 
Article  31(12), first subparagraph  Article  56(7)   
EN 339   EN Article  31(12), second subparagraph  - 
Article  31(13)  - 
Article  32(1)  Article  57(1)  
- Article  57(2)  
Article  32(2)  Article  57(3)  
Article  32(3)  Article  58(1)  
- Article  58(2)  
Article  33 Article  59 
Article  34(1)  Article  60(1)  
- Article  60(2)  
Article  34(2)  Article  60(3)  
Article  34(3) and (4)  - 
Article  35 Article  61 
Article  36 Article  62 
Article  37 Article  63 
Article  38 Article  64  
See correlation tables  
in points 1 to 4  
 Article  65 
Article  66  
Article  67 
Article  68 
Article  69 
Article  70 
-  Article 71  
Article  39 - 
Article  40 Article  87 
Article  41 Article  74 
Article  41(2)  Article  84(1)  
Article  41(3)  Article  72(1)  
Article  41(4)  Article  74(2)  
Article  41(5)  Article  72(2)  
Article  41(6)  Article  76(1)  
- Article  76(2) and (3)  
Article  41(7)  - 
Article  41(8)  Article  76(4)  
- Article  73 
 
EN 340   EN - Article  75 
Article  42 Article  77 
Article  43(1)  Article  78(1)  
Article  43(2) to (3)  Article  78(2) to (3)  
- Article  78(4)  
Article  43(4) to (5)  Article  78(5) to (6)  
- Article  79 
- Article 80  
- Article  81 
- Article 82  
- Article 83  
- Article  84 
- Article  85 
  
- Article 86  
- Article 87  
- Article  88 
- Article 89  
Article  44 Article  96 
Article  45 - 
Article  46 Article  91 
Article  47 - 
Article  48 - 
Article  49 Article  95 
 Article  92 
 Article  93 
 Article  94 
  
  
  
Article  51 - 
 
Annex  I Annex  I 
Annex  II Annex  II  
EN 341   EN Annex  III Annex  III 
Annex  IV Annex  IV 
Annex  V Annex  V 
Annex  VI Annex  VI 
Annex  VII Annex  VII 
Annex  VIII Annex  VIII 
Annex  IX Annex  IX 
Annex  X Annex  X 
Annex  XI - 
- Annex  XI 
Annex  XII Annex  XII 
Annex  XIII Annex  XIII 
Annex  XIV Annex  XIV 
Annex  XV Annex  XV 
Annex  XVI Annex  XVI 
Annex  XVII  Annex  XVII  
- Annex  XVIII  
Annex  XVIII  - 
Annex  XIX - 
Annex  XX - 
Annex  XXI Annex  XIX